Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental...

Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental

Management Plan

For

SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS AND CHEMICAL

INTERMEDIATES – EXPANSION & ADDITION OF NEW PRODUCTS

(EC CATEGORY 5(F))

At

Plot D-3/6, Dahej - III, GIDC Estate (Within PCPIR Region),

Kadodara Village, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch, Gujarat

[ToR Letter Dated: 14 Nov 2019]

[Study Period: [1st Oct 2019 to 31st December 2019]

[Schedule 5 (f), Category–B as per EIA Notification 2006,

amended till date]

APPLICANT CONSULTANTS

UPL Limited.

Plot D-3/6, Dahej - III,

GIDC Estate(Within PCPIR Region),

Kadodara Village, Taluka Vagra,

District Bharuch, Gujarat

E-mail: [email protected]

Tel No: 7575008457

Eco Chem Sales & Services

Office floor, Ashoka Pavilion ’A’ New Civil Road, Surat, 395001

(NABET/EIA/1720/SA 085 (Rev.01)) Validity upto 31.07.2020

E-mail: [email protected]

Tel No: +912612236223

April – 2020

Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019

mailto:[email protected]

Synthetic Organic Chemicals and Chemical intermediates- Expansion & Addition of New Products within existing premises of UPL Limited

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Declaration Page ii

Undertaking by UPL for for Owing the Contents of EIA report

Synthetic Organic Chemicals and Chemical intermediates- Expansion & Addition of New Products within existing premises of UPL Limited.

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Declaration Page iii

Undertaking by Eco Chem Sales & Service for Owing the Contents of EIA report


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Declaration Page iv

Authorization Letter


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Declaration Page v

DECLARATION

Declaration by experts contributing to the EIA Report for Proposed Synthetic Organic Chemicals and Chemical intermediates- Expansion & Addition of New Products by UPL Ltd. under Schedule 5(f) Category–―B‖ as per EIA Notification 2006 and its amendment thereof.

―I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that

developed this Report‖.

EIA COORDINATOR

Name : Mr. Sunil Patel

Signature & Date :

Sector : 5(f)

Period of involvement : October 2019 to April 2020

Contact Information

: Eco Chem Sales & Services, Office Floor, Ashoka Pavilion-A, Opp. Kapadia Health Club, New Civil Road, Surat, India-395 001 Landline No.: +91-261-2231630

FUNCTIONAL AREA EXPERTS

Functional Areas

Name of the Expert

Involvement (Period & Task) Signature & Date

Land Use

(LU)

FAE- Joshua Anand

Period of Involvement: November 2019 to December 2019

Tasks:

Supervision in development of land use maps of study area using GIS / related tools, site visit for

ground truth survey, finalization of land use maps, contribution to EIA documentation

Air Pollution Prevention, Monitoring &

Control

(AP)

FAE- Sunil Pandey

Period of Involvement: November 2019 to April 2020

Tasks:

Selection of monitoring locations, Supervision of air quality monitoring, Identification of impacts on Air quality, suggesting mitigation measures

and contribution to EIA documentation

Meteorology, Air Quality Modeling & Prediction

(AQ)

FAE- Dhaval Jhaveri


Tasks:

Evaluation of meteorological data with collected secondary data, modeling and prediction,

identification of impacts, finalization of mitigation measures and contribution to EIA

documentation


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Declaration Page vi

Functional Areas

Name of the Expert


Water Pollution

Prevention, Control &

Prediction of Impacts

(WP)

FAE- Sunil Pandey

TM-Nazneen Shaikh


Tasks:

Water Balance, Water demand, Adequacy of ETP, Treatment Technology, Resource

Conservation, Mitigation Measures, EMP for water pollution and report preparation

Water Balance preparation, identifying recycling and reuse, Impacts identification and mitigation

measures and EIA documentation

Ecology and

Bio-diversity Conservation

(EB)

FAE- Dipti Patel


Tasks:

Site visit and conduct of ecological survey, assessment of the impacts of proposed project

activities on the biological environment and contribution to EIA documentation

Noise & Vibration (NV)

FAE-Dipti Patel


Tasks:

Checking of noise sampling results, analysis of data, identification of impacts and mitigation

measures, and contribution to EIA documentation

Socio-economic

(SE)

FAE-Ghanshyam

Patel


Tasks:

Site visit and collection of secondary and primary from the surrounding area/villages of the proposed project. for impact identification and mitigation measures for incorporating to

EIA documentation

Hydrology, Ground Water

and Water Conservation

(HG)

FAE- Rekha Shah


Tasks:

Site visit, Understanding and representing

groundwater conditions, supervision of

groundwater sampling, finalization of survey

findings, identification of impacts, suggestion of

mitigation measures and contribution to the EIA

documentation

Geology

(GEO)

FAE- Ravikant Sharma

Not involved, as Functional Area is rationalized as per QCI scheme for Accreditation Version 3

--

Soil Conservation

(SC)

FAE- Dr. B. K. Patel

Not involved, as Functional Area is rationalized as per QCI scheme for Accreditation Version 3

--

Risk Assessment &

Hazard Management

(RH)

FAE- Vinay Patil


Tasks:

Identification of impacts & mitigation measures, safety during construction and operational

phase and contribution to EIA documentation


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Declaration Page vii

Functional Areas

Name of the Expert


Solid waste and

Hazardous Waste

Management (SHW)

FAE- J. A. Rathi

TM- Nazneen Shaikh


Tasks:

Identification of waste generated from the site, studying adequacy of mitigation measures for

management of hazardous waste and contribution to EIA documentation

Identification of waste generated from the site, studying management and disposal mode a and

contribution to EIA documentation


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Declaration Page viii

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/ authorized person

I, Rekha S. Shah, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA

report of for Proposed Synthetic Organic Chemicals and Chemical intermediates- Expansion

& Addition of New Products by UPL Ltd. at Plot No. D-3/6, Dahej-III, GIDC Estate (Within

PCPIR Region), Kadodara Village, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch, Gujarat.

I also confirm that EC has gone through the report, and the consultant organization shall be

fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this statement. It is certified

that No unethical practices including plagiarism have been carried out and external data /text

has not been used without proper acknowledgement, while preparing this EIA report.

.

Signature :

Name : Rekha Shah

Designation : CEO

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization :

Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat

Office Floor, Ashoka Pavillion – A, Opp. Kapadia Health Club, Surat 395001 (GJ)

NABET Certificate Number : NABET/EIA/1720/SA 085 (Rev.01)

Valid up to July 31, 2020


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Table of Contents ix

CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................... 1

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT ................................................................................ 1

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT ................................ 1

1.2.1 Identification of Project ..................................................................................... 1

1.2.2 Project Proponent ............................................................................................ 2

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE

COUNTRY & REGION ...................................................................................................... 4

1.3.1 Brief Description of the Project ......................................................................... 4

1.3.2 Importance to the Country and the Region ....................................................... 4

1.4 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK ............................................................................... 5

1.4.1 Statutory Clearance as Other Permissions ...................................................... 5

1.4.2 Scope of the Study .......................................................................................... 6

1.5 Structure of the EIA report .................................................................................... 19

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................... 20

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT ............................................................................................. 20

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT .................................................................................. 20

2.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................ 20

2.3.1 General Location of the Site ........................................................................... 20

2.3.2 Approach to the Project Site .......................................................................... 22

2.3.3 Site Details .................................................................................................... 22

2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION ............................................................. 25

2.4.1 Production Capacity ....................................................................................... 25

2.4.2 Cost of the Project ......................................................................................... 34

2.5 ASSOCIATED ACTIVITIES REQUIRES BY OR FOR THE PROJECT ................. 35

2.5.1 Utilities ........................................................................................................... 35

2.5.2 Land .............................................................................................................. 35

2.5.3 Power ............................................................................................................ 36

2.5.4 Fuel ............................................................................................................... 36

2.5.5 Water ............................................................................................................. 37

2.5.6 Manpower ...................................................................................................... 39

2.6 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION ................ 39


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Table of Contents x

2.7 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION ................................................. 40

2.8 PROJECT DESCRIPTION .................................................................................... 40

2.8.1 Raw Material details ....................................................................................... 40

2.8.2 Transportation of Raw Material, Finished Products and Haz. Waste .............. 51

2.8.3 Storage Facilities ........................................................................................... 51

2.8.4 Resource Optimization/recycling and Reuse Envisaged in the Project ........... 55

2.8.5 Maximum Possible Loss Spots ...................................................................... 57

2.8.6 Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR) Program ................................................. 57

2.8.7 Air Emissions ................................................................................................. 59

2.8.8 Noise Pollution ............................................................................................... 67

2.8.9 Water Consumption, Waste Water Generation & Disposal Details ................. 68

2.8.10 Solid and Hazardous Waste Identification, Quantification, Storage and

Disposal 76

2.8.11 Project Layout and Components .................................................................... 82

2.8.12 Mitigation Measures at Design Stage ............................................................. 85

2.8.13 Assessment of New and Untested Technology .............................................. 85

2.8.14 Condensed Description .................................................................................. 85

3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ................................................................... 87

3.1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................. 87

3.2 BASELINE STUDY AREA AND PERIOD .............................................................. 89

3.3 METHODOLOGY.................................................................................................. 89

3.3.1 Frequency of Sampling .................................................................................. 89

3.3.2 Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis .......................................... 90

3.4 MICROMETEOROLOGY ...................................................................................... 92

3.4.1 Temperature .................................................................................................. 93

3.4.2 Humidity ......................................................................................................... 93

3.4.3 Wind Speed and Wind Direction .................................................................... 95

3.4.4 Wind Rose ..................................................................................................... 95

3.4.5 Interpretation of Micrometeorological Data ..................................................... 96

3.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................ 97

3.5.1 Selection of Sampling Locations .................................................................... 97

3.5.2 Frequency and Parameters for Sampling ....................................................... 99

3.5.3 Methodology for Sampling and Analysis ........................................................ 99


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Table of Contents xi

3.5.4 Quality of Ambient Air .................................................................................. 100

3.5.5 Summary of Ambient Air Quality .................................................................. 102

3.5.6 Interpretation of Ambient Air Quality Data .................................................... 102

3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ..................................................................................... 102

3.6.1 Sources of Noise Pollution ........................................................................... 102

3.6.2 Noise Level in the Study Area ...................................................................... 103

3.6.3 Summary of Noise Data ............................................................................... 106

3.6.4 Interpretation of Noise Data ......................................................................... 106

3.7 LAND ENVIRONMENT ....................................................................................... 106

3.7.1 Land Use Pattern of the Study area ............................................................. 106

3.7.2 Summary and Interpretation of Land Use Map ............................................. 109

3.8 GEOLOGY .......................................................................................................... 110

3.9 HYDROGEOLOGY ............................................................................................. 111

3.10 TRAFFIC STUDY................................................................................................ 113

3.10.1 Interpretation of Traffic Study ....................................................................... 113

3.11 SOIL QUALITY ................................................................................................... 114

3.11.1 Summary of Soil Data .................................................................................. 116

3.11.2 Interpretation of Soil Data ............................................................................ 116

3.12 WATER ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................... 116

3.12.1 Reconnaissance .......................................................................................... 116

3.12.2 Water Quality ............................................................................................... 117

3.12.3 Sampling and Analysis ................................................................................. 117

3.12.4 Ground Water .............................................................................................. 117

3.12.5 Summary of Ground Water Quality .............................................................. 122

3.12.6 Interpretation of Ground Water Quality Data ................................................ 122

3.12.7 Surface Water .............................................................................................. 122

3.12.8 Summary of Surface Water Quality .............................................................. 128

3.12.9 Interpretation of Surface Water Quality Data ................................................ 128

3.12.10 Marine Water ............................................................................................ 128

3.12.11 Summary of Marine Water Quality ............................................................ 130

3.12.12 Interpretation of Marine Water Quality Data .............................................. 130

3.13 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY ........................................................................ 131

3.13.1 Methodology ................................................................................................ 132


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Table of Contents xii

3.13.2 Floral Diversity of the Study Area ................................................................. 132

Fauna Diversity of the Study Area .............................................................................. 135

3.13.3 Interpretation on Ecology and Biodiversity ................................................... 137

3.14 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ................................................................ 137

3.14.1 Socio-Economic Survey Methodology .......................................................... 138

3.14.2 Demography ................................................................................................ 138

3.14.3 Population Density ....................................................................................... 138

3.14.4 Sex Ratio ..................................................................................................... 139

3.14.5 Literacy Rate................................................................................................ 140

3.14.6 Economic Aspects ....................................................................................... 141

3.14.7 Amenities ..................................................................................................... 143

3.14.8 Interpretation of Socio Economic Data ......................................................... 145

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ........ 148

4.1 IMPACT ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY ........................................................ 148

4.2 INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DUE TO THE PROPOSED

PROJECT ..................................................................................................................... 149

4.2.1 Air Environment ........................................................................................... 153

4.2.2 Noise Environment....................................................................................... 174

4.2.3 Water Environment ...................................................................................... 175

4.2.4 Land Environment ........................................................................................ 179

4.2.5 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management ................................................... 180

4.2.6 Ecology & Biodiversity Environment ............................................................. 182

4.2.7 Socio Economic Environment ...................................................................... 183

5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ................................................................................ 185

5.1 Site Selection ...................................................................................................... 185

5.2 Technology Selection .......................................................................................... 185

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ......................................................... 187

6.1.1 Air Environment ........................................................................................... 187

6.1.2 Noise Environment....................................................................................... 189

6.1.3 Water Environment ...................................................................................... 190

6.1.4 Land Environment ........................................................................................ 191

6.1.5 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management ................................................... 191

6.1.6 Traffic Monitoring ......................................................................................... 193


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Table of Contents xiii

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ............................................................................................. 196

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION .................................................................................. 196

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT .......................................................................................... 197

7.2.1 Objective of the Study .................................................................................. 197

7.2.2 Scope of Study ............................................................................................ 198

7.2.3 Hazard Identification .................................................................................... 198

7.2.4 Qualitative Risk Assessment ........................................................................ 203

7.2.5 Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment ................................................. 205

7.2.6 Quantitative Risk Assessment ..................................................................... 211

7.2.7 Hazards and damage criteria of hazardous chemicals: ................................ 215

7.2.8 Fatal Radiation Exposure Levels .................................................................. 216

7.2.9 OVERPRESSURE DAMAGE ....................................................................... 216

7.2.10 Hazards Associated with Toxic Materials ..................................................... 216

7.2.11 Damage Criteria ........................................................................................... 217

7.2.12 Weather Condition MCAS Development Techniques ................................... 218

7.2.13 Failure Rates ............................................................................................... 218

7.2.14 Consequences Analysis ............................................................................... 218

7.2.15 Consequence Analysis and Contours .......................................................... 220

7.2.16 Results of Consequence Analysis ................................................................ 247

7.2.17 Safety Mitigation Measures .......................................................................... 249

7.2.18 Occupational Health and Safety ................................................................... 257

7.3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN (DMP) .......................................................... 257

7.3.1 Occupational Hazards Specific Pre-Placement and Periodic Monitoring ...... 266

7.3.2 Monitoring Parameters and Frequency ........................................................ 267

7.3.3 Action Plan for OHS Standard Implementation ............................................ 267

8 PROJECT BENEFITS ................................................................................................ 271

8.1 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE .............................. 271

8.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE ................................... 271

9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ....................................................... 273

9.1 PROJECT COST AND APPRAISAL ................................................................... 273

9.2 APPLICABILITY OF CBA AND SUMMARY ........................................................ 273

10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................................ 274

10.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) .............................................. 274


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Table of Contents xiv

10.1.1 Objectives of EMP ....................................................................................... 274

10.1.2 Environment Management Plan ................................................................... 274

10.1.3 Compliance Monitoring ................................................................................ 277

10.1.4 Cost for Environment Management System ................................................. 278

10.2 ENVIRONMENT IMPROVEMENT ...................................................................... 278

10.2.1 Green Belt Development .............................................................................. 278

10.2.2 Rain Water Harvesting Scheme ................................................................... 284

10.3 CONCEPT OF WASTE MINIMIZATION, RECYCLE, REUSE / RECOVER,

ENERGY CONSERVATION AND NATURAL RESOURCE CONSERVATION .............. 285

10.4 SOCIAL WELFARE & UPLIFTMENT PLAN/ CER .............................................. 287

10.5 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH OF WORKERS ........................................................ 295

10.5.1 Noise ........................................................................................................... 295

10.5.2 Heat ............................................................................................................. 295

10.5.3 Dust, other Chemicals and Metals being suspended in the Environment ..... 295

10.5.4 Occupational Hazards specific Pre-Placement and Periodical Health Checkup

295

10.5.5 Occupational Health Centre ......................................................................... 295

10.5.6 Plan and Fund allocation for Occupational Health and Safety measures ..... 296

10.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL ......................................................... 297

10.6.1 Integrated management system policy (Covering Responsible care, Quality,

Environment, Occupational Health, Safety and Energy) ............................................. 297

11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION ............................................................................ 299

11.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION .................................................................................. 299

11.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .......................................................... 300

11.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES . 304

11.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME ............................................. 305

11.5 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ...................................................................................... 306

11.6 PROJECT BENEFITS ......................................................................................... 307

11.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................................. 308

11.8 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION ........................................................................ 309

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ....................................................................... 310

12.1 GENERAL .......................................................................................................... 310

12.2 BRIEF RESUME AND NATURE OF CONSULTANCY ....................................... 310


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Table of Contents xv

12.3 TEAM MEMBER FOR EIA REPORT .................................................................. 310

12.4 LABORATORY INVOLVED FOR BASELINE MONITORING AND OTHER

ANALYSIS ..................................................................................................................... 311


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Table of Contents xvi

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1.1: Brief of EC Granted Products and Capacities (Existing) ....................................... 1

Table 1.2: Awards & Achievements ....................................................................................... 3

Table 1.3: Details of Directors and Key Personnel ................................................................ 4

Table 1.4: Brief Description of the Project ............................................................................. 4

Table 1.5: Identified Applicable Statutory .............................................................................. 6

Table 1.6: Compliance with the Terms of Reference ............................................................. 6

Table 2.1: Co-ordinates of the project ................................................................................. 21

Table 2.2: List of Major Industries within 10 KM radius of Project Site ................................. 22

Table 2.3: Project Site Specific Environmental Sensitivity Details ....................................... 23

Table 2.4: Details of Existing Production Capacity (EC Granted) ........................................ 25

Table 2.5: Proposed production Capacity in Permitted Quantity (Expansion) in EC for

Speciality Chemicals ........................................................................................................... 28

Table 2.6: Proposed New Speciality Chemicals/Intermediates ............................................ 28

Table 2.7: Details of Existing By-Products (EC Approved) with source of generation, quantity

and end use ........................................................................................................................ 31

Table 2.8: Proposed By Product Generation from expansion & new products (Intermediate

and Speciality Chemicals) ................................................................................................... 32

Table 2.9: Capital Cost Projection ....................................................................................... 34

Table 2.10: Utilities ............................................................................................................. 35

Table 2.11: Details of Plant Captive MEE ............................................................................ 35

Table 2.12: Power Requirement .......................................................................................... 36

Table 2.13: Fuel Details ...................................................................................................... 36

Table 2.14 : Total Water Demand (Existing & Proposed) .................................................... 37

Table 2.15 : EC Approved Water Requirement ................................................................... 38

Table 2.16 : Details of Proposed Water Requirements for expansion & new Speciality

chemicals ............................................................................................................................ 38

Table 2.17: Manpower details (Existing & Proposed) ......................................................... 39

Table 2.18: Proposed schedule for approval and implementation ....................................... 39

Table 2.19: Details of Proposed product wise raw material requirement, its storage and

mode of transportation ........................................................................................................ 41

Table 2.20: Storage details of Finished Goods .................................................................... 51


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Table of Contents xvii

Table 2.21: Details of Solvent recovery for proposed expansion & new Speciality chemicals

........................................................................................................................................... 55

Table 2.22: Preventive Maintenance Schedule ................................................................... 58

Table 2.23: Existing Flue Gas Stack Details ........................................................................ 59

Table 2.24: Proposed Flue Gas Stack Details ..................................................................... 60

Table 2.25: Existing Process Gas Emissions Details........................................................... 61

Table 2.26: Proposed Process Stacks for Expansion & New Speciality Chemicals ............. 65

Table 2.27: The Standard Specification of Water Scrubber ................................................. 66

Table 2.28: The Standard Specification of Alkali Scrubber .................................................. 66

Table 2.29: Sources of Noise with their Sound Pressure Levels ......................................... 67

Table 2.30: Existing and Proposed Water Consumption Break-Up...................................... 69

Table 2.31: Existing and Proposed Waste water generation Break-Up ............................... 70

Table 2.32: Details of Recycled streams of existing & proposed project .............................. 70

Table 2.33: Details of Effluent treatment plant unit .............................................................. 73

Table 2.34: Effluent Characteristic at Inlet & Outlet ............................................................. 75

Table 2.35: Details of ETP,RO& MEE ................................................................................. 76

Table 2.36: Details of Existing & Proposed Solid & Hazardous Waste and its Management 78

Table 2.37: Area Break-Up of Site....................................................................................... 82

Table 2.38: Details of Mitigation Measures at Design Stage................................................ 85

Table 2.39: Condensed Description of Aspects of the Project likely to Cause Environmental

Effects ................................................................................................................................. 86

Table 3.1: Frequency of Environmental Monitoring ............................................................. 89

Table 3.2: Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis ............................................... 90

Table 3.3: Meteorological Condition of Study Area .............................................................. 92

Table 3.4: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations in the Study Region ........................... 99

Table 3.5: Details of Analysis Method ................................................................................. 99

Table 3.6: Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of PM10 and PM2.5 ...................... 100

Table 3.7: Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of SO2 and NOx ........................ 100

Table 3.8: Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of CO & NH3 ............................. 101

Table 3.9: Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of Cl2 & HCl .............................. 101

Table 3.10:Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of H2S & Total HC .................... 101

Table 3.11: Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of VOC as BTX ....................... 101

Table 3.12: Noise Monitoring Locations in the Study Region............................................. 105


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Table of Contents xviii

Table 3.13: Noise Monitoring report during day time ......................................................... 105

Table 3.14: Noise Monitoring report during night time ....................................................... 105

Table 3.15: Land use Statistics ......................................................................................... 109

Table 3.16: Geological Succession ................................................................................... 110

Table 3.17: Traffic Study Report ....................................................................................... 113

Table 3.18: Existing Traffic Scenario with respect to LOS ................................................. 113

Table 3.19: LOS Criteria ................................................................................................... 113

Table 3.20: Details of Soil sampling location ..................................................................... 115

Table 3.21: Soil Sample Analysis Result ........................................................................... 115

Table 3.22: Details of Ground Water sampling locations ................................................... 119

Table 3.23: Ground water Analysis Results ....................................................................... 119

Table 3.24: Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations ................................................. 124

Table 3.25: Surface water Analysis Results ...................................................................... 125

Table 3.26: Microbiological Analysis of surface Water ...................................................... 127

Table 3.27: Inland Surface Water Classification (CPCB Standards) .................................. 127

Table 3.28: Details of Marine and Sediment Sampling Locations ...................................... 130

Table 3.29: Marine Water Analysis Result ......................................................................... 130

Table 3.30: List of Trees in the Study Area ....................................................................... 132

Table 3.31: List of Shrubs in the Study Area ..................................................................... 133

Table 3.32: List of Herbs in the Study Area ....................................................................... 134

Table 3.33: List of Climbers in the Study Area................................................................... 134

Table 3.34: List of Mammals in the Study Area ................................................................. 135

Table 3.35: List of Domestic Animal in the Study Area ...................................................... 135

Table 3.36: List of Birds in the Study Area ........................................................................ 136

Table 3.37: List of Reptiles in the Study Area .................................................................... 137

Table 3.38: Details of Population in Study Area ................................................................ 139

Table 3.39: Details of Sex Ratio in Study Area .................................................................. 139

Table 3.40: Details of Literacy Rate in Study Area ............................................................ 140

Table 3.41: Details of Occupational Structure ................................................................... 142

Table 3.42: Educational Institutes in the Study Area ......................................................... 143

Table 3.43: Health Care Facilities in the Study Area ......................................................... 143

Table 3.44: Drinking Water Facilities in the Study Area ..................................................... 143

Table 3.45: Drainage Status in the Study Area.................................................................. 144


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Table of Contents xix

Table 3.46: Communication Facilities in the Study Area .................................................... 144

Table 3.47: Transportation Facilities in the Study Area ..................................................... 144

Table 3.48: Road Facilities in the Study Area .................................................................... 144

Table 3.49: Bank Facilities in the Study Area .................................................................... 144

Table 3.50: Power Facility in the Study Area ..................................................................... 144

Table 3.51: Summary of Baseline Monitoring Data ........................................................... 145

Table 4.1: Severity Criteria for Magnitude of Impacts ........................................................ 148

Table 4.2: Score ranges for Beneficial and Adverse Impacts ............................................ 149

Table 4.3: Criteria of Significance / Consequence ............................................................. 149

Table 4.4: Aspect-Impact Identification from Proposed Project ......................................... 150

Table 4.5: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Air Environment ........................... 153

Table 4.6: Incremental Traffic Study Report ...................................................................... 155

Table 4.7: Proposed Traffic Scenario with Respect to LOS ............................................... 155

Table 4.8: LOS Criteria ..................................................................................................... 155

Table 4.9: Traffic Management ......................................................................................... 156

Table 4.10: Detail of Stack & Emission ............................................................................. 158

Table 4.11: Detail of Vent & Emission ............................................................................... 158

Table 4.12: Summary of Point Source Modeling ............................................................... 161

Table 4.13: 24 hourly maximum incremental increase in GLC ........................................... 171

Table 4.14: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Noise Environment .................... 174

Table 4.15: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Water Environment .................... 176

Table 4.16: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Land Environment ..................... 179

Table 4.17: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Solid and Hazardous Waste

Management ..................................................................................................................... 180

Table 4.18: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Ecology & Biodiversity ............... 182

Table 4.19: Issues identified Village wise .......................................................................... 183

Table 5.1: Comparison for Alternative Site & Technology ................................................. 185

Table 6.1: Environmental Monitoring Program for Air Environment ................................... 188

Table 6.2: Environment Monitoring Program for Noise Environment ................................. 189

Table 6.3: Environmental Monitoring Program for Water Environment .............................. 190

Table 6.4: Environmental Monitoring Program for Land Environment ................................ 191

Table 6.5: Solid and Hazardous Waste Management........................................................ 192

Table 6.6: Traffic Monitoring Program ............................................................................... 193


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Table of Contents xx

Table 6.7: Summary of Environmental Monitoring Program .............................................. 194

Table 7.1: Flammable Criteria ........................................................................................... 199

Table 7.2: Flammable and Toxic Chemical Properties ...................................................... 200

Table 7.3: Physio-chemical Properties of some major Chemicals/Raw Materials .............. 201

Table 7.4: Risk Matrix for Qualitative Risk Assessment ..................................................... 203

Table 7.5: Risk Acceptability Criteria ................................................................................. 204

Table 7.6: Pre-Construction/Construction Phase ............................................................... 205

Table 7.7: Storage and Handling of Solid Chemicals......................................................... 205

Table 7.8: Storage and Handling of Corrosive/ Toxic Chemicals ....................................... 206

Table 7.9: Storage and Handling of Flammable Chemicals ............................................... 209

Table 7.10: Weather Condition selected for Consequence analysis .................................. 214

Table 7.11: Fatal radiation Exposure Level ....................................................................... 216

Table 7.12: Overpressure Damage Criteria ....................................................................... 216

Table 7.13: Input data ....................................................................................................... 217

Table 7.14: Failure Frequencies for Storage Tanks ........................................................... 218

Table 7.15: Acetone .......................................................................................................... 220

Table 7.16: Methanol ........................................................................................................ 227

Table 7.17: Toluene .......................................................................................................... 234

Table 7.18: Chlorine Gas tonner Toxic concentration Distance ......................................... 240

Table 7.19: Phosgene ....................................................................................................... 244

Table 7.20: Sodium Cyanide ............................................................................................. 245

Table 7.21: Summary of Maximum credible Effect ............................................................ 247

Table 7.22: Emergency Types .......................................................................................... 261

Table 7.23: Details of Detectors within premises ............................................................... 265

Table 7.24: Details of Emergency Contact Numbers ......................................................... 266

Table 7.25: Monitoring parameters and Frequency of monitoring ...................................... 267

Table 7.26: Budget for Occupational Health & Safety........................................................ 269

Table 10.1: Environmental Management Plan ................................................................... 275

Table 10.2 : Proposed Capital Cost & Recurring Cost for EMS ......................................... 278

Table 10.3: Areas identified for Green Belt for Development within the plant site .............. 279

Table 10.4: Details of Trees and Shrubs Species .............................................................. 280

Table 10.5: Budget Allotted for GBD in existing project ..................................................... 283

Table 10.6: Areas considered for roof-top rainwater harvesting ........................................ 285


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Table of Contents xxi

Table 10.7: Energy Conservation and Waste Minimization Measures ............................... 285

Table 10.8: UPL Khedut Pragati Program ......................................................................... 288

Table 10.9: Health & Sanitation ......................................................................................... 288

Table 10.10:Details of Placement after Training on Sheet Metal Works ............................ 289

Table 10.11: CSR activities carried out in and around Bharuch District ............................. 289

Table 10.12: Details of Environment & Nature Conservation (Vasudha Programme) under

ESC .................................................................................................................................. 290

Table 10.13: Education & Empowerment .......................................................................... 291

Table 10.14: Details of Employability & Entrepreneurship Programme under ESC: .......... 291

Table 10.15: Details of national and other area need programme under ESC ................... 292

Table 10.16: Budget Break-up for CER Activities of 5 years.............................................. 294

Table 11.1: Summary of Maximum Ground Level Concentration ...................................... 304

Table 11.2: Summary of Post Project Environmental Monitoring Program ........................ 305

Table 12.1: EIA Team Member ......................................................................................... 310


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Table of Contents xxii

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 2.1: Solvent Recovery Plan ...................................................................................... 56

Figure 2.2 : EC Approved Water Balance Diagram (Existing) .............................................. 71

Figure 2.3: Proposed Water Balance Diagram for Expansions and New Speciality Chemicals

........................................................................................................................................... 72

Figure 2.4: Schematic Diagram of Proposed ETP ............................................................... 74

Figure 2.5: Schematic Diagram of Proposed STP ............................................................... 76

Figure 3.1: Graphical Presentation for the month wise Temperature Variation .................... 93

Figure 3.2:Graphical Presentation for the month wise Humidity Variation ........................... 94

Figure 3.3: Wind Rose Diagram .......................................................................................... 96

Figure 3.4: Methodology Used for Land use Classification ................................................ 107

Figure 3.5: Land use Statistics .......................................................................................... 109

Figure 3.6: Geological features of Gujarat ......................................................................... 111

Figure 3.7: Hydro-Geological features of Bharuch ............................................................. 112

Figure 3.8: Graph of Literacy Rate .................................................................................... 141

Figure 3.9: Graphical representation of occupational structure of Study Area ................... 143

Figure 4.1: Methodology for AQM ..................................................................................... 156

Figure 4.2: Isopleth for PM10 emitted from Flue Gas Stacks & Process Vents ................... 162

Figure 4.3: Isopleth for SO2 emitted from Flue gas stacks & Process vents ...................... 163

Figure 4.4: Isopleth for NOx Emitted from Process vent & Flue gas stack ......................... 164

Figure 4.5:Isopleth for NH3 Emitted from Process Gas Vents ............................................ 165

Figure 4.6: Isopleth for Cl2 emitted from Process Gas Vents ............................................ 166

Figure 4.7: Isopleth for H2S emitted from Process Gas Vents ........................................... 167

Figure 4.8: Isopleth for HC emitted from Process Gas Vents ............................................ 168

Figure 4.9: Isopleth for HCl emitted from Process Gas Vents ............................................ 169

Figure 4.10: Isopleth for HCN emitted from Process Gas Vents ........................................ 170

Figure 7.1: Consequence analysis; Event Tree Analysis for release of flammable liquid ... 213

Figure 7.2: Action Plan for Handling Emergency ............................................................... 259

Figure 7.3: Emergency Organization Chart ....................................................................... 264

Figure 7.4: On-site Emergency plan will be aligned with District disaster management plan

(Off-Site) ........................................................................................................................... 265

Figure 10.1: Organogram of Environment Management Cell ............................................. 297


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Table of Contents xxiii

LIST OF MAPS

Map 2.1: General and Specific Location Map ...................................................................... 21

Map 2.2: Google Earth Image ............................................................................................. 21

Map 2.3: Study Area Map of 10 Km Radius of Site ............................................................. 24

Map 2.4: Site Layout Plan ................................................................................................... 84

Map 3.1: Study Area Map ................................................................................................... 88

Map 3.2:Map showing the Monitoring Locations of Ambient Air .......................................... 98

Map 3.3: Map showing the Noise Monitoring Locations ..................................................... 104

Map 3.4: Land Use Map .................................................................................................... 108

Map 3.5: Map showing the Soil sampling locations ........................................................... 114

Map 3.6: Map showing the Ground water sampling locations ............................................ 118

Map 3.7: Map showing the Surface water sampling locations ........................................... 123

Map 3.8: Map showing the Marine water and sediment sampling locations ....................... 129


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Table of Contents xxiv

LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS

Photograph 2.1: Photographs of Site .................................................................................. 25

Photograph 3.1: Sampling/Monitoring Activity ..................................................................... 91

Photograph 10.1: Existing Greenbelt development within the Premises ............................ 282

Photograph 10.2: Photographs of Existing CER/CSR Activities carried out by UPL Limited

......................................................................................................................................... 292

LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure 1: Copy of ToR Letter ........................................................................................ 313

Annexure 2: Copy of MoM of 540th Meeting of SEAC held on 14.08.2019 ........................ 326

Annexure 3: Copy of Existing EC dated 01.03.2019 .......................................................... 354

Annexure 4: Certified Compliance Report ......................................................................... 362

Annexure 5: Copy of CTE & CC&A ................................................................................... 365

Annexure 6: Copy of CC&A for existing packaging unit ..................................................... 384

Annexure 7: Land Possession Document .......................................................................... 389

Annexure 8: Checklist for implementation of LDAR Program to reduce emissions of VOCs

......................................................................................................................................... 390

Annexure 9: Water Supply Letter from GIDC .................................................................... 391

Annexure 10: Waste water disposal permission Letter from GIDC .................................... 392

Annexure 11: Membership for Co-Processing, TSDF & CHWIF ........................................ 393

Annexure 12: PCPIR EC ................................................................................................... 395

Annexure 13: Raw data of AAQ Measurements ................................................................ 407

Annexure 14: Storm Water Drainage Plan ........................................................................ 409

Annexure 15: Air dispersion modeling results & Isopleths ................................................. 410

Annexure 16: NABET & NABL Certificate ......................................................................... 423

Annexure 17: Environmental Policy ................................................................................... 426

Annexure 18: MSDS Sheets ............................................................................................. 427

Annexure 19: Existing Onsite Emergency Plan ................................................................. 428

Annexure 20: Process Description .................................................................................... 429


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Abbreviations xxv

ABBREVIATIONS

AMS- American Meteorological Society

AP/AQ- Air Pollution/ Air Quality

APCM- Air Pollution Control Measures

APHA- American Public Health Association

ARC/GIS- Arc geographical Information System

AWH- Air Water & Hazard Waste

CC&A- Consolidated Consent & Authorization

CPCB-Central Pollution Control Board

DMP- Disaster Management Plan

ECC - Emergency Control Center

EC-Environmental Clearance

EHS - Environment, Health and Safety

EIA- Environmental Impact Assessment

EMP - Environmental Management Plan

EMS- Environment Management System

EPA- Environment Protection Act

ERDAS- Earth Resource Development Assessment System

ERPG - Emergency Response Planning Guidelines

ETP- Effluent Treatment Plant

GIDC - Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation

GW- Ground Water

HIRA- Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment

HSE- Health Safety and Environment

HW- Hazardous Waste

IS- Indian Standards

ISO-International Organization for Standardization

KLD- Kilo Liter Per Day

LEL - Lower Flammability Limits

LOS- Level of Serviceability

LU/LC- Land Use/ Land Cover

MoEFCC - Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change

MSDS - Material Safety Data Sheet

MSIHC - Manufacture, Storage, & Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules

NRSC- National Remote Sensing Centre

OHS- Occupational Health Center

OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Administration

PCU-Passenger Car Unit

PEL - Permissible Exposure Limits

PPE – Personal protective equipment

QC-Quality Control

QMS- Quality Management System


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Abbreviations xxvi

R&D- Research and Development

RD- Resource Depletion

SCBA- Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus

SMC - Site Main Controller

SOP- Standard Operating Procedure

TL- Threshold Limit

TLV - Threshold Limit Value

ToR - Terms of References

TPA – Ton Per Annum

TPH- Tones per Hour

TPM- Tones Per Month

TSDF - Treatment, Storage and Disposal facility


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Summary of EIA xxvii

SUMMARYOF PROPOSED PROJECT AS PER APPENDIX III A of EIA

NOTIFICATION 2006 AND ITS AMMENDMENT

1. Project Description

Introduction

UPL Limited proposes expansion and addition of new products at Plot D-3/6, Dahej - III,

GIDC Estate (Within PCPIR Region), Kadodara Village, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch,

Gujarat.

Background


GIDC Estate (Within PCPIR Region), Kadodara Village, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch. The

project received Environmental Clearance from Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate

Change vide letter no: F.No. IA-J-11011/306/2016-IA-II(I) dated 1st March 2019.

Consent to Establish is granted by Gujarat Pollution Control Board vide CTE No.

PCB/BRCH-B/CTE-399/ID-53667 dated 11.01.2019 and the project is presently under

construction phase.

The project has received Consolidated Consent and Authorization for repackaging of

Aminoacetonitrile Sulfate (AANS) with Consent order No. AWH-100737 dated 15.04.2019.

Due to change in market scenario, UPL limited wants to go for addition of new products and

expansion in capacity of EC Granted Speciality Chemicals products under Intermediate and

Specialty chemicals category only.

Project Site Location

The proposed expansion will be undertaken within the existing site at Plot D-3/6, Dahej - III,

GIDC Estate (Within PCPIR Region), Kadodara Village, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch

,Gujarat.

Project Cost and Project Schedule

Cost of the proposed project is Rs. 1491.85 Cr. Out of this Rs. 20.450 Cr. will be used for

cost of Environmental Management System.

The CSR/CER cost will be Rs. 3.72 Cr. (0.25% additional capital investment of total project

cost). Project will be commissioned within 12 - 18 months after receipt of EC.

Project Requirements Land

Existing plot area is 755495.16 m2 and additional area required for proposed expansion is

263005.16 m2. Total area after expansion will be 755495.16 m2. The area required for

proposed expansion is available within existing plot area. No additional land will be required

for proposed project.

Power

The additional power requirement for proposed expansion will be 31 MWPH which will be

sourced from Dakshin Gujarat Vij Company Limited (DGVCL). Two additional D.G.Set of


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Summary of EIA xxviii

1200 KVA are proposed for proposed expansion. D.G. Sets will be used as backup power

source in emergency only.

Raw Material

Raw material required for the proposed expansion will be sourced from local market and will

be transported through trucks.

Boiler

7 x 40 T Boilers & 7 x 10 T Boiler will be provided with Natural Gas/FO as fuel based on

availability of these fuels.

Fuel

Natural Gas for Thermic Fluid heater. Natural Gas or Furnace Oil will be used as fuel for

boiler. HSD will be used for D.G sets. Natural gas will be supplied by GAIL and HSD will be

procured from local market.

.Water

The total water demand for existing approved & proposed expansion will be 25377 KLD.

(Fresh water: 12996 KLD + Recycle water 12381 KLD). Fresh water will be sourced from

GIDC.

Manpower

1500 people will be hired for proposed project. There will be indirect employment of drivers

and cleaners in transportation field.

2. Description of the Environment

Baseline environmental data

Baseline study was conducted during period of 1st Oct 2019 to 31st Dec 2019.

Ambient Air Quality

During the study PM2.5 was observed in the range of 33.1 – 47.4 µg/m3. Maximum

concentration of PM2.5 was found at Project site and minimum at Narnavi village.

PM10 was observed in the range of 63.2 – 88.1 µg/m3. Maximum concentration of

PM10 was found at Project site and minimum at Narnavi village.

SO2 concentration was observed in the range of 9.1 – 16.4 µg/m3, which is well within

the standard limit.

NOx concentration in was observed in the range of 14.5- 21.4 µg/m3, which is well

within the standard limit.

Monitoring and analysis was also carried out for CO, NH3, Cl2, HCl, H2S, Total HC

and VOC. Results for the CO, NH3, Cl2, H2S, HCl, Total HC and VOC were found well

within the norms.

All the results of ambient air quality parameters have been found within the limit as per

NAAQS. Based on comparison study of results for tested parameters with NAAQS, it is

interpreted that ambient air quality of studied locations is satisfactory. This interpretation

relates to the results found for locations and study period.


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Summary of EIA xxix

Noise Quality

Average noise level was recorded 62.4 to 66.5 dB (A) at Project Site during day time

and it is 57.8 to 59.2 dB (A) during night time.

Average noise level was recorded 49.6 to 51.0 dB (A) at residential area during day

time and it is 41.8 to 42.4 dB (A) during night time.

Noise level monitoring was carried out 1 meter away from State HIghway-6 and

average noise level was recorded 80.5 dB (A) during day time and 76.1 dB (A)

during night time as per factory act 1948 noise level exposure limit for 8 hrs.is 90 dB

(A).

Based on noise level data obtained during the survey for residential area and commercial

area, it is interpreted that noise levels are within the standard norms prescribed by MoEFCC.

Looking towards the increase in noise generating sources it is suggested that there is need

to apply noise reducing devices at noise generating sources and generate public awareness.

Soil Quality

The soils are categorized as clay to clay loam based on different soil separates

(sand, silt and clay).

They have medium water holding capacity (42.8 to 49.4 %) and porosity varied from

42.5 – 46.8 %.

The pH of the soil samples narrowly ranged from 7.38 to 7.62 during the study

period.

The soil EC varied from 1.24 to 1.53 dS/m and ESP ranged from 10.6 to 11.3. These

parameters indicate that soils are neutral to alkaline in reaction, saline (EC > 0.8

dS/m) and non-sodic, as pH is <8.5 and ESP is < 15.

Among exchangeable basic cations, predominance of Calcium (17.2 to 23.6 meq/100

g soil) was seen followed by magnesium (8.6 to 11.4 meq/100 g), Na (3.4 to 4.5

meq/100 g soil) and K (1.0 to 1.8 meq/100 g soil).

Organic carbon (0.72 to 0.85 %) indicates that soils are medium in organic carbon

status. This shows that soils are medium in nitrogen status.

The results relating to total Fe, Cu, Cr, B and Zn do not show alarming

concentrations in different soil samples.

Based on soil analysis data it is concluded that soil at the studied locations are neutral to

alkaline in reaction. The soils are medium in nitrogen, low in phosphorus and medium in

potassium status. The levels of total Fe, Cu, Cr, B and Zn are within the limits. However, for

successful greenbelt development liberal quantity of organic manure and recommended

doses of N and double the recommended dose of P fertilizers should be applied.

Ground water

pH was observed in the range of 7.14 – 7.54, which meets with drinking water desirable

norms.

Turbidity was found in the range of 1.2 – 2.8 NTU.

Total Dissolved Solid (TDS) were recorded in the range of 586 - 1936 mg/L with

minimum at Nadarkha village and maximum at Rahiyad village.


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Summary of EIA xxx

Conductivity varies from 906 to 3012 µmho/cm. The ratio of TDS to conductivity was

observed in the range of 0.6 to 0.65 which is within the desired range.

Total Hardness was in the range of 324 - 712 mg/L with minimum at Padariya village and

maximum at Rahiyad village.

Total Alkalinity was found in the range of 244 - 708 mg/L with minimum at Padariya

village and maximum at Narnavi village.

Chloride was found in the range of 172 to 552 mg/L and Sulphate varies from 38 to 268

mg/L.

Iron was found in the range of 0.10-0.28 mg/L with minimum at Nadarkha village and

maximum at Rahiyad and Narnavi village.

As microbiological parameters MPN analysis was also carried out and it was found

absent.

Based on comparison study of test results with drinking water norms it is interpreted that

water quality for the sample collected from the locations Kadodara, Sambheti, Nadarkha and

Padariya meet with the drinking water permissible limit, these water sources can be used in

washing, bathing, irrigation and they can also be used in drinking purpose in absence of

alternate source. Water qualities of other locations like Narnavi, Dahej and Rahiyad village

do not meet with the drinking water norms. Results of Total Hardness and Total Alkalinity is

more than prescribed limit, this is due to ingress of salinity. This interpretation relate to the

sample collected from particular location only.

Surface water

The following description is based on the analysis of the samples:

During the analysis pH of the sample was found in the range of 7.15 to 7.58.

TDS analysis was also carried out for surface water sample and it was found in the

range of 292-598 mg/L.

TSS was found in the range of 8-14 mg/L.

Total Hardness was found in the range of 132-246 mg/L.

DO is one of the important parameter to indicate towards the contamination of

organic matter. DO level decrease as soon as organic contamination increases.

During analysis DO was found in the range of 5.1-5.5 mg/L.

COD and BOD analysis was also carried out during the study period and results was found

in the range of 12-20 mg/L and 4-6 mg/L respectively.

Total Nitrogen was found in the range of 1.2-2.1 mg/L.

Iron content was found 0.08-0.28 mg/L and other heavy metals were found well

within the limit.

MPN test was also carried out for the surface water sample and it was found positive.

E-coli and Sstreptococci test was found negative in all samples.

Based on test result data comparison study with CPCB standard, it is interpreted that

surface water quality meet with the criteria C, D and E, it means these water sources can be

used for propagation of wild life, fisheries and Irrigation, industrial, cooling, controlled waste

disposal. This interpretation relate to the water sample collected during the survey from

particular locations only.


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Summary of EIA xxxi

Marine Water

Temperature is an important parameter, which affects the living organisms. The

temperature of the water was less than ambient air temperature.

The pH was observed 8.12. pH range is maintained due to buffering action of

CO2,CO3-2 and HCO3

-2.

Salinity was observed 34.4 ppt.

DO is an essential parameter which affects the biotic component of the water. Fish

and other aquatic life take oxygen through the gill. DO levels affect the aerobic

bacterial population as well as chlorophyllous Phytoplankton. During study period

maximum DO level was recorded 5.8 mg/L.

BOD is also an important parameter to define the environmental scenario of marine

ecosystem as it affects the DO level. BOD was found <4 mg/L.

Iron was recorded 0.66 mg/L. Other Heavy metals were found well within the range.

During the analysis it was found that temperature of the marine water was below the ambient

temperature it indicates that there is no exothermic reactions take place. pH of the water

sample for different locations was found near 8.0. Some marine organism can survive at the

DO level of >4 mg/L and certain microorganism can survive up to DO level 0.2mg/L. During

testing it was found that DO of the marine sample was >4 mg/L. Based on the test results it

is interpreted that the water quality of marine is good and suitable for the survival of fishes

and other aquatic life. High DO and less BOD indicate that contamination of organic matter

in marine water body is not more than its self-purification capacity and probability of organic

matter in the sample is almost negligible.

Ecology and Biodiversity

The most commonly spotted bird species of this area are; Cattle Egret, Intermediate Egret,

Black-winged Stilt, Red-wattled Lapwing, Rock Pigeon, Eurasian Collared-Dove, Spotted

Dove, Chestnut-headed Bee-eater, Bank Myna and Common Myna. All the birds are

included in Schedule IV. Among the reptiles Oriental garden lizard was common. Among

mammals Black rat was common. Forest department of Bharuch has declared as reserved

forest near Dahej village, which false within 10 km radius from the project site. Mainly the

declared area as reserved forest is having Prosopis juliflora, Caltrops and Acacia species in

degraded condition. This area does not support to Schedule I mammalian species of wild

life. There is a good population of schedule-II species like Herpestes edwardsi (Indian grey

mongoose) and Naja naja (Indian cobra) as food chain is interlinked in the biological

environment. Dominant flora of the study region is Prosopis juliflora and acacia species.

Rosa (Rose), Gossypium (Cotton) and Cajanus cajan (Tur) are majorly cultivated by the

farmers of the majority villages. Natural vegetation of study area is in degraded condition

and wild mammal‘s density is also very low. No endangered or threatened species were

observed during the survey.

Socio economic During the primary survey it was observed that almost pukka road facility is available in all

villages within 10 km radius. Literacy rate of the study region is from 61.30% to 100.00%. On

the basis of survey for literacy rate data it is interpreted that there is need to promote

educate more and more people. Almost all the villages have more than 50 % people as non-


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Summary of EIA xxxii

workers. It indicates that the problem of unemployment can be solved by providing proper

training and education. There is also need to establish more industries so that maximum

number of employment can be generated. Basic amenities like Education facilities Health

care facilities, water supply, electric power supply, mode of transportation etc. are available

in all villages.

3. Anticipated Environmental impacts and mitigation measures

Air Environment

Project activities having impact on air quality includes manufacturing process and vehicular

movements. Major pollutants will be Cl2, HCl, NH3, H2S, PM, SO2, NOx, HC Organic traces,

HCN. Summary of Maximum Ground Level concentration at Project Site is provided in Table

1

Table 1: Summary of Maximum Ground Level Concentration

S.No. Pollutant Maximum Baseline

Concentration (µg/m3)

Incremental GLC (µg/m3)

Total Predictive

GLC (µg/m3) Distance in Km/Direction

1 PM10 88.1 3.39 91.5 0.25 km/N (Project Site)

2 SO2 16.4 4.14 20.5 0.25 km/N (Project Site)

3 NOX 21.4 5.43 26.83 0.25 km/N (Project Site)

4 NH3 3.3 2.81 6.11 0.25 km/N (Project Site)

5 Cl2 BDL 0.086 0.086 0.25 km/N (Project Site)

6 H2S BDL 0.713 0.713 0.25 km/N (Project Site)

7 HC 152 1.153 153.2 0.25 km/N (Project Site)

8 HCl BDL 2.898 2.898 0.25 km/N (Project Site)

9 HCN BDL 0.195 0.195 0.25 km/N (Project Site)

Mitigation measures include provision of Water Scrubber, & Adequate Stack Height to Flue

gas stacks and Fume Gas Incinerator, NH3/Alkali/water scrubber and Bag Filters.

Noise Environment

Major sources of noise pollution will be activities related to operation of boiler and general

utilities within the plant.

Mitigation measures include providing acoustic enclosures at plant site and providing

Personal Protective Equipment like Ear Plugs & ear muffs to workers and safety sign boards.

Water Environment

Effluent will be generated in from Process, Utilities, Washing, and domestic uses.

The Waste Water generation after proposed expansions will be 10044.2 KLD, out of which

recycled water will be 7152.28 KLD and effluent going to GIDC drain will be 2891.92 KLD.

The waste water will be treated in ETP, MEE and RO.

Land Environment

No major impact has been identified on land environment due to the proposed expansion

project. There will be paved areas & internal roads. The proposed site is located in Notified

Industrial Estate of GIDC Dahej (Within PCPIR region).


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Summary of EIA xxxiii

Solid Waste Management

Hazardous and Solid Waste generated during the operational phase will be disposed as per

prevailing legislation. TSDF and Common Incinerator Facility membership is procured. MoU

is signed with cement manufacturers for co-processing waste.

4. Environmental Monitoring Programme

Summary of Environmental Monitoring Program:

Table 2: Summary of Post Project Environmental Monitoring Program

S.

No. Particulars

Monitoring

Frequency

Duration of Sampling

Important Monitoring

Parameters

1.

Air Pollution

i. Selected 4 locations in and around plant site

specified by GPCB Twice in a

Week except monsoon

One Sample for 24 Hours As per GPCB /

CPCB Guidelines

ii. Stack gas analysis in all stacks.

Online (Based on

Applicability of CPCB

Guidelines) & Manual Monitoring

Once in Month/Quarter

for Manual As per GPCB /

CPCB

ii. Fugitive dust sampling (if any) at work zone as per CPCB or

GPCB. Once in quarter On Spot PM/VOCs/HCl/Cl2/

NH3

2.

Water and Wastewater Quality

A. Water quality in the study area

i. Surface Water Half yearly Grab Parameters specified under

IS:10500 ii. Treated Waste Water Analysis Continuous Composite

Parameters as per Consent

ii. Ground water analysis Quarterly Once Parameters as per Consent

3

Industrial Noise Levels

1. Major noise generating sources at plant site Quarterly Grab

Noise level in dB(A)

2. Along Road for transportation noise Quarterly - Noise level in

dB(A) 4.

Ambient Noise Levels

1 4 Locations Half Yearly - Noise level in dB(A)

5.

Soil Characteristics

Soil Selected 4 locations in core zone Half Yearly One Grab

sample As per

GPCB/Consent order

6. Work zone At plant site Half Yearly Once in work place Dust, Noise,

Illumination etc.

7.

Corporate Environme

ntal Responsib

In core and buffer zone in nearby villages Half yearly Once Activities done by

UPL Ltd


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Summary of EIA xxxiv

S.

No. Particulars

Monitoring

Frequency



Parameters

ility

8.

Occupational Health Surveillan

ce At plant premises Half yearly

Once Employee Health

Register

9. Greenbelt Developm

ent Number of plantation (Units), Number of

Survived Trees/ Acre

Yearly Once Tress, survival rate, landscape

area. 10.

Environmental Audit As per Directions of

Honorary High Court, Yearly Once As per GPCB Guidelines

11.

Consents and

Authorization

Consent to Operate under applicable acts

Renewing 90 days before

expiry of validity

Once Before 90 days of expiry

12.

Compliance of EC

Conditions Submission of 6 monthly

Compliance Reports June and December Twice in a

year As per EC conditions

5. Additional Studies

Risk Hazard

Risk Assessment studies; Hazard identification and Risk Assessment (HIRA) and

Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) was carried out for the various activities and

Hazardous Chemical Storage at the facility. Activities are storage & Handling of Toxic,

Flammable, Corrosive and Solid Chemicals. The safety mitigation for proposed project

provided to reduce the initial Risks to Residual Risks. Consequence Modelling for

Hazardous chemicals like Ammonia, Phosgene, Sodium Cyanide, Toluene, Chlorine

Methanol, Acetone, etc. carried out using 2-D Risk Modelling to estimate the risk level of

radiation / explosion and toxicity radii to the facility and surroundings.

Considered and Adequate numbers of flammable and toxic gas detectors near to Flammable

Storage and surrounding area so that early detection and annunciation of flammable and

toxic concentration shall be initiated. For controlling the maximum accident scenario safety

mitigation and exiting Active & Passive protections are provided.

Emergency preparedness plan in case of natural or in plant emergencies:

Existing On-site and Off-site Emergency plan prepared as per MSIHC Rules and state

Factory Act will be updated based on Consequences analysis from 2D modelling. Likely On

site emergency is from storage of Flammable Chemicals. Mitigation measures considered

are

1. Installation of Adequate numbers of flammable and toxic gas detectors near to

Hazardous Chemicals Storage Location and surrounding area

2. Having DCS control system

3. Providing Fire hydrant Network line around the facility.


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Summary of EIA xxxv

4. Increasing Active fire protections with CO2, DCP Fire Extinguishers, Foam Trolley and

passive protections for early detection by smoke and heat detectors, interlocked with

Water Sprinkler system.

5. Providing more nos of Emergency sirens at vulnerable locations.

6. Mutual agreement with adjoining industries and DMC, Dahej.

7. Carrying out construction of plant buildings will follow the criteria as per seismic zone- 3

During Natural disaster, District Disaster management plan shall be followed.

Occupational Health Measures

UPL Dahej will have developed Occupational Health Centre including provision of First Aid

kit, Periodic Medical Checkup of all contract and Employees. A qualified Doctor with Male

Nurse will remain available at facility. Antidotes will also be made available for Hazardous

Chemicals. All workers and employees will be provided safety gadgets like Helmet, Hand

gloves, Apron, Full fire protection suit, Safety Shoes, Gas Mask, Face-shield and Safety

goggles Company has well equipped emergency vehicle. Existing Action plan for OHS

standard implementation incorporated. Safety trainings (on Safe Material Handling, First Aid,

& all Safety Aspects) as per Gujarat Factory Rules will be strengthened more.

6. Project Benefits

Employment Generation:

The proposed expansion project will generate employment during the construction and

operation phase. Local skilled and semi-skilled workers will be hired during construction

phase as well as operation phase. During the operation phase, technical staff, general staff

for administrative work and other ancillary services i.e. O&M contractor and maintenance

services will be required on a temporary basis. In addition to 2000 Nos of Employees (for EC

Approved product manufacturing plants), the additional 1500 manpower will be required for

proposed project.

Employment Avenues:

The company will generate direct and indirect employment. Preference will be given

to the local people for employment based on their educational qualifications and

experience.

Apprentice Training is will be provided regularly.

7. Environment Management Plan

Effluent Management

The waste water generated from Process, Boiler, Cooling Tower, Washing & Domestic

Activities will be segregated based on characteristics and treatment will be given as per

characteristics. The High TDS, Low COD streams will be sent to MEE followed by RO for

utmost possible recycling. The low COD/low TDS waste water will be sent to ETP for

primary, secondary & tertiary treatment. After treatment & removal of pollutants, the treated

water will be tested for compliance to stipulated norms by GPCB & then on confirmation of

compliance the treated waste water will be discharged to GIDC drain for deep sea disposal.

.


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Summary of EIA xxxvi

Domestic sewage generated will be treated in STP and reused for utility / gardening.

Air Emission Management

Water/Caustic/Acid Scrubber, Fume Gas Incinerator, Bag filter will be provided to process

gas stack. Solvent will be recovered to the tune of more than 95% with proper solvent

management plan.

Waters scrubber will be provided to boiler stack. Adequate stack height will be provided to

DG set and DG set will be used only during emergencies.

Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

ETP Sludge, Organic Residue, Aqueous waste, Discarded containers / bags / liners, Used

oil, Inorganic Salts from Evaporation / Process, Spent filter Material, Spent solvent,

Contaminated cotton waste, Insulation Waste, Non-recyclable Plastic waste, Used PPE,

Spent Catalyst, HCl sol. (28-32%), Fe (OH)2 Sludge & Iron Residue will be generated from

proposed project and this waste will be disposed as per Hazardous and Other Wastes

(Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

Greenbelt Development

For Green Belt Development, the company has already allotted 263005 m2 of the total land,

i.e. 34.81% in its existing project. Total 39500 no. of trees to be planted for green belt @

tree density of 1500 trees per hectare.

EMC

Environment & safety measures will be reviewed in EMC meeting on regular basis

CER/CSR Budget

A total amount of Rs. 3,72 Crore (0.25% of total project cost) is earmarked for the issues

identified during social need assessment and restricted to project area for 5 years. Major

activities include Education and Agriculture Development, Skill Development, Tree

plantation, Gram Pragati Yojna, Toilets Blocks in school.

Post Project Monitoring Plan

Post project monitoring plan includes monitoring of PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx, CO, NH3, Cl2,

HCl, H2S, Total HC and VOC, conducting third party environmental monitoring on quarterly

basis and submission of half yearly Environmental Clearance Condition compliance Report.


Eco Chem Sales & Services, Surat Doc. No: 2019_ECSS_EIAI2_1900019 Chapter 1 1

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

M/s. UPL Limited intends for the Capacity Expansion and addition of New Synthetic Organic

Chemicals and Chemical Intermediates within existing project site of UPL Limited, Dahej

Site.

Purpose of the report is to identify environmental aspects, impacts and mitigation measures

arising out from proposed Expansions is to prepare EIA/EMP report as per Terms of

Reference (ToR) issued by Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, New Delhi.

ToR is attached as Annexure 1.

The project as initially submitted at SEAC Gujarat vide file No. SIA/GJ/85607/2019 &

Proposal No. SIA/GJ/IND2/38411/2019 under Category ―B‖ of Project Activity 5(f) of EIA

Notification 2006 & Amendments. However looking to expansions in existing EC granted

products, SEAC Gujarat has referred (Condition No. 10.1 (ii), of EC F.NO. IA-J-

11011/306/2016-IA-II (I) dated 01/03/2019 which is read as ―No further expansion or

modification in the plant shall be carried out without prior approval of the Ministry of

Environment, Forest and Climate Change) and recommended for application at MoEFCC for

proposed expansions in Speciality chemicals (Category 5(f) products). Hence the project is

being submitted at MoEFCC. Copy of the 540th SEAC MoM is attached as Annexure 2

This Report is prepared based on ‗Generic Structure of EIA‘ given in Appendix III and IIIA of

mentioned EIA Notification.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1 Identification of Project


GIDC Estate (Within PCPIR Region), Kadodara Village, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch.




A detail of existing & proposed expansion is provided below in Table 1.1

Table 1.1: Brief of EC Granted Products and Capacities (Existing)

Product & its Category as per EIA,2006 Notification

Permission available in EC/ CTE Capacity (MTPA) EC is granted by MoEFCC vide Letter No. F.No. IA-J-

11011/306/2016-IA-II(I) dated 1st March 2019

Pesticides (Technical) Products 104000

Pesticide Specific Intermediates 67000

Formulations 40000

Captive Power Plant 55 MWPH




Permission available in EC/ CTE Capacity (MTPA) EC is granted by MoEFCC vide Letter No. F.No. IA-J-

11011/306/2016-IA-II(I) dated 1st March 2019

Intermediate and Speciality Chemicals 80500

Table 1- 1: Brief of Proposed expansion & addition of new Intermediate and Speciality Chemicals


Proposed Capacity (MTPA)

Remarks

Intermediate and Speciality Chemicals – EC Required 5(f)

20,000 Expansion in EC approved Intermediate and

Speciality Chemicals Capacity within EC Approved pant (For Product NaCN)

25,000

Expansion in EC approved Intermediate and Speciality Chemicals Capacity with new plant

(For Product Cyanuric Chloride)

2,86,800 Addition of New Intermediate and Speciality

Chemicals

3,31,800 --

1.2.2 Project Proponent

"UPL Limited " is a global generic crop protection, chemicals and seeds company,

headquartered in India (Mumbai).

UPL Group is leading Company manufacturing wide variety of Chemicals including

Agrochemicals. Caustic Soda, Chlorine, Specialty Chemicals, etc. UPL was established in

1969 by Mr. Rajjubhai D. Shroff, Chairman and Managing Director. The Company has

received various awards like Environment (CII), Safety (Golden Peacock) and Frost and

Sullivan for Sustainability. UPL is the first amongst three chemical industries in India, opted

to go for Responsible Care logo by Indian Chemical Council (formerly known as Indian

Chemical Manufacturers Association).

UPL Limited have a strong manufacturing base supported by engineers and scientists. The

R&D team of the Company develops various products as per the market requirements. The

company has central R&D and separate R&D at units. Most of the products manufactured

are agrochemicals used by the farmers. Products include herbicides, fungicides,

insecticides, biological and botanicals, seed treatment and adjuvants

AlI the manufacturing facilities in lndia have implemented Environmental Management

System Standard i.e. ISO 14001, Occupational Health & Safety Assessment Standards i.e.

ISO 45001 and Quality management System Standards i.e. ISO 9001. UPL Limited

voluntarily adopted the Codes of Practice of Responsible Care (RC) initiatives. UPL Limited

is one among the few industries permitted to use Responsible Care logo by Indian Chemical

Council (ICC).

UPL Limited have 48 manufacturing sites and customer base in 130+ countries all over the

world. The company has marketing network in 48 countries including America, Europe,

Africa, besides in all states of India.



UPL Limited ranks 5th amongst crop protection product manufacturing company worldwide.

Its revenue is around USD 3.14 Billion. 10,800 employees of 40+ nationalities work with the

company. UPL has 13000+ product registrations and 1023 patents.

Table 1.2: Awards & Achievements

Year Award

2013 ―Awarded by CSR Excellence & Leadership Award 2013 in Global Summit Competition for Best Waste Water Mgmt. Practices‖.

2014-15

One of the manufacturing units (Unit 2 in Ankleshwar, Gujarat) received various awards including ―Efficiency for water usage in chemicals‖ by FICCI (Federation of Indian Chambers of commerce and Industry), ―Best steam managed system‖ by SteamTech 2015, and Green Manufacturing Excellence Award by Frost and Sullivan. (Challengers: Large business)

One of the manufacturing units (Unit 1 in Ankleshwar, Gujarat) received a certificate of appreciation from the National Safety Council.

2015-16

Received FICCI Chemicals & Petrochemicals Award 2015 for

efficiency in energy usage.

Received National Energy Conservation Award 2016 from BEE Ministry of Power.

Received silver medal India Green Manufacturing Challenge from International Research Institute for Manufacturing (IRIM), Chennai

Received Vietnam Association of Environmental Economics Award.

2017-18

UPL has received FTSE4Good logo certification

Adavanta Seeds DMCC was awarded ―Recognition Award- First place in Water Treatment & Management Category for Zeba Technology‖ by Gulf Sustainability

and CSR Award 2018

Awarded Excellence award for Best sustainable water management Company of the Year 2018.

2018-19

UPL awarded CSR Project of the year Award [ENVT] Large Impact by India CSR [CSR leadership summit] for UPL Social Forestry [Large Impact]

UPL awarded 1st Runner Up and Challengers Award at Frost & Sullivan - TERI Sustainability 4.0 Awards 2018 for Manufacturing and Environment Sector

UPL awarded ―Gold Award-Brands for Environment‖ for Top 10 Environment Friendly Factory in the country by Vietnam Association of Environmental Economics

UPL awarded ―Gold Award-Friendly Green Factory" for Top 20 Clean and Green Factory in country by Vietnam Association of Environmental Economics

UPL awarded ―Gold Award Sustainable development" for Top 20 Factory for sustainable development, innovation and systems in country by Vietnam Association of Environmental Economics

UPL awarded Golden Peacock Occupational Health & Safety Award – 2018

UPL was awarded Gold and Bronze-National Award for Manufacturing Competitiveness (NAMC) by International Research Institute for Manufacturing (IRIM)

UPL awarded Silver- Best Kaizen - Implementation of FTNIR for increasing productivity of MUP (Glufosinate Ammonium tech solution) by Quality Circle Forum of India

UPL awarded Gold-International Convention on Quality Control Circles by Singapore Productivity Centre

UPL awarded Gold Certificate of Merit at India Manufacturing Excellence Award (IMEA) by Frost & Sullivan‘

UPL awarded Best Tech Award Supporting Energy efficiency by Transformance Business Media

Rajnikant Shroff was honored with the Mexican Order of the Aztec Eagle

UPL has received FTSE4Good logo recertification



Details of Directors and Key Personnel is provided below in Table 1.3.

Table 1.3: Details of Directors and Key Personnel

S. No. Name with Designation Designation

1 Mr. Rajnikant D Shroff Chairman & Managing Director

2 Mrs. Sandra Shroff Vice Chairperson

3 Mr. Jai Shroff Global CEO of the Group

4 Mr. Vikram Shroff Director

5 Mr. Arun Ashar Director - Finance

6 Mr. Pradeep Goyal Independent Director

7 Dr. Reena Ramachandran Independent Director

8 Mr. Hardeep Singh Independent Director

9 Mr. Vasant Gandhi Independent Director

10 Ms. Usha Rao-Monari Independent Director

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS

IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY & REGION

1.3.1 Brief Description of the Project

Brief description of the project is given in Table 1.4

Table 1.4: Brief Description of the Project

S. No. Details Description

1 Nature

Proposed project involves the expansion in manufacturing capacity of Intermediates and Speciality Chemicals products along with addition of new intermediates and Speciality chemical products within existing

premises at Dahej, Gujarat

2 Product Expansion & Addition of new products of intermediates and Speciality

chemicals

3 Size / Plot Area The proposed expansion is of 331800 TPA & Plot Area: 755495.16

sq.m

5 Cost of the project

Existing – Rs. 2133.31 Cr.

Proposed – Rs. 1491.85 Cr.

Total: Rs. 3625.16 Cr.

1.3.2 Importance to the Country and the Region

India is one of the major hub of chemical manufacturing in Asia. Most of these chemicals are

of strategic importance. However all the key raw material are not readily available or

manufactured in India due to the complex nature of the product, chemistry and process.

Hence most of the manufacturer are dependent on import of the chemicals. This results in

higher dependency on imports and simultaneously reduces the cost advantages. This has

created a wide gap in demand and supply causing higher Forex outflows to purchase the

raw materials. Indian manufacturer are finding it difficult to compete in the international

market due to high raw material cost. Import of the key raw materials and chemicals affects

competing ability of Indian manufacturers. This has also resulted in increased forex outflow



in recent period. This scenario is unlikely to normalize in future. Indigenous production of

these complex raw material could help to minimize raw material cost and save forex outflow

giving dual advantage to Indian manufacturers to compete globally.

1.4 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

1.4.1 Statutory Clearance as Other Permissions

As a part of Environmental Clearance Process, UPL Limited has submitted relevant

documents for propose project, namely Form-1, Prefeasibility Report and Proposed Terms of

Reference (TORs) at MoEFCC dated 09.10.2019 for carrying out Environmental Impact

assessment (EIA) studies vide File No J-11011/306/2016-IA-II(I), Standard ToR has been

received date 14th November, 2019 and attached as Annexure 1.

An application for ToR amendment was made dated 20.11.2019 for following:

1. Exemption of Public hearing as site is located in Notified Industrial Estate of PCPIR Dahej

2. Exemption of ZLD.

EDS was generated following the ToR amendment application dated 19.12.2019 stating that

PH is exempted and advice to submit Plan for Waste water management in EIA/EMP report.

A reply against the same was also submitted which was further agreed dated 25.12.2019 by

MoEFCC, copies and screenshots are attached in Annexure 1.

Existing Environmental Clearance:

The project received Environmental Clearance from Ministry of Environment, Forest and

Climate Change vide letter no: F.No. IA-J-11011/306/2016-IA-II(I) dated 1st March 2019.

Copy of Environmental Clearance is enclosed as Annexure 3. The existing project is under

construction stage, latest compliance report of existing EC has been submitted at RO,

MoEF&CC Bhopal for the period of April 2019 to September 2019 dated 23.11.2019. RO

MoEF&CC Bhopal has visited the site on 09.0.2020 and the certified compliance report is

obtained vide File No. 5-65/2019(ENV)/312 dated 27.05.2020. The certified copy & brief

summary of Certified Compliance report is enclosed as Annexure 4

Existing Consents:

Amendment to existing Consent to establish is granted by Gujarat Pollution Control Board

vide CTE No. GPCB/BRCH-B/CTE-399/ID-53667 dated 11.01.2019. Copy of amended

Consent to Establish is enclosed as Annexure 5.


Aminoacetonitrile Sulfate (AANS) with Consent order No. AWH-100737 dated 15.04.2019

and copy of the same is enclosed in Annexure 6.

Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ):

The project does not fall in CRZ zone hence does not attract any CRZ clearance.

Wildlife Clearance:



The project does not attract any Wildlife clearance since No Wild life sanctuary /Eco

Sensitive Zone present in study area

The list of identified statutory applicable to the company is given in Table 1.5.

Table 1.5: Identified Applicable Statutory

S. No. Legal Instruments

1 The Factory License

2 The Factories Act, 1948

3 The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and Rules, 1975, as amended to date.

4 The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Rules, 1982, as amended to date.

5 The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 as amended to date

6 The Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical rules, 1989, as amended to date.

7 Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 as amended to date

8 Solid Waste Management Rule, 2016

9 Construction and Demolition Waste Management Rules, 2016

10 The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and Rules, 1986, as amended to date

11 The Chemical accidents (Emergency Planning, preparedness and response) Rules, 1996

12 The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 & The Central Motor Vehicle rules, 1989

13 Consents from GPCB

14 Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 and Rules, 1991 as amended to date

15 Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 as amended to date

1.4.2 Scope of the Study

Compliance of ToR points as per the ToR letter issued by Ministry of Environment, Forest

and Climate Change, Impact Assessment Division, New Delhi. Compliance of the ToR is

provided in Table 1.6

Table 1.6: Compliance with the Terms of Reference

S. No ToR Points Reply Citation in EIA

report

ToR for Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry

1 Executive Summary Summary of the EIA is provided in EIA report

Initial Pages of EIA report

2 Introduction

i Details of the EIA Consultant including

NABET accreditation

ECO CHEM SALES & SERVICES (ECSS), is an

Accredited Organization by Quality Council of India /NABET certificate No.

NABET/ EIA/1720/ SA 085 (Rev.01) validity up to 31

st

July 2020 NABET accreditation certificate is

incorporated in EIA Report.

Annexure 16, Pg.423

ii Information about the project

proponent

UPL limited earlier known as United Phosphorus

Limited started its

Sub-Sec.1.2.2., Ch.1, Pg. 2




report

operation in the year 1993 and are involved in

manufacturing of wide range of pesticides

(technical), intermediates of pesticides and other

synthetic organic/inorganic chemicals across Gujarat

state

iii Importance and benefits of the project

Proposed expansion in project is needed to serve increasing demand from

market.

Sub-Sec.1.3.2., Ch.1, Pg.4

3 Project Description

i Cost of project and time of completion.

Cost of the proposed expansion is Rs. 1491.85

Cr. Project will be commissioned within 15-17 months after receipt of EC

Cost:

Sub-Sec. 2.4.2.,

Ch.2, Pg. 34

Time of Completion

Table 2.18, Pg. 39

ii Products with capacities for the

proposed project. Intermediate and Speciality Chemicals: 3,31,800 MTPA

Sec.2.4, Table 2.5, Table 2.6, Pg. 28,

Ch.2

iii

If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether

adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if

any.

Pesticides (Technical) Products: 104000 MTPA

Pesticide Specific Intermediates: 67000

MTPA

Formulations: 40000 MTPA

Captive Power Plant: 55 MWPH

Existing Product

Details

Sec.2.4, Table 2.4, Pg.25, Ch.2

Area-Break-Up

Sub- Sec. 2.8.11Table 2.37,

Pg. 82, Ch.2

iv List of raw materials required and their

source along with mode of transportation.

Raw material will be procured from local / Imported based on

requirement and mode of transportation will be

through road from respective supplier to site.

Sec. 2.8, Sub-Sec.2.8.1, Sub-Sec.2.8.2, Sub-

Sec.2.8.3, Pg. 40, Ch.2

v Other chemicals and materials

required with quantities and storage capacities

Formulations products will be stored at site

--

vi Details of Emission, effluents,

hazardous waste generation and their management.

Emission

Flue Gas stack: PM, SO2 and NOx

Management: Water Scrubber &

Adequate Stack Height

Process Stack: Cl2, HCl, NH3, H2S, PM, SO2, NOx, HC Organic traces, HCN

Management: Water/Caustic/Acid

Scrubber, Bag filter, fume Gas Incinerator will be provided to control the

Air Emission:

Sub-Sec. 2.8.7, Pg. 59, Ch.2

Effluent:

Sub-Sec. 2.8.9, Pg.68, Ch.2

Hazardous Waste Sub-Sec 2.8.10,

Pg. 76,Ch.2




report

emission within norms

Effluent

Waste water generation will be 10044.2 KLD, out of

which Treated Effluent @ 2891.61 KLD will be

discharged & 7152.28 KLD will be recycled.

Management: ETP, RO, MEE

Hazardous Waste

ETP Sludge, Organic Residue, Aqueous waste,

Discarded containers / bags / liners, Used oil, Inorganic Salts from

Evaporation / Process, Spent filter Material, Spent

solvent, Contaminated cotton waste, Insulation Waste, Non-recyclable

Plastic waste, Used PPE, Spent Catalyst, HCl sol.

(28-32%), Fe (OH)2 Sludge & Iron Residue

This waste will be disposed off as per Hazardous &

Other waste (Management & Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016.

vii

Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)

Water:

The total water requirement for existing & proposed expansion will be 25377

KLD. (Fresh water: 12996 KLD + Recycle water

12381 KLD). Fresh water will be sourced from GIDC.

Man Power: Additional 1500 Employees will be

hired.

Power: Existing 4 MWH & Additional 31 MWH will be

sourced from DGVCL.

Water

Sub-Sec. 2.8.9, Pg.68, Ch.2

Manpower & power:

Sec.2.5, Pg. 35 Ch.2

viii

Process description along with major equipment‘s and machineries, process

flow sheet (quantities) from raw material to products to be provided

Detailed process description along with major equipment‘s and

machineries, process flow sheet are provided in EIA

report

Annexure 20, Pg. 429

ix Hazard identification and details of

proposed safety systems.

Hazard identification by HIRA and details of

proposed safety systems is provided in the Risk

Sub-Sec.7.2.5, Pg. 205 Ch.7




report

Assessment Chapter of EIA report

x Expansion/modernization proposals:

a

Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from

MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest

Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment

and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance

of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances

including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of

compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing / existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached

with the EIA-EMP report.

The unit has obtained EC from MoEFCC for its

existing project vide letter No: F. No. IA-J-

11011/306/2016-IA-II(I) dated 1

st March 2019 and

the certified compliance report for existing EC is obtained vide File No. 5-65/2019(ENV)/312 dated

27.05.2020 from RO. MoEFCC, Bhopal for the period of April, 2019 to

September 2019

EC:

Annexure 3, Pg.

354

Certified Report Annexure 4, Pg.

362

b

In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the

provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be

provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units

operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006)

obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the

SPCB shall be submitted.

Consent to Establish is granted by Gujarat

Pollution Control Board vide CTE No.

GPCB/BRCH-B/CTE-399/ID-53667 dated

11.01.2019 for existing project.

Annexure 5, Pg.365

4 Site Details

i

Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the

site, whether other sites were considered.

Proposed expansion will undertake in existing plot

area at Plot D-3/6, Dahej - III, GIDC Estate (Within

PCPIR Region), Kadodara Village, Taluka Vagra,

District Bharuch, Gujarat State.

No other site is considered since land is available with

same site of UPL for proposed project.

Location:

Sec. 2.3, Pg.20

Justification for site selection is provided in

Sec.5.1, Pg.185, Ch.5

ii

A Toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on

1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive

areas and environmentally sensitive places)

A study area map of 10 Km radius with site location is provided on Toposheet with Toposheet number

F43M9 & F43M10

Map 3.1, Pg. 88, Ch.3

iii Details w.r.t. option analysis for

selection of site Alternative site was not selected since proposed

Sec.5.1, Pg.185, Ch.5




report

expansion is within the site premises only

iv Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four

corners of the site.

Co-ordinates of project sites are given in EIA

report

Sec. 2.3, Table 2.121, Ch.2

v Google map-Earth downloaded of the

project site.

Google map-Earth image of project site is provided in

EIA report

Sec. 2.3, Map 2.2, Pg. 21, Ch.2

vi

Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating

storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an

Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as

proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area,

greenbelt area, utilities etc. is provided in EIA report. Total Plot Area is 755495 m

2 and greenbelt area is

263005 m2

Map 2.4, Pg. 84, Sub-Sec.2.8.11,

Ch.2

vii

Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If

existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

Photographs of the proposed and existing site are provided in EIA report

Photograph 2.1, Pg. 25

viii

Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired),

government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies,

settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area)

Proposed land is given by GIDC to UPL.

. Area breakup of the total land of the project site is provided in EIA report

Sub- Sec. 2.8.11, Table 2.37, Pg. 82,

Ch.2

ix

A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km

radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area

Indofil Industries Limited located at 5.5 kms towards

SE. There are other industries within 10 km

from the proposed project site details are provided in EIA report. Details of LU are also provided in EIA

report

Major Industries:

Table 2.2, Pg. 22, Ch.2

LU details of Study area:

Sec. 3.7, Pg.106, Ch.3

x Geological features and Geo-

hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study is provided in EIA

report

Sec. 3.9, Pg. 111, Ch.3.

xi

Details of Drainage of the project up to 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level

of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects)

No river flows within 1 km of the proposed project

site.

Map 3.1, Pg. 88, Ch.3

xii

Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of

the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the

The land is owned by M/s UPL Limited provided by

GIDC Dahej. Land documents are provided in

Land documents are enclosed as

Annexure 7, Pg.389




report

land. EIA report

xiii R&R details in respect of land in line

with state Government policy

Not Applicable as the site is located in GIDC Notified

Industrial Estate, Dahej (Within PCPIR)

--

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if

applicable):

Not Applicable as the site is located in GIDC Notified

Industrial Estate, Dahej (Within PCPIR)

--

i

Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any,

and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

Not Applicable --

ii

Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of

the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving

forest land more than 40 ha)

Not Applicable --

iii

Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance

along with latest status shall be submitted.

Not Applicable --

iv

The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly

authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the

project location and the recommendations or comments of the

Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon

Not Applicable --

v

Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife

Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if

any exists in the study area

Not Applicable --

vi

Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife

(Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for

Wildlife

Not Applicable --

6 Environmental Status

i

Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-

specific micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and

rainfall.

Micrometeorological data:

Temperature: 24.2oC -

36.2oC

Humidity: 34% to 96%

Wind Speed:0.1 to 13.0

Km/hr

Wind direction: NE-SW

Sec.3.4, Pg. 92, Ch.3

ii

AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to

the project shall be collected. The

AAQ data is brief below PM2.5 : 33.1 – 47.4µg/m

3

PM10 : 63.2 – 88.1 µg/m3

Sec.3.5 , Pg. 97, Ch.3




report

monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account

the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive

receptors including reserved forests

SO2 : 9.1 – 16.4 µg/m3

NOx : 14.5- 21.4 µg/m3

Results for the CO, NH3, Cl2, HCl, H2S, Total HC

and VOC were found well within the norms

iii

Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM

Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from

data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA

Report

Raw data of all AAQ measurement is provided

in EIA report

Annexure 13, Pg.407

iv

Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface

drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEFCC guidelines

Surface water quality of nearby water bodies at six locations were carried out which includes from pond details provided in EIA

report

Sec.3.12, Pg.116, Ch.3

v Whether the site falls near to polluted

stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEFCC, if yes give details.

Not Applicable --

vi Ground water monitoring at minimum

at 8 locations shall be included.

Ground water monitoring was carried out at 7

locations.

Sec.3.12, Pg.116, Ch.3

vii Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations

within the study area

Noise levels monitoring was carried out at 8

location

Sec. 3.6, Pg.102, Ch.3

viii Soil Characteristic as per CPCB

guidelines. Soil sampling was carried

out at 4 location Sec. 3.11, Pg. 114,

Ch.3

ix

Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for

transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking

arrangement etc.

Traffic Study of the area was carried out at SH-6

and SH-206, details of the same is provided in EIA

report.

Parking will be provided at the site.

Existing Traffic Scenario

Sec. 3.10,Pg. 113, Ch.3,

Additional Traffic

Sec.4.2.1, Pg. 153, Ch.4

x

Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special

reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I

fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be

prepared and furnished.

Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and

aquatic) existing in the study area is provided in EIA report. No Schedule-I species is present in the study area. The site is

located in Notified Industrial Estate of Dahej

(Within PCPIR)

Sec. 3.13, Pg. 131, Ch.3




report

xi Socio-economic status of the study

area.

Socio-economic status of the study area is provided

in EIA report

Sec.3.14, Pg.137, Ch.3

7 Impact and Environment Management

Plan -

i

Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the

stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the

project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using

inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the

potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation)

on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project

site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

Assessment of ground level concentration of

pollutants with the help of AERMOD software, mainly PM, SO2, NOX, NH3, Cl2,

H2S, HC, HCl & HCN were carried out and total GLC after proposed expansion

are brief below:

PM10: 91.5 µg/m3

SO2: 20.5 µg/m3

NOX: 26.83 µg/m3

HCl: 2.898 µg/m3

Cl2: 0.086 µg/m3

NH3: 6.11 µg/m3

H2S: 0.713 µg/m3

HC: 153.2 µg/m3

HCN: 0.195 µg/m3

Sec.4.2.1, Pg. 153, Ch.4

ii Water Quality modelling - in case of

discharge in water body

Not applicable as the treated water from ETP is

sent to GIDC drain

Sub-Sec. 2.8.9, Pg.68, Ch.2

iii

Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be

assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials

and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor cum-rail

transport shall be examined

Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end

products on the surrounding environment is assessed and provided in

EIA report

Transportation details:

Sub-Sec. 2.8.2, Pg. 51, Ch.2

Impact:

Sec.4.2.1, Pg. 153, Ch.4

iv

A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent

recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete

scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and

treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)

Rules

A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for

different purposes is provided in EIA report.

Effluent:

Sub-Sec. 2.8.9, Pg.68, Ch.2

v Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet

standards

Flue Gas Stack: Water Scrubber and adequate stack height will be provided. Natural gas/FO will be used as fuel in proposed boiler

Process Stack:

Water/Caustic/Acid Scrubber, fume Gas Incinerator Bag filter will be

Air Emission:

Sub-Sec. 2.8.7, Pg. 59, Ch.2




report

provided to control the emission within norms

vi Measures for fugitive emission control

All the joints, flanges, pumps, glands, seals,

valves will be maintained in good conditions through

timely predictive and preventive maintenance;

Concrete road will be developed within plant

premises to avoid fugitive dust due to vehicle

movement.

Regular checking and maintenance of the

machineries will be carried out to avoid any leakages

Air Emission:

Sub-Sec. 2.8.7, Pg.67, Ch.2

vii

Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU

regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall

also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural

resource conservation.

ETP Sludge, Organic Residue, Aqueous waste,

Discarded containers / bags / liners, Used oil, Inorganic Salts from

Evaporation / Process, Spent filter Material, Spent

solvent, Contaminated cotton waste, Insulation Waste, Non-recyclable

Plastic waste, Used PPE, Spent Catalyst, HCl sol.

(28-32%), Fe (OH)2 Sludge & Iron Residue

This waste will be disposed off as per Hazardous &

Other waste (Management & Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016.


Pg. 76,Ch.2

EMP

Sec.10.3, Pg. 285, Ch.10

viii

Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification,

2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided

Not Applicable as Natural gas/FO will be used as

Fuel in utilities

Sub-Sec.2.5.1, Pg.35, Ch.2

ix

Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e.

land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of

plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a

scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be

incorporated.

For Green Belt Development, the company

has already allotted 263005 m

2 of the total land,

i.e. 34.81% in its existing project. Total 39500 no. of

trees to be planted for green belt @ tree density of 1500 trees per hectare.

Sub-Sec.10.2.1, Pg.278, Ch.10

x

Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be

submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to

recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the

Total 66.783 KL/day of water will be available for a day for which HDPE tank of

100 m3. may be used for

gardening and washing purposes

Sub-Sec.10.2.2, Pg.284, Ch.10




report

project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from

other sources.

xi Total capital cost and recurring

cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included.

Total capital cost will be 20450 Lakh. and Recurring Cost of 1188 Lakh/Annum.

Sub-Sec.10.1.4, Pg.278, Ch.10

xii Action plan for post-project

environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring is

provided in EIA report

Table 6.7, Pg. 194, Ch.6

xiii

Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and

Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and

damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District

Disaster Management Plan.

Unit has prepared Onsite and Offsite Disaster

(natural and Man-made) plan for existing units.

Additional Preparedness and Emergency

Management Plan including Risk Assessment

and damage control is detailed in Risk chapter of EIA report and plan will be

updated and approved

Existing Onsite & Offsite DMP


Proposed:

Sec.7.3, Pg. 257, Ch.7

8 Occupational health

i Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers

Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational

health & safety of all contract and casual

workers will be allotted

Sec. 7.3.3, Table 7.26, Pg.269, Ch.7

ii

Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the

workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays,

Audiometry, Spirometer, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during

pre-placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned

parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

Health evaluation of the workers will be carried out periodically once the plant

is under operation

--

iii

Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the

exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible

Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the

company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the

workers can be preserved,

The existing plant is under construction stage

-

iv Annual report of health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

Annual report of health status of workers will be carried out periodically once the plant is under

operation

--

9 Corporate Environment Policy




report

i

Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be

detailed in the EIA report.

Yes, the company has a well laid down Environment

Policy approved by its Board of Directors

Annexure 17, Pg.426

ii

Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process /

procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /

conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

Yes --

iii

What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and

for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given.

The hierarchical system or administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions is

provided in EIA report

Sec.10.6, Pg. 297, Ch.10

iv

Does the company have system of reporting of non-compliances /

violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

The reporting mechanism is provided in EIA report

Sec.10.6, Pg. 297, Ch.10

10

Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel,

restroom etc. to be provided to the labor force during construction as well

as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase

In Majority local workers will be hired and

infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel,

restroom etc. are already available at existing site

--

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i

Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked

towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with

time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic

development activities need to be elaborated upon.

Rs. 3.72 Cr. (0.25% of project cost) is allotted for

Socio-economic development activities under Enterprise Social

Commitment (CER). Activities includes

- Skill development

- Agricultural development

- Sanitation

- Education

- Social Forestry & Tree plantation

Sec.10.4, Pg.287, Ch.10

12

Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order

passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall

also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of

Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water

Acts? If so, details thereof and

No litigation is pending against the project or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project. The existing

project is under construction stage.

--




report

compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case

13 A tabular chart with index for point

wise compliance of above TOR Noted --

Specific terms of reference for Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry

1 Details on solvents to be used,

measures for solvent recovery and for emissions control.

Solvents to be used includes 97% Ethyl

Acetate, Toluene, MDC,

Methyl tert butyl ether, Quinoline, DI

chloromethane, Petroleum Ether etc will be used.

Solvent recovery of minimum 95% will be done

Sec.2.8.4, Pg.55, Ch.2

2 Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to

control.

Process emission includes Cl2, HCl, NH3, H2S, PM, SO2, NOx, HC Organic

traces, HCN. Water/Caustic/Acid

Scrubber, Fume Gas Incinerator, Bag filter will

be provided

Sub-Sec. 2.8.7, Pg. 59, Ch.2

3

Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other process-specific

pollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(*-as applicable).

AAQ data is brief below PM2.5 : 33.1 – 47.4µg/m

3

PM10 : 63.2 – 88.1 µg/m3

SO2 : 9.1 – 16.4 µg/m3

NOx : 14.5- 21.4 µg/m3

Results for the CO, NH3, Cl2, HCl, H2S, Total HC

and VOC were found well within the norms

Sec.3.5 , Pg. 97, Ch.3

4 Work zone monitoring arrangements

for hazardous chemicals.

Work zone monitoring will be carried out for Proposed

project during operation phase

--

5

Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation of effluent

streams for units adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge.

The waste water generated from prosed project will be treated in ETP, MEE & RO.

Waste water generation will be 10044.2 KLD, out of

which recycled water will be 7152.28 KLD & effluent going to GIDC drain will be

2891.92 KLD

Management: ETP, RO, MEE

Sub-Sec. 2.8.9, Pg.68, Ch.2

6 Action plan for odour control to be

submitted.

All liquid raw materials will be charged into reactors

with pumps or under gravity through closed

pipes

Vents of storage tanks will be provided with a water

filled trap to prevent escape of acid fumes.

Air Emission:

Sub-Sec. 2.8.7, Pg.67, Ch.2




report

Boundary wall as Wind breaker will be provided to restrict the dispersion of odor & dust from the site

7

A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement

manufacturers indicating clearly that they co-process organic

solid/hazardous waste generated.

Organic Residue & Aqueous Waste generated from process will be sent

for Co-processing. Membership with cement industry (Ambuja Cement) for Co-processing of waste have been obtained dated

10.02.2017


8 Authorization/Membership for the

disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any

TSDF/CHWIF: Membership with TSDF for landfilling of waste from BEIL Dahej &

CHWIF for incinerable waste from BEIL

Ankleshwar has been obtained from vide letter

No. BEIL/ANK/2017 dated 9.02.2017

Effluent Disposal:

The treated effluent will be disposed into GIDC drain

and Approval for the disposal of 2891.6 KLD of water into GIDC drain has

been obtained vide GIDC/DEE/DRG/BRH/64

dated 03.02.2020 has been obtained

TSDF/CHWIF:


Effluent Disposal: Annexure 10, Pg.

392

9 Action plan for utilization of

MEE/dryers salts. MEE salts will be disposed

off into TSDF


Pg. 76,Ch.

10 Material Safety Data Sheet for all the

Chemicals are being used/will be used.

Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals is provided in EIA report


11 Authorization/Membership for the

disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.

Membership with TSDF for landfilling of waste from BEIL Dahej & CHWIF for incinerable waste from

BEIL Ankleshwar has been obtained from vide letter

No. BEIL/ANK/2017 dated 9.02.2017

TSDF/CHWIF:


12 Details of incinerator if to be installed. Not Applicable --

13

Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/

solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated.

Risk assessment for storage and handling of

hazardous chemicals/solvents &

Action plan for handling & safety system to be is provided in EIA report

Sec.7.2.5, Pg.205, Ch.7

14 Arrangements for ensuring health and Arrangements for ensuring Sub-Sec.7.2.18,




report

safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

health and safety of workers engaged in

handling of chemicals is provided in EIA report

Pg. 257, Ch.7

1.5 STRUCTURE OF THE EIA REPORT

The entire EIA report is prepared based on the generic structure of EIA document given at

Appendix - III of the Notification No. S.O. 1533 dated 14th September 2006 at MoEFCC, New

Delhi.

The EIA Report has been prepared on the basis of EIA Notification 2006, with special

reference to the TOR conditions received from MoEFCC. The baseline data was collected

during 1st October 2019 to 31st December 2019.



2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

This chapter provides a condensed description of those aspects of the project likely to cause

environmental effects. Details are described in following sections with regards to type, need,

location, size or magnitude of project operations, technology and other related activities.

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

M/s UPL Limited Unit-12 is located at Plot D-3/6, Dahej - III, GIDC Estate (Within PCPIR

Region), Kadodara Village, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch has planned for the

manufacturing of Pesticides Technical, Intermediates, Formulations and Intermediates &

Speciality Chemicals with captive power plant in their existing project for which EC has been

obtained. The proponent now intends to expand the existing production capacity permission

in Intermediates and Speciality Chemicals and addition of new Intermediates & Synthetic

Organic Chemicals (Chemical Intermediates) within existing Dahej unit. Total investment for

proposed expansion will be Rs. 1491.85 Cr.

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

Proposed project is needed to serve increasing demand from export market. Benefits of the

project are many folds. The proposed project for Manufacturing of various products are

based on the market surveys.

India is one of the major hubs of chemical manufacturing in Asia. Most of these chemicals

are of strategic importance. However, all the key raw material are not readily available or

manufactured in India due to the complex nature of the product, chemistry and process.

Hence most of the manufacturers are dependent on import of the chemical intermediates

and Speciality chemicals. This results in higher dependency on imports and simultaneously

reduces the cost advantages. This has created a wide gap in demand and supply causing

higher Forex outflows to purchase the raw materials. Indian manufacturer are finding it

difficult to compete in the international market due to high raw material cost.

2.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

2.3.1 General Location of the Site

M/s UPL Limited is located at Plot D-3/6, Dahej - III, GIDC Estate (Within PCPIR Region),

Kadodara Village, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch. The map showing general location is

provided in Map 2.1. Project boundary is shown on Google earth image as Map 2.2. The

Co-ordinates of the project are provided in Table 2.1. Site layout plan is attached as Map

2.4.



Map 2.1: General and Specific Location Map

Map 2.2: Google Earth Image

Table 2.1: Co-ordinates of the project

Description Latitude (N) Longitude (E) Description Latitude (N) Longitude (E)

A 21°46'47.83"N 72°38'33.79"E N 21°46'27.08"N 72°38'35.10"E

N



Description Latitude (N) Longitude (E) Description Latitude (N) Longitude (E)

B 21°46'44.07"N 72°38'50.85"E O 21°46'27.12"N 72°38'38.24"E

C 21°46'40.12"N 72°38'49.90"E P 21°46'22.75"N 72°38'41.46"E

D 21°46'40.34"N 72°38'48.84"E Q 21°46'10.67"N 72°38'22.28"E

E 21°46'36.84"N 72°38'48.34"E R 21°46'22.84"N 72°38'11.61"E

F 21°46'35.71"N 72°38'52.21"E S 21°46'34.15"N 72°38'10.89"E

G 21°46'33.83"N 72°38'51.39"E T 21°46'37.08"N 72°38'18.25"E

H 21°46'33.26"N 72°38'53.65"E U 21°46'36.70"N 72°38'27.42"E

I 21°46'29.09"N 72°38'52.54"E V 21°46'35.82"N 72°38'27.65"E

J 21°46'22.58"N 72°38'42.43"E W 21°46'35.66"N 72°38'28.61"E

K 21°46'27.89"N 72°38'38.52"E X 21°46'41.42"N 72°38'28.62"E

L 21°46'30.99"N 72°38'38.17"E Y 21°46'44.10"N 72°38'32.94"E

M 21°46'30.93"N 72°38'34.78"E

The proposed site is surrounded by other industrial units. List of major industries within 10

km radius of project site is provided in Table 2.2.

Table 2.2: List of Major Industries within 10 KM radius of Project Site

S. No.

Name of Major Industries Type of Industry Distance and

Direction

1 Indofil Industries Limited Pesticides 5.58 KM SE

2 Meghmani Organic Ltd. Pigments 5.5 KM SE

3 Hemani Industries Ltd. Metals & Chemicals 6.5 KM SE

4 BIOS CROP CARE PVT. LTD. Pesticides 5.8 KM SSW

5 Tagros Chemical India Pvt. Ltd. Pesticides Intermediates 5.7 KM SE

2.3.2 Approach to the Project Site

By Road

The site is well connected with SH-06 Bharuch Amod road – adjacent towards NNW

By Air

Nearest is Surat (Domestic) airport - 73.23 km to S.

By Rail

The nearest railway station is Dahej at an aerial distance of ~9.12 km to SW.

The main Railway Station is Bharuch at an aerial distance of ~37.57 km to ESE.

2.3.3 Site Details

Current Status:

At Present Construction Activities are ongoing at site for Speciality chemicals. The UPL

Limited has planned for expansion in existing EC approved Intermediates and Speciality

chemicals and addition of new Speciality chemicals at site. The Speciality chemicals market

is dynamic & changes in product demand are frequent hence looking towards current market

demand, UPL Limited wants expansions within existing site and during construction phase

inception of expansion will save time & additional capital expenditures. The site photographs



are given as Photograph 2-1 & Study Area Map Plotted on Survey of India Toposheet is

given in Map 2.3.

Project site specific details are provided in Table 2.3

Table 2.3: Project Site Specific Environmental Sensitivity Details

S. No.

Environment Sensitivity

Details (Nearest aerial distance measured from center of the plot, in km)

Lat long of center point: 21°46'31.21"N, 72°38'32.07"E

1 Nearest Village Kadodara at 0.6 km to S and Padariya at 0.5 km to NW

from project boundary

1.1 Northward overview Adjacent to SH-6 & Padariya village at 0.5 km to NW

from project boundary

1.2 Southern overview Kadodara village at the distance of 0.6 km from project

boundary, Kadodara water tank

1.3 Western overview SH-6 and Open land of Plot no. D-3/5

1.4 Eastern overview Open land outside D-3 estate

2 Nearest water bodies

Padariya Pond – 0.26 km to NNW from project boundary, Kadodara pond – 0.77 km to SSE from project boundary

Bhukhi river – 14.32 km to SEE

3 National Highway NH-8 - 39.6 km to E

4 State Highway (Aerial distance

from project boundary)

SH-06 Bharuch Amod road - 0.02 km to NNW

SH-206 –Dahej Ferry point road-near SEZ 7.27 km to SSW

6 Nearest Railway station Dahej Railway Station - 9.12 km to SW

Bharuch Railway Station - 37.57 km to SEE

7 Nearest Airport/ Airbase

Surat (Domestic) airport - 73.23 km to S

Vadodara airport - 85.48 km to NE

Ahmedabad airport - 143.79 km to N

8 Mountain None

9 Reserve Forest Dahej RF – 9,6 Km to W

10 Heritage Site None



Map 2.3: Study Area Map of 10 Km Radius of Site



Photograph 2.1: Photographs of Site

Ongoing Construction activity for existing project

Mobile Toilets for construction workers Ongoing Construction activity for existing project

2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

2.4.1 Production Capacity

As per the proposed project cost, the project is covered under large scale category of

manufacturing industries.

Details of existing and Proposed production capacity is provided in Table 2.4 to Table 2.6

respectively.

Table 2.4: Details of Existing Production Capacity (EC Granted)

S.No. Products EC Granted

Capacity, TPA

Pesticides (Technical)

1 S Metolachlor (a mixture of (S)-2-chloro-N-2(Ethyl-6-methylphenyl)-N-(2-methoxy-1-methylethyl) Acetamide and (R)-2-chloro-N-(2-ethyl-6-

methylphenyl)-N-(2-Methoxy-1-Methylphenyl) Acetamide in the

5000




Capacity, TPA

proportion 80 – 100 % to 20 – 0 %

2 Dicamba (3,6-dichloro-2-methoxybenzoic acid) 5000

3 Propanil (3‘,4‘-dichloroproionanilide) 10000

4 Clodinafop (R)-2-[4-[(5-chloro-3-fluoro-2-

pyridinyl)oxy]phenoxy]propanic acid 2000

5 Asulam (methyl[(4-aminophenyl) sylfonyl]carbamate) 4000

6 Azoxystrobin (methyl (E) -2-[[6-2(cynophenoxy) pyrimidinyl] oxy] –a-

(Methoxy methylene) benzeneacetate) 2000

7 Acephate (N-[methoxy (methylthio) phosphinoyl] acetamide 30000

8 Pilot Plant /Multi-Purpose Plant (MPP) (As Azoxystrobin)

(methyl (E) -2-[[6-2(cynophenoxy) pyrimidinyl] oxy] –a- (Methoxy methylene) benzeneacetate)

1000

9 Atrazine (6-chloro-N-ethyl-N‘-1(1-methylethyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-

diamine) 5000

10 Glufosinate (ammonium (+) -2-amino-4- (hydroxyl methyl phosphinyl)

butanoate 10000

11 Sulphur WDG (Wettable Dispersible Granule)(Sulfur) 30000

Total 104000

Pesticide Specific Intermediates

12 Dimethyl Phosphoroamidothioate (DMPAT)

(O,O-Dimethyl phosphoramidothioate) 30000

13

Chloroformates

13.1 Phenyl ChloroFormate Or/ and Chloroformic Acid phenyl Ester 20000 (Either or and

Combined Capacity)

13.2 Benzophenone (Diphenyl Ketone)

14 Tri Methyl Phosphite (TMP) / (Trimethoxyphosphine)

5000 Tri Ethyl Phosphite (TEP) (Tri Ethoxy Phosphine)

15 Di Methyl Sulfoxide (Dimethyl Sulfoxide) 10000

16 Acrolein (2-Propenal) 2000

Total 67000

Intermediate and Speciality Chemicals

17 Ethylenediamine (EDA) (1,2-Diaminoethane) 30000

18 Meta Phenoxy Benzaldehyde (MPBAD) (3-phenoxy benzaldehyde) 3000

19 Methoxy Methyl Acrylate (MAM) (Methyl 3-methoxyacrylate) 1000

20 Aminoacetonitrile Sulfate (AANS) (Aminoacetonitrile bisulfate) 1000

21

Acid Chloride

21.1 Chloroacetyl Chloride (Monochloroacetyl chloride) 3000

21.2 Methoxyacetyl Chloride (Methoxyacetyl chloride) 400

21.3 2-Chloro-3, 3-tri fluoropropen-1,2 dimethylcyclopropane Carbonyl chloride (cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride, 3-[(1z)-2-chloro-3,3,3-

trifluoro-1-propen-1-yl]-2,2-dimethyl-,(1r,3s)) 600

21.4 DV Acid Chloride

(3-(2,2-dichlorovinyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropanecarbonyl Chloride) 1000

22

CS2 Based Product

22.1

Potassium Ethyl Xanthate (Potassium Ethyl Xanthate) 5000 (Either Or/and

Combined Capacity)

Sodium Isopropyl Xanthate (Sodium isopropyl xanthate)

Potassium Isopropyl Xanthate (Isopropylxanthic Acid Potassium Salt)

Potassium Amyl Xanthate (Dithiocarbonic Acid)




Capacity, TPA

22.2 Dimethyl Cyanoiminodithiocarbonate (CCITM) (N-Cyano-S,S-

dimethyldithioimidocarbonate) 1000

22.3 1,6-Bis (N,N-dibenzylthiocarbamyldithio) hexane (N-Cyano-S,S-

dimethyldithioimidocarbonate) 2000

22.4 1-Methylamino-1-Methylthio-2 Nitroethene (n-methyl-1-(methylthio)-2-

nitrovinylamine) 2000

23

23.1 NaCN (Sodium Cyanide) 5000

23.2 Potassium Cyanide (Potassium Cyanide) 500

23.3 Cyanuric Chloride 15000

23.4 DL-Methionine (DL-2-Amino-4-(methylthio)butyric acid) 10000

TOTAL 80500

GRAND TOTAL (Products Granted EC) 251500

24 Captive Power Plant (3 Nos)

55 MWPH

(Phase 1 (20)+

Phase 2 (20) +

Phase 3 (15) MWPH)

Formulations

25 Liquid Formulations 20000

26 Solid Formulations 20000

Total (Products not requiring EC) 40000



Table 2.5: Proposed production Capacity in Permitted Quantity (Expansion) in EC for Speciality Chemicals

S. No.

Speciality Chemical Product Name

CAS NO

EC Approved Capacity in MTPA

EC Approve

d Category

EC Approv

ed Plant Zone

Proposed

Additional

Capacity in TPA

Total Capacity

after Expansion in MTPA

EC Categor

y Propose

d

After Expansion

Plant Zone

LD50 in

mg/kg

End Use of Proposed Products

1 Sodium Cyanide

(NaCN) 143-33-9 5000

5(F) Speciality Chemical

s

MP 5 20000 25000

5(F) Specialit

y Chemica

ls

Expansion in EC

Approved Capacity

Plant MP 5

6.4

Manufacturer of large-scale chemical

Manufacturer of Fine Chemical, gold mining

2 Cyanuric Chloride 108-77-0 15000

5(F) Speciality Chemical

s

MP 5 25000 40000

5(F) Specialit

y Chemica

ls

Additional Plant

315 Dyes, intermediates chemicals, optical

brighteners

TOTAL – A (Proposed Expansion) 20000 45000 65000

Table 2.6: Proposed New Speciality Chemicals/Intermediates

S. No.

Speciality Chemical Product Name CAS NO Proposed Capacity

MTPA

EC Category Proposed

Plant Zone LD50 in Mg/Kg


1 UPDT (UPL, Drought Technology. (Starch based

Super absorbent Polymer) 863132–14–3 50000

5(F) Speciality Chemicals

New Plant in MP 12

na Water

Absorbent

2 Glacial Acetic Acid 64-19-7 30000 5(F) Speciality

Chemicals New Plant in

MP 12 3310

Flavor enhancer ,

Preservative

3 CCMP (2 Chloro 5 Chloro Methyl Pyridine) 70258-18-3 10000 5(F) Speciality


MP 12 Na

Pharmaceuticals

4 TPPI (Tri Phenyl Phosphite) 101-02-0 10000 5(F) Speciality


MP 12 1590

Pharmaceuticals and Polymer

5 DPMP (Diphenyl Methyl Phosphonate) 7526-26-3 12000 5(F) Speciality


MP 12 233

Fire retardant polymer



S. No.


MTPA




6 EDTA (Ethylene Di-Amine Tetra Acetic Acid) 60-00-4 20000 5(F) Speciality


MP 8 >2000

Chelating agent

7 Indigo Blue 482-89-3 5000 5(F) Speciality


MP 8 > 32000 Dyes Industry

8 HMTBA (Hydroxy Methylthio Butanoic Acid) 583-91-5 50000 5(F) Speciality


MP 13 3478

Animal Nutrition

9 RP (Red Phosphorus) 7723-14-0 5000 5(F) Speciality


MP 13 >15

Explosive industry

10 MAAN (Methyl Amino Aceto Nitrile) 109-82-0 2000 5(F) Speciality


MP 8 No data available

Intermediate for AANS

11 Sodium Ferrocyanide 13601-19-9 2000 5(F) Speciality


MP 8 5100

Stabilizers, dyes

12 Sulpherised Iso Butylene 68511-50-2 5000 5(F) Speciality


MP 9 >2000 Lubricants

13 Thiophene 110-02-1 1000 5(F) Speciality


MP 9 1400 Pharmaceutical

14 Cytosine 71-30-7 5000 5(F) Speciality


MP 13 >2222 Pharmaceutical

15 NaSH based derivatives

15.1 Cysteamine hydrochloride Or 156-57-0

40000


New Plant in MP 9

1352 Pharmaceutical

15.2 Na2S (Sodium Sulphide with Na2SO4 Route) 1313-82-2 5(F) Speciality

Chemicals 246

Tanning industry, dyes

industry

16 Triethyl orthoformate (TEOF) 122-51-0 5000 5(F) Speciality



17 Trimethyl orthoformate (TMOF) 149-73-5 5000 5(F) Speciality



18 CS2 Based Derivative

Methyl isothiocyanate (MITC) 556-61-6 5000 5(F) Speciality New Plant in 72 Pharmaceutical



S. No.


MTPA




Chemicals MP 9

19

Phosgene Derivatives*

19.1 Secondary Butyl Chloroformate (SBCF) Or 17462-58-7

6800 (Combined Capacity)


A New Common

Plant Proposed in Speciality Chemical

Zone MP 10

700 Cosmetic Industry

19.2 2-Ethyl Hexyl Chloroformate (EHCF) Or 24468-13-1 5(F) Speciality

Chemicals 5400

Cosmetic Industry

19.3 Di-Cyclo Hexyl carbodiimide (DCC) 538-75-0 5(F) Speciality

Chemicals 400 Pharmaceutical

20 Cyclo Propyl Acetylene (CPA) 6746-94-7 1000 5(F) Speciality



21 ZnDTP (Zinc Di Thio Phosphate) 19210-06-1 12000 5(F) Speciality


MP 13 4170 Lubricant

22 Glutaraldehyde 111-30-8 5000 5(F) Speciality


MP 11 No data available

Disinfectant

TOTAL - B for Proposed New Products in TPA 286800 (331800 TPA = 286800 TPA for New Products + 45000 TPA for Expansion in Permitted Quantity as per EC) TOTAL in TPA (A + B) for Expansions and New Products 331800

*Phosgene Is in-situ generated and used in captive manufacturing, there is no storage or selling is proposed.



The details of EC approved and proposed by products generation with source, quantity and end use is given in Table 2.7 & Table 2.8

Table 2.7: Details of Existing By-Products (EC Approved) with source of generation, quantity and end use

S.No. By-Products EC approved

Capacity in MTPA Source End Use

1 Piperazine (PIP) 9510

Ethylene Di amine (EDA)

Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

2 Diethylenetriamine (DETA) - (95-99%) 3300 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

3 Amino Ethyl Piperazine (AEP) - (95-99%) 1650 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

4 Amino Ethyl Ethanol Amine (AEEA) - (95-99%) 990 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

5 Hydroxy Ethyl Piperazine (HEP) - 98% 660 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

6 Ammonium Sulphate Solution- 10-20% 18435 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

7 Ammonia Solution – 10% 5980 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

8 Aluminum Hydroxide 580 Benzophenone Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

9 Potassium Chloride (25-30%) 1750 Dicamba Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

10 Methyl acetate - (95-99%) 3810 Azoxistrobin - Pilot Plan


11 Methanol (98-99 %) 1266 Azoxystrobin

Azoxystrobin - Pilot Plan Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

12 Anhydrous Ammonia or 2075

Tri Methyl Phosphite(TMP) / Tri

Ethyl Phosphite (TEP)


13 20% aqs. Ammonia 10379 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

14 Ammonium Chloride soln - 15-20% 43521 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

15 Calcium chloride solution 30% or 24000 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

16 Calcium Chloride powder 8000 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

17 Di Calcium Phosphate (DCP) Sludge 540 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

18 Aluminum Chloride solution –(20-25%) 8454 Meta Phenoxy

Benzaldehyde (MPBAD)


19 Meta Bromo Benzaldehyde - (95-99%) 1290 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

20 Aqs. Potassium Chloride (20-25%) 7770 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

21 Dimethoxy methane - (95-99%) 722 Aminoacetonitrile Sulfate

(AANS) Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

22 Ammonium acetate (28-35%)or 70680 Acephate


23 Acetic Acid & Ammonium sulphate - (95-99%) 83400 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold



S.No. By-Products EC approved

Capacity in MTPA Source End Use

24 Ammonium sulphate & Sodium Acetate (30%) 106560 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

25 Hydrochloric Acid sol. (28-32%) 65818 Hexa methylene

diisocyanate Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

26 Methyl Mercaptan 710 1-Methylamino-1-

Methylthio-2-Nitroethene Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

27 Steam 1382400 Power Plant Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

28 30% Hydrochloric Acid Solution 3156 Chloroacetyl Chloride Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

29 30% Hydrochloric Acid Solution 440 Methoxyacetyl Chloride Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

30 30% Hydrochloric Acid Solution 276

2-Chloro-3, 3-tri fluoropropen-1,2

dimethylcyclopropane Carbonyl chloride


31 30% Hydrochloric Acid Solution 527 Acid Chloride Scrubbing of SO2


32 31% Sodium Sulphite Solution 14378 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

33 Ethyl Acetate sol. (90-95%) 6000

Glufosinate


34 Ammonia sol.-20% 600 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

35 Ammonnium Chloride 26560 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

36 Magnesium Chloride Sol. (25-28%) OR 33160 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

37 Magnesium chlorate -50% 33160 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

38 40% Ammonium sulphate 1061 Sodium Cyanide Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

39 40% Ammonium sulphate 80 Potassium Cyanide Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

40 40% Ammonium sulphate 2415 Cyanuric chloride


41 30% Hydrochloric Acid solution 29676 Internal/UPL Other units or Sold

Table 2.8: Proposed By Product Generation from expansion & new products (Intermediate and Speciality Chemicals)

S.No. By-Products Proposed Capacity, MTPA Source End Use

1 30% HCL

12010 TPPI Internal/UPL Other units or To Sale

13362 DCC

Total 25372

2 Aq. Ammonia 42680 EDTA Internal/UPL Other units or To Sale



S.No. By-Products Proposed Capacity, MTPA Source End Use

2730 Indigo Blue

Total 45410

3 Ammonium Sulphate

1172 EDTA

Internal/UPL Other units or To Sale

750 Indigo Blue

97750 HMTBA

386 TEOF

220 TMOF

4600 NaCN

Total 104878

4 NaCl Soln 3360 EDTA Internal Use

5 Sodium Hydrosulphide NaSH

350 Sul Iso

For Sale 153600 Cysteamine Hydrochloride

350 MITC

3600 ZnDTP

Total 157900

6 Methanol

1440 Cytosine Internal/UPL Other units or To Sale

800 Glutaraldehyde

Total 2240

7 Caustic Soda (NaOH) 1795 Cytosine Internal Use

8 Ammonium Chloride

1816 TEOF

For Sale 2540 TMOF

4930 DCC

Total 9286

9 Potassium Chloride (KCl)

399 TEOF For Sale

276 TMOF

Total 675

10 Sulphur 3040 MITC For Sale

All By products will be sold to market.



2.4.2 Cost of the Project


cost of Environmental Management System. The project cost break up is given in Table 2.9

Table 2.9: Capital Cost Projection

Group Particulars Proposed

Nos Cost (In Lakh)

Land 755495.16 Sq. m area of plot D-3/6

Process Plant

Reactors 250 6567

Condenser 660 4050

Hydrogenation reactor 5 635

Agitated Nutsche Filters (ANF) 15 750

Spray Dryers and Rotary Vacuum Dryers 10 750

Tank 500 3000

Process pumps 2500 5024

Ejector 20 200

Valve and Instruments 1 10000

Column 30 440

Utilities

Brine (up to - 20°C) 5 650

Boiler (For water and oil) 14 5000

D.G set 2 800

RO system 1 3000

Chilling plant 10 500

Cooling tower 40 450

Storage Tanks Water Storage Tank 3 1000

Raw material storage tank 10 5000

Environment

Air Pollution Control Measure (APCM) (Bag filter, Multi cyclone separator, water scrubber,

scrubber systems for process emissions), 19 1200

Effluent treatment plant (ETP)

1000 KLD 1

12320 MEE Plant 2

Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) 80 KLD and their accessories, Construction of stormwater

network 1

Acoustic enclosures for utility housing, D.G set -- 2

Installation of online monitoring systems, detector systems, CEMS, Odour Control

Measures, inhouse monitoring and analytical facilities, third party monitoring arrangements

-- 23

Plantation, irrigation, fertilizers and pesticides -- 143

Augmentation of storage areas for different types of wastes in compliance with the HW rules together with necessary infrastructure and

equipment for collection and transport, incineration plants

-- 6762

Civil Plant building civil and structural work 1 20190



Group Particulars Proposed

Nos Cost (In Lakh)

Preoperative expenses 1 6830

Piping Installation 1 15430

Insulation & Painting 1 8011

Safety Items 1 3503

Electrical installation 1 12450

Misc. expenses:- Lab, office, ware house, furniture & fixtures, office & lab requirement

1 943

Total -- 135623

Contingencies (10%) -- 13562.3

Grand Total -- 149185.3

2.5 ASSOCIATED ACTIVITIES REQUIRES BY OR FOR THE

PROJECT

2.5.1 Utilities

Details of the utilities proposed are detailed in Table 2.10

Table 2.10: Utilities

Particulars Proposed

Nos. Cost (In Lakh)

Brine (up to - 20°C) 5 650

Boiler (For water and oil) 14 5000

RO system 1 3000

Chilling plant 10 500

Cooling tower 40 450

Process Plants Captive MEE 5 9500

Table 2.11: Details of Plant Captive MEE

S.No Plant MEE Capacity

KLD Remarks

1 CCMP 145 Common MEE within plant

site.

2 RP (Red Phosphorous) 1.37 Common MEE within plant

site.

3 MAAN 48 Plant MEE

4 Cysteamine hydrochloride Or 1603.6 Common MEE within plant

site.

5 Cyanuric Chloride 345 Plant MEE

2.5.2 Land

The proposed expansion will be within existing site. The land is in the form of industrial plot

owned by the project proponent. Land documents are enclosed as Annexure 7.



2.5.3 Power




source in emergency only. Details of Existing & Proposed Energy and Power requirement

are tabulated in Table 2.12.

Table 2.12: Power Requirement

S. No.

Particulars Existing

EC Approved

Additional for proposed expansion

Total after Expansion

Source/Remarks

1 Power – Electricity

requirement (MWPH) 4 31 35

Dakshin Gujarat Vij Company Limited

(DGVCL)

2 CPP Phase 1 (MWPH) 20 0 20

No Expansion in Approved Captive

Power Plant Capacities 3 CPP Phase 2 (MWPH) 20 0 20

4 CPP Phase 3 (MWPH) 15 0 15

5 D.G.Set (back up) 4 X 2000

KVA 2 X 1200 KVA

4 X 2000 KVA & 2 X 1200 KVA

D.G will be used only during power failures as an emergency back up

2.5.4 Fuel

Details of fuel for existing and proposed expansion are provided in Table 2.13.

Table 2.13: Fuel Details

S. No.

Fuel UOM

Existing EC

Approved Quantity

Additional Proposed Quantity


Source Remarks for

Proposed

1 Natural Gas for Thermic Fluid heater

Nm3/day 5813 9965 15778 GAIL

Proposed: TPPI and

DPMP

2

Natural Gas for Boiler or

Nm3/day 1026037.4 667059 1693096 GAIL

Proposed Boiler: Boiler

(40TPHX7No.

10TPHx7Nos)

Coal/

Briquette for Boiler or

MT/day 2180.3 0 2180.3

Adani Coal supply/

Madhuram traders

Coal used only in

Existing

Furnace Oil for Boiler

MTPD 969 630 1599 BPCL/IOCL

Proposed Boiler: Boiler

(40TPHX7No

10TPHx7Nos)

3 Natural Gas for Process

Nm3/day 20833.9 147533 168366.9 GAIL

Proposed: NaCN, TEOF, TMOF,



S. No.

Fuel UOM

Existing EC

Approved Quantity

Additional Proposed Quantity


Source Remarks for

Proposed

Cyanuric Chloride

Plant

6 Natural Gas

for Incineration

Nm3/day 5860 20000 25860 GAIL

Proposed: Fume Gas Incinerators

7 HSD L/h 847 600 1447 Local

supplier

Proposed: (2NosX1200

KVA)

2.5.5 Water

Total Water Requirement:

Total Water requirement for EC granted project (Pesticide Technical, Intermediates,

Intermediates and Speciality Chemicals and Captive Power Plant) and Expansions and

addition of new Speciality chemicals is summarized in a Table 2.14 .

Table 2.14 : Total Water Demand (Existing & Proposed)

Water Type Water Demand

Existing EC Approved Products in KL/Day

Water Demand for Proposed Expansion & Addition of New

Speciality Chemicals in KL/Day

Total in KL/Day

Raw Water 12252 13125 25377

Recycled water 4642 7739 12381

Net Fresh Water demand after recycling

7610 5386 12996

Water Requirement (EC Granted Quantity):

Total Water requirement for EC granted project (Pesticide Technical, Intermediates,

Intermediates and Speciality Chemicals and Captive Power Plant) is 12252 KL/Day out of

which fresh water will be 7610 KL/Day and remaining 4642 KL/Day will be recycled water.

Fresh Water is sourced from GIDC. The existing water balance diagram is given as Figure

2.2. The UPL Limited has applied to GIDC for supply of fresh water since April 2019. The

Job for giving of water supply from GIDC is under progress. The EC Approved Water

Balance is Tabulated in Table 2.15



Table 2.15 : EC Approved Water Requirement

Water Requirement (For Proposed Expansions):

After proposed expansion total water consumption will be 13125 KLD. (Fresh water: 5386

KLD + Recycle water 7739 KLD). Fresh water will be sourced from GIDC. The proposed

water requirements are given in below Table 2.16. The water balance is given in Figure 2.3.

The unit has obtained assurance from GIDC for supply of required quantity of water. Copy of

the same is attached as Annexure 9.

Table 2.16 : Details of Proposed Water Requirements for expansion & new Speciality chemicals

S. No.

Usages Types

Raw Water KLD

Recycled/Reuse Water KLD

Net Fresh Water KLD

Remarks

1 Domestic 100 0 100 Fresh Water for domestic

purpose

2 Industrial

2.1 Processing 3776 3394 382 90% Water Recycle to

process

2.2 Boiler 3779 1569 2210 Steam Condensate and RO permeate recycled to boiler

2.3 Cooling 4321 2696 1625 RO permeate recycled to

Cooling tower

2.4 Washing 20 20 0 Recycled Water from STP

treated water

2.5 APCM/

Scrubber 1069 0 1069

Scrubber water either converted to byproduct or

sent to MEE/ETP



S. No.

Usages Types

Raw Water KLD

Recycled/Reuse Water KLD

Net Fresh Water KLD

Remarks

2.6 Gardening 60 60 0 Recycled Water from STP

treated water

TOTAL in KLD 13125 7739 5386

Water Source : GIDC Dahej

2.5.6 Manpower







proposed project. Details of existing & Proposed manpower is given in Table 2.17

Table 2.17: Manpower details (Existing & Proposed)

Particular Existing Proposed Total After Expansion

Permanent Employment-During

Construction 100 100 200

Temporary Employment-During

Construction 500 300 800

Permanent Employment-During

Operation 600 500 1100

Temporary Employment-During

Operation 800 600 1400

Total 2000 1500 3500

2.6 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND

IMPLEMENTATION

Detailed list of activities and approvals require after receipt of EC and tentative time frame

required is given in Table 2.18

Project will be commissioned within 15-17 months after receipt of EC.

Table 2.18: Proposed schedule for approval and implementation

ACTIVITY / MONTH, YEAR MAY 20 JULY 20 NOV 20 APR-21 MAY-21 JUNE-21

Receipt of EC

CTE/NOC

Construction

Erection & completion



ACTIVITY / MONTH, YEAR MAY 20 JULY 20 NOV 20 APR-21 MAY-21 JUNE-21

CTO/CCA

Commissioning of Plant

2.7 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION

Details of Technology & Process description is provided in Annexure 20

2.8 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.8.1 Raw Material details

Details of product wise raw material requirement for proposed project is provided in Table

2.19.



Table 2.19: Details of Proposed product wise raw material requirement, its storage and mode of transportation

S. No.

Product Name

Capacity

TPM

Raw Material MT/

Month Liquid/So

lid Storage

Storage capacity in MT (5 days)

MOC Of Storage

container

Storage Temperat

ure in Deg C

Storage Pressure in

kg/cm2

Transportation

1 UPDT 4166.67

Starch 1291.67 Solid RM

warehouse 215 HDPE Atm Atm Truck

Ceremic Ammonium

Nitrite 41.67 Solid

RM warehouse

7 HDPE Atm Atm Truck

Acrylonitrile 1270.83 Liquid Tank 212 SS304 Atm Nitrogen

Blanketing Container

KOH 1083.33 Solid RM

warehouse 181 SS316L Atm Atm Truck

45% Phosphoric Acid

375 Liquid Tank 63 PP-FRP Atm Nitrogen


Methanol 700 Liquid Tank 117 CS Atm Nitrogen


2 Glacial Acetic Acid

2500

28% Acetic Acid 8792.5 Liquid Tank 1465 SS316L Atm Nitrogen


97% Ethyl Acetate

70 Liquid Tank 12 SS316L Atm Nitrogen


3 CCMP 833

DCPD [ 95%] 478.33 Liquid Tank 80 PTFE line

CS Atm

Nitrogen Blanketing

Container

Acrolein 782.5 Liquid Tank 130 PTFE line

CS Atm

Nitrogen Blanketing

Container

Toluene 670.83 Liquid Tank 112 CS Atm Atm Container

TBA 61.67 Liquid Tank 10 SS316L Atm Nitrogen


K2CO3 50 Solid RM

warehouse 8 CI Atm Atm Truck

KOH 76.67 Solid RM




S. No.

Product Name

Capacity

TPM

Raw Material MT/

Month Liquid/So

lid Storage


MOC Of Storage

container

Storage Temperat

ure in Deg C

Storage Pressure in

kg/cm2

Transportation

Acrylonitrile 1019.1 Liquid Tank 170 SS304 Atm Nitrogen


HCl [ 10%] 420.83 Liquid Tank 70 PVDF-FRP Atm Nitrogen


Sodium chloride soln

1870 Liquid RM


Hydroquinone 18.33 Liquid Drum 3 HDPE Atm Nitrogen

Blanketing Truck

Caustic flakes 21.67 Solid RM

warehouse 4 Fibre-Foam Atm Atm Truck

30% NaOH for scrubber

125 Drum 21 CS Atm Truck

DMF 911.67 Liquid Tank 152 SS304 Atm Nitrogen


Chlorine 560 Gas Tonner 93 CS Atm 6 kg/cm2

POCl3 797.5 Liquid Tank 133 PTFE line

CS Atm

Nitrogen Blanketing

Container

Sodium carbonate

291.67 Solid RM


Piperazine 18.33 Solid RM


4 TPPI 833

PCL3 379.17 Liquid Tank 63 SS316L Atm Nitrogen


Phenol 760 Liquid Tank 127 SS316L 55 deg.C Nitrogen


NaOH 32% 66.67 Liquid Tank 11 CS Atm Atm Container

5 DPMP 1000 TMP 189 Liquid Tank 32 SS316L Atm Nitrogen




S. No.

Product Name

Capacity

TPM

Raw Material MT/

Month Liquid/So

lid Storage


MOC Of Storage

container

Storage Temperat

ure in Deg C

Storage Pressure in

kg/cm2

Transportation

TPPI 947 Liquid Tank 158 SS316L Atm Nitrogen


Catalyst 1 Solid RM Ware

house 0 HDPE Atm Atm Truck

6 EDTA 1666.7

NH3 503.33 Gas Bullet 84 CS Atm 6 kg/cm2 Container

Natural Gas 473.33 Gas No storage 79 NA NA NA

Formaldehyde (37%)

2261.67 Liquid Tank 377 SS316L Atm Nitrogen


Caustic solution (0.05N)

33.33 Liquid Tank 6 CS Atm Atm Container

Phosphoric acid 8.33 Liquid Tank 1 PP-FRP Atm Nitrogen


Ethylene diamine(EDA)

376.67 Liquid Tank 63 PTFE

coated CS Atm

Nitrogen Blanketing

Container

Caustic Lye (48%)


Hydrochloric Acid (30%)

3588.33 Liquid Tank 598 PVDF-FRP Atm Nitrogen


NaOH (30% solution) for HCN

Scrubber 590 Liquid Tank 98 CS Atm Atm Container

7 Indigo Blue

416.7

Ammonia 143.75 Gas Bullet 24 CS Atm Atm Truck

Methane 192.08 Gas No Storage 32 NA NA NA

Aniline 429.17 Liquid Tank 72 CS Atm Nitrogen


Methanol 7.92 Liquid U/G Tank 1 CS Atm Nitrogen


37% aqueous formaldehyde





S. No.

Product Name

Capacity

TPM

Raw Material MT/

Month Liquid/So

lid Storage


MOC Of Storage

container

Storage Temperat

ure in Deg C

Storage Pressure in

kg/cm2

Transportation

solution

Toluene 12.92 Liquid U/G Tank 2 CS Atm Nitrogen


Potassium hydroxide (KOH)

844.58 Solid RM Ware

house 141 SS316L Atm Atm Truck

Sulfuric acid (H2SO4)


Ammonia 229.58 Gas Bullet 38 CS Atm 6 kg/cm2 Truck

Sodium hydroxide (NaOH)


Sodium carbonate (Na2CO3)

59.58 Solid RM Ware


Sodium Amide 344.17 Solid RM Ware

house 57 Ss304 Atm Atm Truck

Sodium Metal 204.17 Solid RM Ware

house 34

CS with Kerosene

Atm Atm Truck

8 HMTBA 4166.67

Ammonia gas NH3

697.92 Liquid No storage 116 NA Atm NA Container

Natural Gas 656.75 Liquid Bullet 109 CS Atm Atm Truck

MMP 2850 Liquid Tank 475 SS316L Atm Nitrogen


H2SO4 98% 2795.83 Liquid Tank 466 MS Atm Atm Container

Ammonia gas (NH3)

274.5 Liquid Tank 46 CS Atm Nitrogen


Ethyl acetate 17.08 Liquid Tank 3 CS Atm Nitrogen




S. No.

Product Name

Capacity

TPM

Raw Material MT/

Month Liquid/So

lid Storage


MOC Of Storage

container

Storage Temperat

ure in Deg C

Storage Pressure in

kg/cm2

Transportation

MDC 33.33 Liquid Tank 6 SS316L 20 deg C Nitrogen


30% NaOH 1654.17 Liquid Tank 276 CS Atm Atm Container

9 RP (Red

Phosporous)

416.7

White Phosphorous

427.5 Solid Drum 71 CS Atm Atm Truck

Caustic Soda Lye (48%)


30% Caustic for scrubber

41.67 Liquid Tank 7 PVDF-FRP Atm Atm Container

Hydrochloric Acid (30%)



10 MAAN Plant

166.67

Ammonium chloride

209.5 Solid RM Ware

house 35 CS 25 deg.C Atm Truck

Formaldehyde (37%)



Sodium cyanide (36.6%)



Caustic lye 158.67 Liquid Tank 26 CS Atm Atm Container

11 Sodium

Ferrocyanide

166.67

Iron 33.33 Liquid Tank 6 CS Atm Atm Container

HCl (33%w/w) 84.33 Solid RM Ware

house 14 PVDF-FRP Atm Atm Truck

30% NaCN 320 Liquid Tank 53 CS Atm Atm Container


12 Sulpherise

d Iso Butylene

416.67

Sulfur 192.31 Solid Open

Storage 32 CS Atm Atm Truck

Isobutylene 232.7 Gas Bullet 39 SS316L Atm 6 kg/cm2 Container

Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S)

4.17 Gas No Storage 1 SS316L NA 6 kg/cm2



S. No.

Product Name

Capacity

TPM

Raw Material MT/

Month Liquid/So

lid Storage


MOC Of Storage

container

Storage Temperat

ure in Deg C

Storage Pressure in

kg/cm2

Transportation


13 Thiophine 83.33

CS2 141.67 Gas Tank 24 SS304 25 deg.C 6 kg/cm2 Container

Butanol 116.67 Liquid U/G Tank 19 SS316L Atm Nitrogen


Caustic 48% solution


14 Cytosine 416.67

Acetonitrile 153.75 Liquid Tank 26 CS 15-20 deg.C

Nitrogen Blanketing

Container

Sodium Methoxide

202.5 Liquid Tank 34 SS304 Atm Nitrogen


CO 105 Gas No storage 18 NA NA NA NA

Urea 225 Solid RM ware

house 38 PVDF Bag Atm Atm Container

15.1

Cysteamine hydrochlorid

e OR

3333.33

Mono ethanol amine

4630 Liquid Tank 772 SS304 Atm Nitrogen


Sulphuric acid 7730 Liquid Tank 1288 CS Atm Atm Container

Toluene 697 Liquid U/G Tank 116 CS Atm Atm Container

Caustic Lye 6020 Solid RM ware

house 1003 CS Atm Atm Truck

Carbon Disulfide 5000 Liquid Tank 833 SS304 Atm Nitrogen


HCI [ 30%] 1060 Liquid Tank 177 PVDF-FRP Atm Nitrogen


HCl [20%] 3410 Liquid Tank 568 PVDF-FRP Atm Nitrogen


Chloroform 223 Gas Tank 37 SS304 25 deg.C Nitrogen


Caustic Lye for Effluent

3317 Liquid RM ware




S. No.

Product Name

Capacity

TPM

Raw Material MT/

Month Liquid/So

lid Storage


MOC Of Storage

container

Storage Temperat

ure in Deg C

Storage Pressure in

kg/cm2

Transportation

Caustic Lye for Scrubber

1293 Liquid RM ware


15.2

OR Na2S (Sodium Sulphide

from Na2SO4)

3333.3 Na2SO4 5667 Liquid Tank 945 PP-FRP Atm Nitrogen


16 Triethyl

orthoformate (TEOF)

416.67

Ammonia 66.75 Gas Bullet 11 CS Atm 6 kg/cm2 Truck

Natural Gas 89.31 Gas No Storage 15 CS NA NA

Ethanol 430.63 Liquid U/G ST 72 CS Atm Nitrogen


Petroleum Ether1 36.32 Liquid Tank 6 SS304 25 deg.C Nitrogen


Hydrogen chloride

135.13 Liquid No Storage 23 NA Atm Nitrogen

Blanketing Internal

Potassium carbonate (K2CO3)

30.85 Solid RM ware


H2SO4 10 Liquid Tank 2 CS Atm Atm Container

NH3 3.33 Gas Bullet 1 CS Atm 6 kg/cm2 Truck

17 Trimethyl

orthoformate (TMOF)

416.67

NH3 94.8 Gas Bullet 16 CS Atm 6 kg/cm2 Truck

Natural Gas 127.2 Gas No Storage 21 CS NA NA NA

Methanol 423.9 Liquid U/G ST 71 CS Atm Nitrogen


Petroleum Ether 13.8 Liquid Tank 2 SS304 25 deg.C Nitrogen


Hydrogen chloride





S. No.

Product Name

Capacity

TPM

Raw Material MT/

Month Liquid/So

lid Storage


MOC Of Storage

container

Storage Temperat

ure in Deg C

Storage Pressure in

kg/cm2

Transportation

Potassium carbonate (K2CO3)

21.6 Solid RM Ware


18

Sodium Cyanide (NaCN)

Existing & Expansion

1666.7

NH3 893.3 Gas Bullet 149 CS Atm 12.5 kg/cm2 Truck

Natural Gas 1193.3 Gas No Storage 199 CS NA NA

H2SO4 (98%) 273.3 Liquid Tank 46 CS Atm Atm Container


19

Cyanuric Chloride – Existing & Expansion

2083.3

NaCN 15% Soln 12375 Liquid Tank 2063 CS Atm Nitrogen


Chlorine 2343.75 Gas Tonner 391 CS Atm 6 kg/cm2

NaOH 48% 302.08 Liquid Tank 50 CS Atm Atm Container

20

Methyl isothiocya

nate (MITC)

416.7

DI chloromethane 81.67 Liquid Tank 14 PEEK

Coated CS 15-20 deg.C

Nitrogen Blanketing

Container

Methyl Amine 613.33 Liquid Tank 102 SS304

15-20 deg.C

Nitrogen Blanketing

Container

(40% Soln.)

Carbon disulfide (CS2)

645.83 Liquid Tank 108 SS304 25 deg.C Nitrogen


NaOH 48% 2.08 Liquid Tank CS Atm Atm Truck

21

21.1

Sec Butyl Chlorofor

mate (SBCF)

566.67

Sec. Butanol 402.3 Liquid Tank 67 SS316L Atm Nitrogen


CO 226.7 Gas NO storage 38 NA NA NA

Cl2 566.7 Gas Tonner 94 CS Atm 6 kg/cm2

MDC 150.2 Liquid Tank 25 SS316L 20-25 deg.C

Nitrogen Blanketing

Container



S. No.

Product Name

Capacity

TPM

Raw Material MT/

Month Liquid/So

lid Storage


MOC Of Storage

container

Storage Temperat

ure in Deg C

Storage Pressure in

kg/cm2

Transportation

C/s lye (~20% scrubber)


OR OR OR OR OR OR OR

21.2

2 Ethyl Hexyl

Chloroformate

566.67

2-Ethyl hexanol 403 Liquid Tank 67 CS Atm Nitrogen


CO 173 Gas No Storage 29 NA NA NA --

Cl2 439 Gas No Storage 73 NA NA NA --

Carbon 0 Solid Tank 0 CS Atm Atm Container

MDC 102 Liquid Tank 17 SS316L 20-25 deg.C

Nitrogen Blanketing

Container

10% NaOH (scrubber)

85 Liquid Tank 14 CS Atm Atm Container

OR OR OR OR OR OR OR

21.3

Di-Cyclo Hexyl

Carbodiimide (DCC)

566.67

Cyclohexyl amine (Step-1)



Cyclohexyl amine (step-2)



CO 256.7 Gas No Storage 43 NA NA NA --

Cl2 651.1 Gas Tonner 109 CS Atm 6 kg/cm2 Truck

Toluene (Step-1+step-2)



Methyl tert butyl ether

147.33 Liquid Tank 25 SS304 25 deg.C Nitrogen


NH3 208.53 Liquid Tank 35 CS Atm Nitrogen

Blanketing Truck

Sodium Hydroxide

53.27 Liquid Tank 9 PP-FRP Atm Atm Container



S. No.

Product Name

Capacity

TPM

Raw Material MT/

Month Liquid/So

lid Storage


MOC Of Storage

container

Storage Temperat

ure in Deg C

Storage Pressure in

kg/cm2

Transportation

22

Cyclo Propyl

Acetylene (CPA)

83.33

Cyclopropyl Methyl Ketone



CO 65.8 Gas No Storage 11 NA NA NA

Cl2 166.7 Gas Tonner 28 CS Atm 6 kg/cm2 Truck

Quinoline 13.8 Liquid Tank 2 SS316L Atm Nitrogen


Triphenyl phosphine oxide

(TPPNo) 27.1 Solid

RM ware house

5 HDPE Atm Atm Truck

ORTHO DICHLORO BENZENE

(ODCB)



DIMETHYL SULFOXIDE

(DMSO) 13.9 Liquid Tank 2 SS316L Atm

Nitrogen Blanketing

Container

NaOH (48%) 78.3 Liquid Tank 13 CS Atm Atm Container

23 ZnDTP 1000

Phosphorus pentasulphide



Secondary butyl alcohol



Methyl iso butyl carbinol

164 Liquid Tank 27 PP-FRP Atm Nitrogen


Lube oil (Alpron N-32)

192.6 Liquid Tank 32 HDPE Atm Atm Truck

Zink oxide 127.89 Solid RM ware

house 21 LDPE Bags Atm Atm Truck

Acetic acid 1.3 Liquid Tank 0 HDPE Atm Nitrogen




S. No.

Product Name

Capacity

TPM

Raw Material MT/

Month Liquid/So

lid Storage


MOC Of Storage

container

Storage Temperat

ure in Deg C

Storage Pressure in

kg/cm2

Transportation

Fw-14 27 Solid RM ware

house 5

Paper Bags

Atm Atm Truck

Caustic lye 124.63 Solid RM ware


24 Glutaralde

hyde 416.67

Methylvinylether (MVE)

154.12 Liquid Tank 26 SS316L `-5 deg.C Nitrogen


Acrolein (ACR) 148.75 Liquid Tank 25 PVDF-FRP Atm Nitrogen


MDP 1.67 Liquid Tank 0.28 SS316L Atm Nitrogen


Note: Nitrogen Blanketing is generally between 150 to 500 mmWC pressure.

2.8.2 Transportation of Raw Material, Finished Products and Haz. Waste

From the proposed facility, approximately on daily basis 90 trucks per day (63 trucks of 20 tones capacity for carrying RM & FG + 27 truck of 20

tone for carrying Hazardous waste ) shall be using the SH-6 and SH-206. Employees and contract workers (~ 30 cars, 6 buses, 5 three wheelers &

40 two wheelers) shall use the same route during peak hours. Adequate parking space for trucks is already planned in existing project.

2.8.3 Storage Facilities

The storage details of finished goods is provided in Table 2.20

Table 2.20: Storage details of Finished Goods

S. No.

Product Name Capacity

TPM Liquid/Solid Storage


MOC Of Storage

container

Storage Temperature in

Deg C

Storage Pressure in

kg/cm2 Transportation

1 UPDT 4166.67 Solid Bag 694 PP Atm Atm Truck

2 Glacial Acetic

Acid 2500 Liquid Tank 417 SS316L Atm

Nitrogen Blanketing

Container



S. No.




MOC Of Storage

container


Deg C

Storage Pressure in


3 CCMP 833 Liquid Tank 139 MSGL Atm Nitrogen


4 TPPI 833 Liquid Tank 139 SS316L Atm Atm Container

5 DPMP 1000 Liquid Tank 167 SS316L Atm Nitrogen


6 EDTA 1666.7 Solid Bag 278 PP Atm Atm Truck

7 Indigo Blue 416.7 Solid Bag 69 PP Atm Atm Truck

8 HMTBA 4166.67 Liquid Tank 694 SS316L Atm Nitrogen


9 Red

Phosphorous 416.7 Solid Drum 69 MS Atm Atm Truck

10 MAAN Plant 166.67 Solid Bag 28 PP Atm Atm Truck

11 Sodium

Ferrocyanide 166.67 Solid Bag / Drum 28 PP/MS Atm Atm Truck

12 Sulpherised Iso

Butylene 416.67 Liquid U/G Tank 69 SS316L Atm

Nitrogen Blanketing

Container

13 Thiophine 83.33 Liquid Tank 14 SS316L Atm Nitrogen


14 Cytosine 416.67 Solid Bag 69 PP Atm Atm Truck

15.1

Cysteamine hydrochloride

OR 3333.33 Solid Bag 556 PP 2-8°C Atm Truck

15.2 OR Na2S (Sodium

3333.3 Solid Bag 556 PP Atm Atm Truck



S. No.




MOC Of Storage

container


Deg C

Storage Pressure in


Sulphide from Na2SO4)

16 Triethyl

orthoformate (TEOF)



17 Trimethyl

orthoformate (TMOF)

416.67 Liquid Tank 69 SS316L Atm Atm Container

18 Sodium Cyanide (NaCN) Existing

& Expansion 1666.7 Solid Bag/Drum 278

PP/MS with Liner

Atm Atm Truck

19

Cyanuric Chloride – Existing & Expansion

2083.3 Solid Bag 347 PP Atm Atm Truck

20 Methyl

isothiocyanate (MITC)

416.7 Liquid Tank 69 SS316L 2-8°C Nitrogen


21.1

Sec Butyl Chloroformate

(SBCF) 566.67 Liquid Tank 94 SS316L Atm

Nitrogen Blanketing

Container

OR OR OR OR OR OR OR OR

21.2 2 Ethyl Hexyl Chloroformate

566.67 Liquid Tank 94 SS316L 2-8°C Nitrogen


OR OR OR OR OR OR OR OR

21.3

Di-Cyclo Hexyl Carbodiimide

(DCC) 566.67 Liquid Tank 94 SS316LL 55 deg C

Nitrogen Blanketing

Container

22 Cyclo Propyl

Acetylene (CPA) 83.33 Liquid Tank 14 SS316L Atm

Nitrogen Blanketing

Container



S. No.




MOC Of Storage

container


Deg C

Storage Pressure in


23 ZnDTP 1000 Liquid Tank 167 SS316L Atm Nitrogen


24 Glutaraldehyde 416.67 Liquid Tank 69 SS316L 2-8°C Nitrogen




2.8.4 Resource Optimization/recycling and Reuse Envisaged in the Project

Resource optimization/recycling and reuse envisaged in the project are mentioned below;

Efficient cooling towers are being planned to reduce evaporation losses.

Adequate solvent recovery system shall be provided to recover more than 95% and reuse the solvent and minimize the solvent loss. The solvent recovery details are given in Table 2.21

Recovery of valuable raw material and reused in process. .

Recycle and Reuse of MEE, Boiler condensate water after RO treatment.

Recovery of various by products from waste stream generated during production

process.

Use of Energy efficient chilling, cooling and Lighting system.

Details of Solvents consumed product wise and recovered is provided in Table 2.21

Table 2.21: Details of Solvent recovery for proposed expansion & new Speciality chemicals

S. No.

Product Name Raw Material Quantity of RM in Kg

Recycle in Kg

Consumption in Kg

Solvent Recovery

%

1 UPDT Methanol 10480 10312.00 168.00 98

2 Glacial Acetic

Acid 97% Ethyl Acetate

14096 14068.00 28.00 99.8

3 CCMP Toluene 16118 15313 805 95

4 Indigo Blue Methanol 2594 2575 19 99

Toluene 6651 6620 31 99.6

5 HMTBA Ethyl acetate 82 78 4 95

MDC 159 151.00 8 95

6 Cysteamine

hydrochloride

Toluene 4167 3958 209 95

Chloroform 1667 1600 67 96

7 Triethyl

orthoformate (TEOF)

Petroleum Ether

1742.16 1655 87.16 95

8 Trimethyl

orthoformate (TMOF)

Petroleum Ether

2449.09 2416 33.09 99

9 Methyl

isothiocyanate (MITC)

DI chloromethane

9767 9571 196 98

10 Sec Butyl

Chloroformate (SBCF) OR

MDC 5300 5035 265 95

11 2 Ethyl Hexyl Chloroformate

OR MDC 3600 3420 180 95

12 Di-Cyclo Hexyl Carbodiimide

(DCC)

Toluene 5769 5680 89 98

Methyl tert butyl ether

5550 5290 260 95

13 Cyclo Propyl

Acetylene (CPA)

Quinoline 3302 3137 165 95

ORTHO DICHLORO

12790 12151 639 95



S. No.

Product Name Raw Material Quantity of RM in Kg

Recycle in Kg

Consumption in Kg

Solvent Recovery

%

BENZENE (ODCB)

DIMETHYL SULFOXIDE

(DMSO) 3348 3181 167 95

14 Glutaraldehyde MDP 82.00 78.00 4.00 95

Solvent recovery plan

Wherever required, the solvents shall be directly pumped into day tanks from the

storage tanks and shall be charged into the reactors without involving any manual

handling.

All the pumps shall be of seal less type to avoid any leakage of solvent.

All necessary firefighting systems shall be provided with alarm system. Flame proof

wiring and flame proof electrical accessories shall be provided to avoid any mishap.

All the storage tanks and day tanks shall be connected to a vent system through

chilled water / brine condensers to prevent loss of solvent in the atmosphere.

A flow diagram of Solvent recovery Plan is shown as Figure 2.1

Figure 2.1: Solvent Recovery Plan



2.8.5 Maximum Possible Loss Spots

The maximum possible loss spots include Flanges, Bends, Gasket, Pipeline, Pumps, Air

Vents, Pin holes, Storage Surface loss.

The mitigation Measures to Control Maximum Loss of solvents or Flammable Chemicals are

following:

1. SAP Based Periodic Schedule for Preventive maintenance for Pumps, Storage

Tanks and Reactors will be prepared and followed accordingly.

2. Monitoring Plan of integrity and checking schedule for Pipeline and flange joint will

be prepared and followed accordingly.

3. Gasket and air vents will be checked during preventive maintenance.

4. NDT test for Pipeline and Associated Storage tank is done by third party in every five

year.

5. Regular Inspection of Storages and Audit by Third Party.

6. Thickness test of Storage tanks will be carried out by third party in every three year.

2.8.6 Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR) Program

Leak Detection and Repair (LDAR) is a program implemented to comply with environmental

regulations for reducing the fugitive emissions of targeted chemicals into the environment. In

addition to control fugitive emissions, LDAR Program also helps the industries to reduce

unwanted losses of chemicals and thereby increasing their profitability.

Purpose of Solvent:-

Solvents are used as an ingredient / raw material in manufacturing of SOC.

Solvents are media for reaction platform at difference stages of manufacturing.

Following steps will be followed for effective implementation of LDAR Program:

1. Identification of volatile chemicals which may contribute in VOCs:

In the proposed plant the list of chemicals which may contribute in VOCs are provided in

Table 2.21.

2. Identification of all the probable sources of leakage; Such as valves, pumps

and connectors

List of the sources of probable leakages is as follows.

Valves/Flanges

Pump glands handling above chemicals

Open vents from the tank top

Pump seals

Compressor seals

Pressure relief devices

Process drains

LPDs (Low Point Drains)

HPVs (High Point Vents)

A list of all such items shall be made and same shall be incorporated in the checklist for

LDAR.

1. Selection of appropriate method for leak detection.



Considering the nature of the chemical; appropriate method shall be selected for leak

detection of individual chemicals from the list given below:

Visual check

LEL meter

VOC meter

Gas detector

Methods for rectification of identified leaks:

For all identified leaks, closure shall be ensured with the help of maintenance department

and records for the same shall be maintained.

VOC and Controls:-

To prevent losses of these solvents in atmosphere, following infrastructure shall be used in

addition to LDAR program.

Leak Free Pumps for transfer of solvents.

MSW Gaskets in solvent pipelines to prevent leakage from flanges.

Unloading of solvents from Tanker to Storage Tank through appropriate Transferring

system.

Condenser and scrubber system with proper cooling arrangement.

Closed loop sampling for sampling of Relative materials.

Monitoring of Solvent Losses:-

In storage and consumption of solvents in various products will be measured through

Level transmitters and load cells weighing systems resp. The quantity at each stage

will be reconciled periodically to arrive at losses.

Batch output will be monitored and reconciled with quantity of input raw materials

added.

Workplace VOC monitoring will be carried out at the shop floor.

Periodic Leakage Audit at Plant.

Preventive Maintenance to prevent Leakages

In order to prevent leakage from Pump, Seals, Valves etc, preventive maintenance will be

carried out periodically as per plan. In case of any recurring problem, action plan will be

prepared or frequency will be revised.

Table 2.22: Preventive Maintenance Schedule

S. No.

Component Preventive Maintenance schedule

1 Valves/flanges Quarterly

2 Compressor seals Quarterly

3 Pressure relief devices Yearly

4 Pump seals with visible liquid dripping Daily

5 Any component with visible leaks Weekly

6 Any component after repair/replacement Weekly

7 Pipeline Thickness Testing Yearly



Scheduling and checklist for leak detection

All points will be checked as per the checklist given in Annexure 8.

Immediate Repair of devices in case of Leakages

Plant will have an internal competent team of Technicians and Engineers to handle

different types of leakages round the clock.

Plant will also maintain adequate number of spares and consumables required to

repair the leaking device.

Plant will also have competent contractor team to handle Leakages and can repair

the same immediately.

Standby equipment like Pumps, valves etc will be kept basis the criticality and usage

2.8.7 Air Emissions

Flue Gas Stack:

For proposed project natural gas or FO will be utilized as fuel for proposed boilers (7 x 40 T

Boilers & 7 x 10 T Boiler). Natural gas will be used as fuel in Thermic Fluid heater and HSD

will be used as fuel in D.G set (Will be operated only during emergency only).

The details of Existing & proposed flue gas stacks with APCM is provided in Table 2.23 and

Table 2.24

Table 2.23: Existing Flue Gas Stack Details

S. No. Stack

Attached to

Stack Height in

Meter Fuel Parameter

Permissible Limits

Control Measures provided

Existing (EC Approved)

1.

Boiler 130 TPH x 2 nos.-

for captive power plant

(20 MW)

100 x 2 nos.

Briquettes/ Coal- 2180.3 MT/day Or

Natural gas - 1026037.4

NM3/day Or Furnace Oil

969 MTPD

Particulate Matter

100 mg/Nm3

ESP + water scrubber for each boiler

SO2 100 ppm

NOX 50 ppm

2.

Boiler 100 TPH – for

captive power plant (15 MW)

100

Particulate Matter

100 mg/Nm3

SO2 100 ppm

NOX 50 ppm

3. Boiler 31 TPH

x 2 nos. 55 x 2 nos.

Particulate Matter

150 mg/Nm3

SO2 100 ppm

NOX 50 ppm

4. Boiler 20 TPH


Particulate Matter

150 mg/Nm3

SO2 100 ppm

NOX 50 ppm

5. Boiler 40 TPH


Particulate Matter

150 mg/Nm3

SO2 100 ppm

NOX 50 ppm



S. No. Stack

Attached to

Stack Height in


Permissible Limits


6. Boiler 10 TPH


Particulate Matter

150 mg/Nm3

SO2 100 ppm

NOX 50 ppm

7. Thermic fluid heater-1 (4

lakh Kcal/ Hr)

30 x 3 nos.

Natural gas-1329 Nm

3/day

Particulate Matter

150 mg/Nm3

Not Applicable

SO2 100 ppm

NOX 50 ppm

8. Thermic fluid heater-1 (12 lakh Kcal/ h)

Natural gas-3986 Nm

3/day

Particulate Matter

150 mg/Nm3

SO2 100 ppm

NOX 50 ppm

9. Thermic fluid heater-1 (1.5 lakh Kcal/ h)

Natural gas-498 Nm

3/day

Particulate Matter

150 mg/Nm3

SO2 100 ppm

NOX 50 ppm Adequate Stack

Height

10. DG set (2000 KVA x 4 nos.)

20 x 4 nos.

Diesel- 747 L/h

To be used as stand by during power failure

11 DG set (500 KVAX1 Nos)

12 X 1nos Diesel- 100

L/h To be used as stand by during power failure

Table 2.24: Proposed Flue Gas Stack Details

S. No.

Stack Attached

to

Stack Height in


Diameter in mm

Permissible Limits


1 7 x 40 T Boiler

7 Stack/30M Height of

Each

Natural Gas or

FO

Particulate Matter

1000

150 mg/Nm3 Water Scrubber & Adequate Stack Height

SO2 100 ppm

NOx 50 ppm

2 7 x 10 T Boiler


Each

Natural Gas or

FO

Particulate Matter

1000

150 mg/Nm3 Water Scrubber & Adequate Stack Height

SO2 100 ppm

NOx 50 ppm

3 Thermic

Fluid Heater

1 Stack / 30 M

Height

Natural Gas

Particulate Matter

500

150 mg/Nm3

Adequate Stack Height SO2 100 ppm

NOX 50 ppm

4

DG set (1200

KVA x 2 nos.)


Each

HSD

Particulate Matter

350

150 mg/Nm3 Adequate Stack

Height SO2 100 ppm

NOx 50 ppm

Process Gas Vents:

Standard air pollution control measures will be provided for 19 proposed process emission

stacks. The Existing and proposed process air emission details are provided in Table 2.25 to



Table 2.26.

Table 2.25: Existing Process Gas Emissions Details

Stack No.

Stack attached

to

Air pollution Control System

Dia

in MM

Height (M)

Exit gas

velocity

(m/s)

Air emission

Pollutant Name Permissib

le limit (mg/ Nm

3)

Existing

(A) Ethylenediamine (EDA)

1.

2-Stage Water

scrubber of Vapor Liquid

separator

Water scrubber

500 30 2 NH3 175

(B) Dicamba

2.

Bag filter attached to SPD

Bag Filter 600 30 2 PM 20

(C) Dimethyl Phosphoroamidothioate (DMPAT)

3.

Reactor 2-Stage Caustic scrubber

500 30 2 PCl3 9

4.

NH3 recovery column

2-Stage water

scrubber 500 30 2 NH3 175

(D) Isocyanates & Chloroformates

5.

Reactor

1st

solvent +2

nd

water+3rd

caustic

scrubber

600 30 5 Phosgene NIL

6.

Reactor

2-Stage water & Caustic scrubber

600 30 5 HCl 20

(E) Tri Methyl Phosphite(TMP) / Tri Ethyl Phosphite (TEP)

7.

PCl3 storage

tank

Dilute Caustic scrubber

400 30 2 PCl3 0 9

8.

Reactor Dilute HCl


9.

Wet scrubber attached to SPD

Water Scrubber

500 30 2 PM 150

(F) Meta Phenoxy Benzaldehyde (MPBAD)



Stack No.

Stack attached

to


Dia

in MM

Height (M)

Exit gas

velocity

(m/s)

Air emission


le limit (mg/ Nm

3)

10.

Reactor Alkali

Scrubber 600 30 5 Bromine 5

(G) Acephate

11.

Reactor 2-Stage water


12.



(H) Sulphur-WDG (Wettable Dispersible Granule)

13.



(I) Chloroacetyl Chloride

14.

Reactor 2-Stage water

scrubber 500 30 2 HCl 20

15.

Reactor Caustic scrubber

500 30 2 SO2 40

(J) Methoxyacetyl Chloride

16.

Reactor Water

Scrubber 500 30 2 HCl 20

17.


500 30 2 SO2 40

(K) 2-Chloro-3, 3-tri fluoropropen-1,2 dimethylcyclopropane Carbonyl chloride

18.

Reactor Water


19.


500 30 2 SO2 40

(L) DV Acid Chloride

20.

Reactor Water


21.


500 30 2 SO2 < 40

(M) DL-Methionine

22.

Reactor Water

Scrubber 500 30 2 NH3 < 175

(N) Acrolein, 1-Methylamino-1-Methylthio-2-Nitroethene , Sodium Cyanide ,Potassium Cyanide and Cyanuric Chloride (Existing Standards)

23.

Combined fume

incinerator 1 & 2 (2

nos.)

Thermal destructi

on

1000

30 10

PM 150

HCl 20

SO2 40

NOx 25

H2S 45

HC (Organic Trace) 20



Stack No.

Stack attached

to


Dia

in MM

Height (M)

Exit gas

velocity

(m/s)

Air emission


le limit (mg/ Nm

3)

HCN 30

(N) Acrolein, 1-Methylamino-1-Methylthio-2-Nitroethene , Sodium Cyanide ,Potassium Cyanide and Cyanuric Chloride (Proposed Revised Standards)

23

Combined fume

incinerator 1 & 2 (2

nos.)

Thermal destructi

on

1000

30 10

PM 150

HCl 20

SO2 100

NOx 400

H2S 45

HC (Organic Trace) 20

HCN 30

(O) Sodium Cyanide

24.

Reactor

NH3 absorber in H2SO4 scrubber

800 40 2 NH3 175

(P) Potassium Cyanide

25.

Reactor

NH3 absorber H2SO4

scrubber

1000

35 2 NH3 175

(Q) Cyanuric Chloride

26.

Reactor (Crystalize

r)

HCl absorber

Water scrubber

500 30 2 HCl 20

(R) Tri Methyl Phosphide

27.

Spray dryer of CaCl2

Water scrubber

500 30 2 PM 150

(S) Glufosinate

28.

From Reactor to

water scrubber & its vent to Stack

Alkali scrubber

600 30 5 HC 20

29.

From Reactor to


Water scrubber

500 30 2 NH3 30

30.

From Reactor to

water scrubber & its vent

Caustic scrubber

500 30 2 HC + NH3 20 + 30



Stack No.

Stack attached

to


Dia

in MM

Height (M)

Exit gas

velocity

(m/s)

Air emission


le limit (mg/ Nm

3)

to Stack

31.

From Reactor to


Caustic scrubber

500 30 2 PCl3 9

32.

From Tank to water

scrubber & its vent to Stack

Caustic scrubber

500 30 2 HCl 20

33.

From Reactor to


Carbon Absorption Tower

500 30 2 VOC + HC 60 + 20

(T) Captive Incinerator (2 nos)

34.

Incinerator Plant (for solid & liquid)

Caustic scrubber attached

to incinerator plant

500 30 2

PM 50

HCl 50

SO2 200

CO 100 (daily

avg.)

TOC 20

Total dioxin & Furans

0.2 ng TEQ/ Nm

3

(8 hr sampling)

Sb+As+Pb+Cr+Co+Cu+Mn+Ni+V & their compounds

1.5 mg/ Nm

3 (2 hr

sampling)

35.

Stack attached to Bag Filter-2 nos. for

pesticide formulatio

n products.

Bag filter 600 30 2 PM 20



Table 2.26: Proposed Process Stacks for Expansion & New Speciality Chemicals

S. No.

Source Scrubbing

Media Height

Exit gas

velocity

(m/s)

Dia

In mm

Emission to Air

Norms mg/nm3

1 Saponification Reactor

(UPDT) NH3 scrubbing

with Water 30 6 200 NH3 30

2 BFNCI reactor (CCMP) Alkali Scrubber 30 6 300 Chlorine 9

HCl 20

3 TPPI reactor Alkali Scrubber

followed by Water scrubber

30 6 350 HCl 20

4 EDA reactor (EDTA)

Water scrubber 30 6 600

NH3 30

5 Alkali Scrubber 30 HCl 20

6 Indigo Blue Water scrubber 30 6 400 NH3 30

7 HMTBA Dil H2SO4 30 6 400 NH3 30

8 Red Phosphorous Alkali followed

by Water 30 6 500 HCl 20

9 Sul Isobutylene Alkali Scrubber 30 6 500 H2S 5

10 Cysteamine

Hydrochloride`

Alkali Scrubber+Water

Scrubber 30 6 600 H2S 5

11 Cyanuric Chloride

Bag Filter followed by


Scrubber

30 10 250 Cl2

HCl

9

20

12 MITC Alkali Scrubber 30 6 500 H2S 5

13 PCF/SBCF/2EHCF/DCC


Scrubber Common Scrubber

30 6 500 HCl 20

14 CPA Alkali

Scrubber+Water Scrubber

20 6 500 HCl 20

15 ZnDTP Alkali


30 6 500 H2S 5

16 Na2S Flakes

Bag Filter Followed by Water Scrubber

20 2 600 PM, SO2, NOX

150 100 50

17

NaCN Plant

(Emergency Stack)

Two stage water

scrubber 40 5 800

NH3

HC

175

20

NaCN Plant

(Process Stack)

2 stage Alkali Scrubber +

Water Scrubber 35 10 1000

NH3

HCN

175

30

18 Natural gas based fume

gas incinerator - III (NaCN, TEOF,

Thermal Destruction

30 10 1000

PM 150

HCl 20

SO2 100



S. No.

Source Scrubbing

Media Height

Exit gas

velocity

(m/s)

Dia

In mm

Emission to Air

Norms mg/nm3

TMOF,Indigo Blue, EDTA, HMTBA,

Cyanuric Chloride)

NOx 400

H2S 45

HC Traces

20

HCN 30

19 Natural gas based fume

gas incinerator - IV (Thiophine, DCC,MITC)

Thermal Destruction

30 10 1000

PM 150

HCl 20

SO2 100

NOx 400

H2S 45

HC Organic Traces

20

HCN 30

Design Specifications of APCM

The Standard & General Specification of Water scrubbing system is provided in Table 2.27.

However during implementation of project, final designing considering QRA will be executed

based on which final dimensions of scrubber and equipment will be implanted.

Table 2.27: The Standard Specification of Water Scrubber

Type : Absorption Tank

Quantity : 01 No.

Diameter : 1.2 m

Height : 1.5 m

Absorbing Liquid : Water

MOC : Mild Steel

The general specification of Alkali scrubbing system is provided in Table 2.28. However,

during implementation of project, final designing considering QRA & Environmental Compliances will be executed based on which final dimensions of scrubber and equipment will be implanted.

Table 2.28: The Standard Specification of Alkali Scrubber

S. No. Name of the Equipment Capacity

1. Scrubber dia 400 mm

2. Packed length 3000 mm

3. Overall scrubber height 4500 mm

4. MOC of scrubber PP/FRP

5. Scrubbing media 10 % NaOH

6. Dilute alkali circulation tank 2000 liter HDPE

7. Alkali circulation pump 3 m3/h, SS, 10 m head

8. Vent size 200 mm, 11 m height.



Fugitive Emission & Control Measures

Various hazardous chemicals will be stored and handled at site. Suitable control measures

will be taken to control the fugitive emission (primary and secondary) during loading/

unloading, storage and handling of chemicals. Some fugitive emissions control measures

are described below:

All the joints, flanges, pumps, glands, seals, valves will be maintained in good

conditions through timely predictive and preventive maintenance;

Concrete road will be developed within plant premises to avoid fugitive dust due to

vehicle movement.

Regular checking and maintenance of the same will be carried out to avoid any

leakages.

Manufacturing activity will be carried out in closed reactors/vessels.

All the raw materials will be stored in closed containers and sealed bags and will be

handled through closed system to avoid the handling losses.

All pumps handling hazardous chemicals shall be provided with mechanical seals to

prevent fugitive emission.

Manual Handling of various chemicals will be avoided and will be designed by

implementing latest automation technology.

Odour Control Measures

All liquid raw materials will be charged into reactors with pumps or under gravity

through closed pipes

Vents of storage tanks will be provided with a water filled trap to prevent escape of

acid fumes.

Boundary wall as Wind breaker will be provided to restrict the dispersion of odor &

dust from the site.

Regular Workplace Monitoring, Measurement & Improvement Plan Implementation.

2.8.8 Noise Pollution

Sources of Noise at Site

Noise from Machinery/ Equipment during construction phase

In addition to the plant activity, during construction phase, site preparation related activities

will also involve the operation of heavy equipment like pile drivers, loaders, etc. The

equipment will be used during daytime.

Noise from Operation of Plant

The high noise levels within the workplace, during maintenance also have the potential to

affect the workers on site.

The sources considered at the project site are given in Table 2.29.

Table 2.29: Sources of Noise with their Sound Pressure Levels

S. No.

Sources Levels dB(A)

Day Night



S. No.

Sources Levels dB(A)

Day Night

1 Compressor 85 85

2 Pumps 85 85

3 PD-ID Fan 85 85

4 D. G Set 100 100

Noise from Vehicular Traffic

Vehicle movement for transportation of materials and work force to the site will cause minor

noise emission as the frequency of vehicular movement will be few times in a week.

Noise from Pumps

Noise generated from Pumps, etc. will have a continuous effect, as they will work for more

hours in a day continuously.

For prevention and control of noise pollution at design stage, mitigation measures adopted

are listed in Table 2.38.

2.8.9 Water Consumption, Waste Water Generation & Disposal Details

Water Consumption for Existing project:

The water requirement for the EC Granted project (Pesticide Technical, Pesticide

Intermediate, Intermediates & Speciality Chemicals & Power Plant) is 12252 KLD out of

which fresh water will be 7610 KLD and remaining 4642 KLD will be recycled water. Fresh

water will be sourced from GIDC Dahej.

Water Consumption for Proposed project:

The water consumption will be 13125 KLD for proposed project, out of which fresh water will

be 5386 KLD and Recycled water will be 7739 KLD. Fresh water will be sourced from GIDC

Dahej.

Total After Expansion:

After expansion the total water consumption will be 25377 KLD, out of which fresh water will

be 12966 KLD and Recycled water will be 12381 KLD. Fresh water will be sourced from

GIDC Dahej.

Detailed water break-up for Existing & proposes project is provided in Table 2.30



Table 2.30: Existing and Proposed Water Consumption Break-Up

S.No. Usages Types Existing quantity

(KLD)

Proposed quantity

(KLD)

After Expansion

quantity

(KLD)

Remarks

A Domestic 150 100 250 Fresh Water for

domestic purpose

B Industrial

B1 Processing 1336 3776 5112 Water Recycle to

process

B2 Boiler 4118 3779 7897 Steam Condensate and RO permeate recycled to boiler

B3 Cooling 6106 4321 10427 RO permeate

recycled to Cooling tower

B4 Washing 20 20 40 Recycled Water from

STP treated water

B5 APCM/ Scrubber 472 1069 1541

Scrubber water either converted to

byproduct or sent to MEE/ETP

C Gardening 50 60 110 Recycled Water from

STP treated water

Total Industrial (B) 12052 12965 25017

Total Water Cons. (A+B+C)

12252 13125 25377

Recycled Water (RO permeate+ STP+ Direct

recycled) 4642 7739 12381

Fresh water from GIDC

(Total water Cons.– Recycled Water)

7610 5386 12996

The water will be sourced from GIDC Dahej, water supply letter has been obtained vide

letter no. GIDC/DEE(WS)/BRH/67 dated 27.01.2020 for 12,996 KLD supply. Copy of the

same is attached as Annexure 9

Waste Water Generation from Existing EC Approved project:

The waste water generation from EC Granted project (Pesticide Technical, Pesticide

Intermediate, Intermediates & Speciality Chemicals & Power Plant) is 5624 KLD out of which

recycled water is 3618 KLD and treated effluent discharged to GIDC drain is 2006 KLD.

Waste Water Generation from Proposed project:

The waste water generation will be 4420.2 KLD for proposed project, out of which recycled

water is 3534.28 KLD & treated effluent to be discharged at GIDC drain will be 885.92 KLD.

Total After Expansion:

After expansion the total waste water generation will be 10044.2 KLD, out of which recycled

water will be 7152.28 KLD and effluent going to GIDC drain will be 2891.92 KLD.



Detailed waste water generation break-up for Existing & proposed project is provided in

Table 2.31

Table 2.31: Existing and Proposed Waste water generation Break-Up

S. No. Source of Generation

Existing quantity

(KLD)

Proposed quantity

(KLD)

After Expansion quantity

(KLD)

A Domestic 90 80 170

B Industrial

1 Processing 1651 770 2421

2 Boiler Blow Down 250 152.7 402.7

3 Contaminated steam

condensate 2059 1260 3319

4 Cooling 529 374.5 903.5

5 Washing 20 20 40

6 Multiple Effect Evaporator

(MEE) 1025 1763 2788

Total Industrial (B) 5534 4340.2 9874.2

Total Waste Water Gen. (A+B) 5624 4420.2 10044.2

Recycled Water

(RO Permeate/ MEE/ Condensate/STP) 3618 3534.28 7152.28

Treated Effluent To GIDC Drain

(Total Waste Water Gen. (A+B)-Recycled water)

2006 885.92 2891.92

Approval for the disposal of 2891.6 KLD of water into GIDC drain has been obtained vide

GIDC/DEE/DRG/BRH/64 dated 03.02.2020. A copy of the same is attached as Annexure 10

Water Recovery:

Details of streams recycled directly and indirectly within premises from existing & proposed

project along with quantity and area in which it is recycled is provided in Table 2.32

Table 2.32: Details of Recycled streams of existing & proposed project

Streams from Recovery through

Existing quantity

(KLD)

Proposed quantity

(KLD)

Total after Expansion quantity (KLD)

Process Cooling tower Blow down+ Boiler Blow down+

Contaminated & Non Contaminated Condensate

RO Permeate

3528 3454.28 6982.28

Domestic Water STP 90 80 170

Total 3618 3534.28 7152.28

The Water Balance diagram for existing and addition of new Speciality chemicals is given in

Figure 2.2 & Figure 2.3.



Figure 2.2 : EC Approved Water Balance Diagram (Existing)



Figure 2.3: Proposed Water Balance Diagram for Expansions and New Speciality Chemicals



Proposed Waste Water Management:

The waste water from process of 1763 KLD will be sent to MEE-1& 2 of 1800 m3 capacity,

the MEE condensate of 1410.4 KLD along with Boiler Blow down 152.7 KLD, Contaminated

steam condensate 1260 KLD and Cooling Tower blow down 374.5 KLD will be sent to RO of

3200 m3 capacity. The RO permeate 2718 KLD will be recycled and RO reject of 480 KLD

will be sent to MEE-3 of 500 m3 capacity, the condensate from MEE-3 of 383.712 KLD will

be sent again to RO of 400 m3 capacity, RO permeate of 287.78 KLD will be recycled and

RO reject of 95.928 KLD will be sent to ETP. Low TDS and Low COD stream from process

will be segregated of 770 KLD and will be directly treated in ETP along with washing water of

20 KLD. Thus effluent going to ETP will be 885.93 KLD.

A separate Effluent treatment plant of 1000 KLD capacity is proposed for treating the

industrial wastewater of 885.93 KLD and Sewage Treatment Plant of 80 KLD capacity is

proposed for treating domestic wastewater of 80 KLD. This is in addition to existing (EC

Approved) two ETP units of 1100 KLD and 100 KLD of sewage treatment plant. Technical

details of effluent treatment plant are provided in Table 2.33.

Table 2.33: Details of Effluent treatment plant unit

S. No. Description Qty. Dimensions /Size Unit Capacity Total Capacity

1 Collection tanks 1 7.5 m x 7.5 m x 3.6 m LD +

0.5 m FB 202.5 202.5

2 Oil & grease trap 1 8.25 m long x 3.8 m wide x

2.7m LD + 0.5m FB 84.6 84.6

3 Equalization tanks 2 14 m x 10 m x 5.5 m LD

+0.5m FB for each 770 1540

4 Neutralization

tank-I &II 2

Tank-I : 5 m x 5 m x 2.5 m LD +0.5 m FB for each

62.5 62.5

5 Primary Clarifier 1 13.5 m dia x 4.5 m LD + 0.5

m FB 644 644

6 Lime dosing

tanks/poly Alum 1/1

3.5 m x 2.5 m x 3.5 m LD +0.5 m FB

30 30

7 PLC room (FF) 1 - - -

8 Sludge sump 1 4 m x 3 m x 4 m LD + 0.5 m

FB 48 48

9 Bio-Reactor

(Aeration Tanks) 2

25 x14 x 6.5 LD+0.5FB for each

2275 4550

10 Secondary

Clarifier 2

11 Diax4.5SWD+0.5FB for each

333 665

11 Outlet tank 1 11 m x 11 m x 3 m LD + 0.5

m FB 363 363

12 Pressure sand

filters (PSF) 1 125 M3 125 M3 125 M3

13 Carbon Tower 1 125 M3 125 M3 125 M3



S. No. Description Qty. Dimensions /Size Unit Capacity Total Capacity

14 Filter press 2 - - -

Circulation pumps, transfer pumps, piping, instrumentation – as required

A schematic diagram of proposed ETP is provided in Figure 2.4

Figure 2.4: Schematic Diagram of Proposed ETP

The ETP shall be augmented as per requirement. The description of proposed ETP are given

below:

Primary Treatment

1. Collection tank:

Two nos. collection tanks shall be provided to receive raw effluent from plants.

2. Oil & Grease trap:

One no. of Oil & grease trap shall be provided to separate out floating oil & grease (if any)

from effluent.

3. Equalization tanks:

Oil & grease overflowed into Equalization tank-I or II. These equalization tanks shall serve

the purpose of equalizing the Effluent in terms of flow & strength, hence improving efficiency

of downstream treatment units.

4. Neutralization tank:

Lime Alum/Poly

To GIDC drain

Treated Effluent

Tank

Treated Effluent

Pit Sand/Activated

Carbon

FLOW DIAGRAM OF PROPOSED ETP AT UPL -

Filter Press

Clarifier Aeration Tank # 2

Secondary Clarifier

Aeration Tank # 1 Secondary

Neutralization And

Precipitation

Primary Clarifier

Equalizatio n Tanks

Filter

Filter Press

Industrial/ Domestic effluent



Equalized effluent shall be pumped to Neutralization tank. Here, acidic effluent gets

neutralized by addition of lime slurry solution. Effective mixing period for lime slurry solution

is 30-60 min. Here, polyelectrolyte sol. will be dosed to aid in big settle able flocs formation.

5. Primary Clarifier:

pH raised Effluent from above neutralization tank outlet shall be lead to Primary clarifier.

These flocs shall travel down towards hopper bottom whereas clear water shall travel upward

& then overflow into the outlet launder. Clarified effluent shall be lead to Aeration tanks.

Sludge withdrawal shall be periodically at regular intervals, depend on sludge generation rate

& filter press cycle, so that operating torque in the Clarifier mechanism does not increase

beyond the designed value.

Secondary Treatment

The primary treated effluent is to be given secondary treatment in the two aeration tanks.

This treatment works on principle of activated sludge system. Suitable bacterial mass is kept

developed in the aeration tanks. In these aeration tank, the organic material present is

decomposed by bacteria taking oxygen supplied by Fine Bubble air diffusers. The overflow

goes to secondary clarifiers. In secondary clarifier the Biomass is separated and recycled

back to bio reactor. Generated Excess Biomass sludge is taken to filter press for dewatering.

Tertiary Treatment

Clear water overflow of secondary clarifier is taken to Pit & feed through Sand bed filter &

Carbon Tower. Treated effluent conforming to permissible limits specified by GPCB shall be

discharged through Magnetic flow meter, online pH, TOC-TN meter, TSS meter into GIDC

underground drainage system connected to Final Pumping station from where it shall be

finally disposed into deep sea through u/g common conveyance pipeline of GIDC. Provision

shall be made for re-routing treated effluent back into ETP if found non-conforming by online

systems or laboratory results.

Effluent Characteristics (estimated) at ETP inlet and outlet

For the proposed project, the R & D team of UPL Limited have conducted treatability studies

and estimated the primary characteristics of each process steam and the combined effluent

quality.

Table 2.34: Effluent Characteristic at Inlet & Outlet

Parameter Inlet to ETP Treated Effluent

Performance Limit

pH 4.5 – 8.5 6.5 – 8.5 6.5 – 8.5

Temperature 32 °C 38°C 40°C

Suspended Solids 500 mg/l 90 mg/l < 100 mg/l

BOD 1500 mg/l 80 mg/l < 100 mg/l

COD 3500 mg/l 240 mg/l < 250 mg/l

Oil & Grease 10 mg/l 8 mg/l < 10 mg/l

Heavy metals 10 mg/l 2 mg/l < 3 mg/l

Cyanides Nil Nil < 0.2 mg/l

Phenolic Compounds 0.5 mg/l 0.4 mg/l < 1 mg/l

Ammonical Nitrogen 30 mg/l 25 mg/l < 50 mg/l



Table 2.35: Details of ETP,RO& MEE

Name Nos Capacity each

Waste Water treatment MEE 2 Nos 900 m3/day

Waste Water treatment R.O 4 Nos 800 m3/day

ETP 1Nos 100 m3/day

STP 1 Nos 80 m3/day

Proposed Sewage Treatment Plant:

A sewage treatment plant of 80 KLD is proposed, schematic diagram of the same is provided

in Figure 2.5.

Figure 2.5: Schematic Diagram of Proposed STP

Description of STP:

The sewage collected from the various streams shall be taken into a collection tank where it

shall undergo an anaerobic treatment. From there the sewage shall be taken into aeration

tank where it shall be treated with the help of aerobic bacteria and then it shall be passed to

settling tank. From settling tank, the mixed liquor shall be allowed to set and the supernatant

liquid to be overflowed into the holding tank. The water in the holding tank shall be passed

through a dual media filter and will be taken in treated water collection tank from where it

shall be pumped for gardening, and Utilities. The treated water from STP will meet standards

prescribed by GPCB & MoEF&CC.

2.8.10 Solid and Hazardous Waste Identification, Quantification, Storage and

Disposal

Solid and hazardous waste will be generated due to proposed expansion. Appropriate

disposal method will be adopted for different type of wastes. Landfilling waste will be sent to

common TSDF. Recyclable waste will be sold to GPCB/CPCB registered re-processor /

recycler and Incineration waste will be send to CHWIF site. Details of existing (EC Approved)



and proposed Solid and Hazardous generated along with its management are provided in

Table 2.36.



Table 2.36: Details of Existing & Proposed Solid & Hazardous Waste and its Management

S. No. Type of Waste Category (As Per Sch-2016)

Existing (MTPA)

Proposed MTPA

Total After Expansion

(MTPA)

Source of Generation

Mode of Storage & treatment

Mode of Disposal

1 ETP sludge/STP

Sludge 35.3 5180 2590 7770 From ETP/STP

Store in imperious

storage area with roofing

near ETP / STP

Sent to common TSDF for landfilling

2 Used Oil 5.1 240 120 360 Machinery

Store in drums in H.W. storage area (with shed and imperious

flooring)

Sale to CPCB registered re-

processor / recycler

3 Discarded

containers / bags / liners

33.1

Containers - 21556 Nos. (425 MT) /

Bags - 21366 Nos. (207

MT) / Container Liners -

21566 Nos. (425 MT)

Containers - 20000 Nos. (400 MT) /

Bags - 20000 Nos. (200

MT) / Container Liners -

21000 Nos. (400 MT)

Containers-41556 Nos. (825 MT)/

Bags-41366 No. (407 MT)/

Container Liners -42566

Nos. (825 MT)

Raw material containers / bags

Collection, decontamination

and store in imperious

storage area with roofing

Recycle/reuse into process or sale to GPCB authorized dealers and scrap

processors or contaminated drums

to approved decontamination

facility

4 Organic Residue 29.1 52062

41213 97518

From process

Store in drums / Tanks in H.W. storage area

(with shed and imperious flooring)

Sent to Cement Industry for co

processing / CHWIF site for

Incineration/Captive Incineration

5 Aqueous Waste 29.1 4243 From process

Store in drums / Tanks in H.W. storage area


Sent to Cement Industry for co

processing / CHWIF site for Incineration / Captive Incineration




Existing (MTPA)

Proposed MTPA


(MTPA)



Mode of Disposal

6 Inorganic Salts

from Evaporation / Process

35.3 127863 117774 245637 From process and

MEE

Stored in drums / bags in H.W. storage area


Send to common TSDF site for

landfilling

7 Date -expired and off specification

pesticides 29.3 145 0 145 From process



CHWIF site for Incineration /Captive

Incineration

8 Spent filter

Material 36.2 118 134 252 From process



Sent to CHWIF site for Incineration /

Captive Incineration

9 Spent solvent 29.4 6500 8575 15075 From process

Stored in drums / tanks in H.W. storage area


Recovery / sale to GPCB approved

recyclers / Send to CHWIF for

Incineration / captive incineration

10 Contaminated cotton waste

33.2 29 33 62 From process

plant



Sent to common TSDF site for

landfilling / Send to CHWIF site for

Incineration /Captive Incineration




Existing (MTPA)

Proposed MTPA


(MTPA)



Mode of Disposal

11 Insulation Waste 33.1 39 44 83 From Equipment




landfilling

12 Non-recyclable Plastic waste

33.1 44 50 94 Raw material

containers / bags




landfilling

13 Used PPE 33.1 10 11 21 From process

plant




landfilling

14 Incineration ash 37.2 4000 0 4000 From incinerator

Packed in HDPE bags and

stored in designated

place (with shed and imperious

flooring)


landfilling

15 Spent Catalyst 29.5 49 55.8 104.8 From process

Stored in Bags/drums in

designated place (with shed and imperious

flooring)

Send to CHWIF site for Incineration

16 HCl sol. (28-32%) 29.6 99894 25372 125266 From Process To be stored in

tanks By selling to actual

user.




Existing (MTPA)

Proposed MTPA


(MTPA)



Mode of Disposal

17 Fe (OH)2 Sludge 35.3 0 157 157 From Process




landfilling

18 Iron Residue 36.1 0 251 251 From Process




landfilling

Membership with cement industry (Ambuja Cement) for Co-processing of waste have been obtained dated 10.02.2017.

Membership with TSDF for landfilling of waste from BEIL Dahej & CHWIF for incinerable waste from BEIL Ankleshwar has been obtained from vide

letter No. BEIL/ANK/2017 dated 9.02.2017.

Copies of Memberships are attached as Annexure 11.

Storage of Hazardous Waste:

The separate Hazardous waste storage area as per MoEFCC/CPCB Guidelines will be provided within existing premises for temporary storage of

Hazardous waste as and when generated. The area will be covered & paved with proper flooring so to avoid seepage of waste into soil.



2.8.11 Project Layout and Components

The proposed expansion will be within existing factory premises (Existing Area: 755495.16

m2). The company had already proposed 34.81% green belt of the total land, i.e. 263005.16

m2. The proposed expansion will be within existing area. Detailed area break-up of the site is

shown in Table 2.37

Table 2.37: Area Break-Up of Site

S. No.

Particular Area m

2

(EC Approved)

Expansions

Area- NaCN plant

only (m2)

Area sq.m (Proposed)

Area in m2

(After Expansion)

Only Speciality Chemical

Zone Except NaCN

1 Admin Block 4636 0 0 4636

2 QC lab 2000 0 0 2000

3 Plant Facilities (MP1 to MP13)

*3A Pesticide Technical

(MP1, MP 2 & MP 3)

126199 0 37952.5 164151.5

*3B Pesticide Intermediates

(MP 4)

*3C

Speciality Chemicals (EC Approved MP 4 & MP 5) &

(MP 8 To MP 13 Proposed)

*3D Formulations (MP 6)

4 Utility Facility (Boiler) 15400 0 0 15400

5 UG Storage Tanks 5060 0 0 5060

6 Pilot Plant/Multi-Purpose Plant (MP 7) 3000 0 0 3000

7 Captive Power Plant 11057 0 0 11057

8 Coal Storage 6400 0 0 6400

9 Ash Storage 4000 0 0 4000

10 Incinerator Unit for Fumes 4786 0 4786 9572

11 Captive Incineration Unit for Organic

Liquid (2 Nos) 2393 0 0 2393

12 ETP+RO+MEE 6400 0 2700 9100

13 Raw Water Storage 17022 0 0 17022

14 CS2 storage Area 1622 0 0 1622

15 RM Storage 7182 0 0 7182

16 Finished Goods Storage 7182 0 0 7182

17 Cylinder Storage area 3000 0 0 3000

18 Hazardous Waste Storage Area 5200 0 1450 6650

19 Approach Road/ Drain 110529 0 2706 113235

20 Others (Change room, Wash room,

Internal Passages, Canteen, Security room)

58608 0 0 58608



S. No.

Particular Area m

2

(EC Approved)

Expansions

Area- NaCN plant

only (m2)

Area sq.m (Proposed)

Area in m2

(After Expansion)

Only Speciality Chemical

Zone Except NaCN

Total Occupied Area 401676 0 49594.5 451270.5

21 Open Area 86014.16 0 36419.66 36419.66

22 Green Belt 263005 0 0 263005

23 Ponds 4800 0 0 4800

Total 755495 0 755495

The Plant Layout showing all facilities including green belt is attached as Map 2.4 .



Map 2.4: Site Layout Plan



2.8.12 Mitigation Measures at Design Stage

Details of mitigation measures adopted at design stage are provided in Table 2.38

Table 2.38: Details of Mitigation Measures at Design Stage

Name of Plant

Environmental Attributes

Operational Controls at Design Stage

Air Noise Water SHW

Air (Prevention & Control of

Pollution) Act – 1981 and Rules,

1982 as amended to date

The Noise Pollution

(Regulation and

Control) Rules,

2000 as amended to date

Water (Prevention & Control of

Pollution) Act – 1974 and Rules

1975 as amended to

date

Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management

and Trans boundary

Movement) Rules, 2016 as

amended to date

Synthetic Organic

Chemical Intermediates

Energy

Major initiatives including installation of VFD‘s

Regular energy conservation initiatives will be taken to reduce energy consumption

Use of energy efficient appliances

Air

Bag filters, Scrubbers

(Alkali/Water/NH3, Acid) for process

stacks, Fume Gas Incinerator for

residue process emissions and Adequate stack

height to Flue gas stacks will be

provided

--

-- --

Waste Water -- --

Waste water generated

will be treated in

RO, MEE & ETP

--

Solid and Hazardous

Waste -- -- --

Solid & Haz waste

generated will be disposed as per HW & Other

waste Management Rules, 2016

2.8.13 Assessment of New and Untested Technology

No recommendation of Assessment of New and Untested Technology was given during

appraisal stage; hence it is not carried out.

2.8.14 Condensed Description

The condensed description of those aspects of the project likely to cause environmental

effects is given in Table 2.39.



Table 2.39: Condensed Description of Aspects of the Project likely to Cause Environmental Effects

S. No. Activity Aspects

Project Pre- Construction/ Construction

1 Site clearance Removal of top soil & Land clearance

2 Fabrication work for plant equipment land preventive

maintenance work

Generation of scraps

Noise generation

Fall in pit, land sliding from sidewalls

3 Vehicular movement for

transportation of construction material and waste

Emission of NOx & CO

Noise generation

Leakage/spillage of material

4 Influx of workers during

construction phase

Sewage generation

Employment generation

Commissioning/ Project Operation

1 Manufacturing Process

Emission of Cl2, HCl, NH3, H2S, PM, SO2, NOx, HC Organic traces, HCN

Fugitive emission of solvents

Waste Water Generation

Generation of Hazardous waste

Dust generation

Spillage and Leakage of Raw Material/ Product

2 Floor Washing Generation of waste water

3 Export of Product Increase in market scenario

General & Utilities

1 Operation of Boiler & Cooling

tower

Emission of PM, SOx and NOx from Boiler, Generation of waste water from Cooling and Boiler Blow Down

Noise generation from Boiler / DG Set

2 Operation of ETP, RO & MEE Generation of waste water

Generation salts

3 Influx of workers operational

phase

Sewage generation

Employment Generation

4 Handling of Products and Raw

materials

Generation of Discarded Containers

Fugitive Emission from storage tanks, Valves joints etc.

5

Vehicular movement for transportation of raw materials, finished goods and Industrial

Waste

Increase in traffic load

Emission of HC & CO

Noise generation

6 Raw water intake for Plant

Operation and Domestic Uses Consumption of water from GIDC

7 Equipment maintenance Generation of used oil and lubricants

Generation of scraps and used spares etc.



3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 INTRODUCTION

The baseline environmental quality is assessed through field studies within the probable

impact zone for various components of the environment viz. Air, Noise, Water, Soil, Ecology

& Bio diversity and Socio-economy. An exhaustive attempt has been made in the current

chapter to disclose all possible baseline status of environmental quality in the study area,

which further serves as the basis for identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts.

Study area has been decided by considering 10 km radius from the project site. Villages

covered within study region are shown in the Map 3.1.



Map 3.1: Study Area Map



3.2 BASELINE STUDY AREA AND PERIOD

The baseline environmental study has been conducted for the study region within 10 km

radius of the project site for the period 1st Oct 2019 to 31st Dec 2019. An attempt has been

made in this chapter to prepare baseline status of environment component covering air,

water, land, flora, fauna and social status.

3.3 METHODOLOGY

The baseline environmental study was carried out for the various environmental components

viz, Air, Water, Soil, Ecology and Biodiversity, Socio Economy and Noise. A desktop study

was carried out to select the sampling locations and site visit was done by our field area

experts. After the site visit, locations were finalized. During the submission of field area

expert report and discussion looking to the extent of impact, 5 km radius was considered as

core zone and rest 5 km radius was considered as buffer zone. All the locations have been

selected within 10 km radius from the project site as per the requirement of TOR and

environmental samples were collected from the selected locations of the study area. Before

starting the survey activity for ecology and bio diversity, secondary data were used as

reference during the desktop survey for listing the species of study zone and planning the

survey. In case of socio economy, secondary data have also been used for deciding the

parameters to be surveyed during socio economic data collection. As a secondary source of

data, for Ecology and Biodiversity survey various publications by the government of India and

literature available on internet site were used. Some photograph showing the monitoring and

survey activities are presented in Photograph 2.1

3.3.1 Frequency of Sampling

Details of frequency of environmental sampling considered for the study are illustrated in

Table 3.1.

Table 3.1: Frequency of Environmental Monitoring

Attributes Sampling

Locations in study area

Parameters Frequency

A. Air Environment

Micro-meteorological

Data Nr. Project Site

Temperature, Relative Humidity, Precipitation Wind direction,

Wind Speed.

Hourly data for the period 1

st Oct 2019

to 31st Dec 2019.

Ambient Air Quality

Eight locations in the study region

PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx, CO, NH3, Cl2, HCl, H2S, Total HC

and VOC as BTX

24 hour basis, twice a week during study

period

B. Noise

Ambient Noise Quality

Eight locations in the study region

Noise Levels in dB (A). Once in Study

Period.

C. Water

Ground Water Samples from seven locations in the study

region

Physical, Chemical, Microbiological and Heavy

Metal.

Once in Study Period.

Surface Water Samples from six

locations in the study Physical, Chemical,

Microbiological and Heavy




Attributes Sampling

Locations in study area

Parameters Frequency

region Metal.

Marine water Sample from six location during high tide and low tide in the study region

Physical, Chemical, Microbiological


D. Soil

Soil Quality Samples from four

locations in the study region

Physical, Chemical Characteristics, Soil Texture.


3.3.2 Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis

The methods adopted for environmental sampling and analysis are illustrated in following

Table 3.2

Table 3.2: Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis

Attributes Methods

Sampling/Preservation Analysis/data analysis

A. Air Environment

Micro-meteorological Data

Data collected on hourly basis using wind monitor as per CPCB Guideline. as per

IS 8829

IS 8829

Ambient air quality As per IS: 5182, CPCB & AWMA. IS:5182,CPCB & AWMA

B. Noise Instrument : Sound level meter Survey carried out as per

CPCB guideline.

C. Water

Ground Water and Surface Water

Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater, 23rd edition,

APHA 2017.

IS 3025 & Standard Methods for Examination of Water and

Wastewater, 23rd edition, APHA 2017.

D. Soil Quality IS 2720, Soil Testing in India (Department of Agriculture &

Cooperation).

IS 2720, Laboratory developed Method as per NABL

requirement and Book - Soil Testing in India (Department of

Agriculture & Cooperation).



Photograph 3.1: Sampling/Monitoring Activity

Surface water – Nadarkha Ground water –Rahiyad

Traffic Survey Ambient air – Rahiyad village

Noise – Project site Soil – Narnavi village



EB Survey EB Survey

3.4 MICROMETEOROLOGY

The study of micro meteorological data helps to understand the variations in the ambient air

quality status in that region. The prevailing micrometeorological condition at project site plays

a crucial role in transport and dispersion of air pollutants. The persistence of the predominant

wind direction and wind speed at the project site decide the direction and extent of the air

pollution impact zone. The principal variables which affect the micrometeorology are

horizontal transport and dispersion, convective transport and vertical mixing and topography

of the area towards local influences. Micrometeorological data were collected by using the

wind monitor as per CPCB guideline which was installed near project site. All the

micrometeorological data were collected on hourly basis. Meteorological conditions of the

study area are presented in Table 3.3.

Table 3.3: Meteorological Condition of Study Area

Month Temperature (

oC) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (km/hr)

Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.

Oct‘19 24.2 36.2 34 96 0.1 11.0

Nov'19 21.1 34.5 34 96 0.1 9.0

Dec'19 15.5 33.4 37 92 0.1 13.0



3.4.1 Temperature

During the study period minimum temperature was recorded 15.5oC on 30th Dec 2019 and maximum temperature was recorded as 36.2oC on 15th

Oct 2019. Temperature data were collected on hourly basis during the study period. Variation of temperature is graphically presented in Figure 3.1.

Figure 3.1: Graphical Presentation for the month wise Temperature Variation

3.4.2 Humidity

Humidity affects the nature and characteristics of pollutants in the atmosphere as it is the measure of amount of moisture in the atmosphere.

Humidity helps suspended particulate matter to coalesce and grow to settle under the gaseous pollutants by providing them aqueous medium.

During the study period minimum Humidity was recorded 34% on 16th Oct 2019 & 18th Nov 2019 and maximum Humidity was recorded as 96% on

22nd Oct 2019 and 08th Nov 2019. The variation in humidity is represented graphically in Figure 3.2.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92

Max. 31 32 32 33 32 33 33 34 35 35 33 33 35 35 36 35 35 34 33 32 32 31 30 31 29 29 33 32 35 34 34 34 30 33 32 33 33 29 29 31 31 34 33 33 33 33 33 32 32 31 31 34 33 32 34 33 33 33 33 32 33 32 33 33 33 32 31 31 31 32 32 31 30 29 29 28 27 28 30 30 31 31 32 32 29 30 28 28 28 26 27 26

Min. 26 26 27 26 25 26 26 25 26 26 25 25 26 26 26 24 24 25 26 26 25 25 24 24 25 25 25 25 25 25 27 26 25 24 24 24 25 25 24 24 25 24 23 24 23 23 23 22 22 21 21 22 24 23 23 22 21 23 22 21 21 22 21 24 25 25 20 18 18 19 20 19 18 19 17 17 18 17 17 18 20 20 21 20 20 19 18 17 17 16 15 16

0.0

5.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

Tem

per

atu

re (

oC

)



Figure 3.2:Graphical Presentation for the month wise Humidity Variation

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92

Max. 93 90 92 92 92 91 93 92 88 90 92 88 82 84 84 77 70 74 80 84 80 96 90 80 76 90 94 91 88 84 80 90 94 91 91 91 84 93 96 93 94 93 89 80 76 83 82 79 74 83 82 83 80 77 88 84 83 82 90 88 89 92 89 74 72 68 63 80 82 82 83 81 85 86 80 80 83 82 90 90 88 85 80 82 85 81 78 72 66 77 81 82

Min. 77 66 66 64 66 64 68 63 58 63 65 64 52 35 40 34 36 48 60 64 56 70 74 66 66 67 66 65 60 54 56 56 73 70 72 56 61 77 71 68 72 56 56 48 48 59 56 42 34 50 56 45 50 45 49 46 50 52 55 52 52 65 54 47 52 50 37 48 44 55 56 43 40 55 48 52 64 57 63 55 62 50 50 52 66 58 54 46 40 45 52 47

0

20

40

60

80

100

120H

um

idit

y (%

)



3.4.3 Wind Speed and Wind Direction

Hourly wind speed data were collected for the period 1st Oct 2019 to 31st Dec 2019 with the

help of wind monitor. The rate of dispersion, diffusion and transportation of pollutants in the

atmosphere mainly depend on wind speed and its direction. Wind direction and velocity data

have been collected during the study period. Dominant wind direction in the study period was

from NE-SW during the study period. Wind speed was observed from 0.1 to 11.0 km/hr in the

month of Oct 2019, from 0.1 to 9.0 km/hr in the month of Nov 2019 and from 0.1 to 13.0 km/hr

in the Month of Dec 2019. Month-wise maximum and minimum wind speed data are tabulated

in Table 3.3.

3.4.4 Wind Rose

Wind rose diagram is a graphical representation of the magnitude and direction of wind speed

considering all the directions. From the knowledge of wind rose one can easily predict the

direction and extent of spreading of the gaseous and particulate matter from the source. Wind

rose diagram has been prepared by using hourly wind velocity and dominant wind direction

data and is presented in Figure 3.3



Figure 3.3: Wind Rose Diagram

3.4.5 Interpretation of Micrometeorological Data

During the study period, wind was blowing in the direction NE-SW and wind speed range 0.1

to 13.0 km/hr during the study period. Based on the wind direction and wind speed, it is

interpreted that chances of maximum dispersion of air pollutant will be in SW direction during



the period Oct to Dec. Based on the hourly data obtain during the study period, it can be also

interpreted that there is no major change.

3.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Air is the Earth‘s atmosphere having the gases in which living organisms live and breathe but

air is being deteriorated day by day due to the anthropogenic and natural sources. In present

scenario Industrialization, Energy production and the burning of fossil fuels has polluted the air

environment. Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out for the assessment of the existing

status of background air quality in the study area. This will be useful for assessing the

conformity of the ambient air quality to the standards even after commencement of the

proposed project.

3.5.1 Selection of Sampling Locations

Following points were considered during the selection of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

locations.

Topography/terrain of the study area,

Regional synoptic scale climatologically norm‘s,

Densely populated areas within the region,

Location of surrounding Industries,

Representation of regional background,

Facility for Ambient Air Monitoring,

Representation of valid cross – sectional distribution in downwind direction,

Avoidance of proximity of roads, construction activity or any other perturbing activity

which may be temporary in nature, which may lead to some erroneous conclusions.

Availability of manpower, electricity, approach, sturdy structure and protection of

samplers.

Dominant Wind Direction.

To establish the baseline status around the project site of the study region, monitoring was

conducted for 8 numbers of locations during 1st Oct 2019 to 31st Dec 2019. At the time of

location selection previous micrometeorological data was referred and general wind pattern in

the study region was considered for the selection of minimum one location in the downwind

direction and one upwind direction. However, ambient air monitoring locations were selected

in all the directions looking towards the possibility of change in wind pattern during the study

period. Ambient Air Quality monitoring locations are presented in Map 3.2 & Table 3.4



Map 3.2:Map showing the Monitoring Locations of Ambient Air



Table 3.4: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations in the Study Region

Code Location Distance/Direction w.r.t to Project site

Latitude and Longitude

Selection Criteria

A1 Project Site - 21°46'43.08"N

72°38'35.73"E -

A2 Kadodara 1.2 km/SE 21°45'54.12"N

72°38'38.33"E Crosswind

A3 Narnavi 2.7 km/NNE 21°47'45.77"N

72°39'23.41"E Upwind

A4 Dahej 9.3 km/SW 21°42'48.07"N

72°34'56.65"E Downwind

A5 Sambheti 2.6 km/SE 21°45'35.09"N


A6 Nadarkha 5.7 km/ENE 21°46'58.99"N


A7 Padariya 0.9 km/NW 21°46'53.65"N


A8 Rahiyad 9.2 km/SW 21°42'10.53"N


3.5.2 Frequency and Parameters for Sampling

Sampling team was appointed with one FAE and Technical Assistant to carry out Ambient Air

Quality Monitoring for 8 numbers of locations within 10 km radius from the project site.

Sampling and analysis was carried out as per CPCB, IS 5182 & EPA and instrument operation

manual for the parameters PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx, CO, NH3, Cl2, HCl, H2S, Total HC and

VOC. After the completion of sampling, samples were brought to the laboratory in Ice box and

filter box for analysis. Frequency of sampling was twice a week during study period.

3.5.3 Methodology for Sampling and Analysis

Samples were collected by using the PM10 and PM2.5 micron dust samplers at suitable height

from obstruction free area as per the availability of the facility. Sampling and Analysis was

carried out as per CPCB Guideline, instrument operational manual and National

Environmental Engineering Research Institute. Detail of reference method is presented in

Table 3.5.

Table 3.5: Details of Analysis Method

S. No.

Parameters Test Method

i. Particular matter (PM 2.5) SOP No. WI/5.4/02-B/03,Issue No.1

Date:01/01/2010, CPCB Guideline

ii. Particulate Matter (PM10) IS 5182 (Part 13):2006/Reaffirmed 2012

iii. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) IS 5182 (Part 2):2001/Reaffirmed 2012

iv. Oxide of Nitrogen (NOx) IS 5182 (Part 6):2006

v. Carbon monoxide (CO) Methods of Air Sampling & Analysis AWMA,

APHA (CO Analyser)



S. No.

Parameters Test Method

vi. Ammonia (NH3) SOP No.WI/5.4/02-B/06, Issue

No.1: 2010

vii. Chlorine (Cl2) IS-5182 (Part 19):1982 (Reaffirmed 2009)

viii. Hydrochloric Acid (HCl) SOP No. WI/5.4/02-B/17,Issue No.1

ix Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S) IS-5182 (Part 7):1973 (Reaffirmed 2009)

x. Total HC Multi Gas Detector

xi. VOC as BTX Methods of Air Sampling & Analysis AWMA,

APHA (GC)

3.5.4 Quality of Ambient Air

Minimum, maximum, average and 98th percentile values for the parameters PM2.5, PM10, SO2,

NOx, CO, NH3, Cl2, HCl, H2S, Total HC and VOC are tabulated in Table 3.6 to Table 3.11 to

describe the quality of Ambient Air.

Table 3.6: Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of PM10 and PM2.5

Code

PM10 (µg/m3) PM2.5 (µg/m

3)

Min. Percentile

98th

Max. Avg. Min.

Percentile

98th

Max. Avg.

A1 72.8 87.6 88.1 80.2 37.3 46.7 47.4 40.8

A2 70.1 85.1 85.6 76.2 36.1 44.3 45.5 39.1

A3 63.2 78.0 78.3 72.0 33.1 41.3 41.9 37.0

A4 70.0 85.6 86.5 76.3 34.4 45.3 46.8 38.4

A5 65.5 78.6 78.7 71.9 34.2 40.1 41.0 36.6

A6 65.4 81.4 82.2 72.9 33.8 41.8 42.4 37.3

A7 70.0 85.3 85.4 77.4 35.3 45.0 45.2 39.0

A8 68.3 84.0 85.2 75.2 35.0 43.9 44.9 38.5

NAAQ Standard limit 100 60

Table 3.7: Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of SO2 and NOx

Code

SO2 (µg/m3) NOX (µg/m

3)

Min. Percentile

98th

Max. Avg. Min.

Percentile

98th

Max. Avg.

A1 11.2 16.1 16.4 13.7 15.8 20.8 21.4 17.9

A2 9.9 15.2 15.4 12.9 14.5 18.9 19.4 16.9

A3 9.7 14.5 14.5 12.3 15.4 18.0 19.0 16.9

A4 11.4 15.8 16.1 13.5 16.2 20.3 20.8 18.0

A5 9.1 14.6 14.8 12.1 14.6 18.6 18.6 16.6

A6 10.1 15.3 15.5 13.1 15.1 20.0 20.3 17.7

A7 9.9 14.9 15.3 12.5 14.8 19.2 19.3 17.3

A8 9.6 14.4 14.5 12.3 15.7 19.2 19.5 17.4

NAAQ Standard limit

80 80



Table 3.8: Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of CO & NH3

Code

CO(µg/m3) NH3 (µg/m

3)

Min. Percentile

98th

Max. Avg. Min.

Percentile 98

th

Max. Avg.

A1 414 501 502 456 1.9 3.2 3.3 2.5

A2 420 493 494 467 1.3 2.3 2.3 1.7

A3 456 513 514 487 1.1 1.9 1.9 1.3

A4 482 541 542 514 1.3 2.9 2.9 1.8

A5 418 494 496 456 1.1 1.9 1.9 1.4

A6 458 516 518 484 1.2 2.1 2.3 1.6

A7 440 503 504 472 1.1 1.9 1.9 1.5

A8 418 483 484 455 1.3 2.6 2.6 1.7

NAAQ Standard limit

2000 400

Table 3.9: Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of Cl2 & HCl

Code

Cl2 (µg/m3) HCl (µg/m

3)

Min. Percentile

98th

Max. Avg. Min.

Percentile 98

th

Max. Avg.

A1 <1.0 - <1.0 - <7.9 - <7.9 -

A2 <1.0 - <1.0 - <7.9 - <7.9 -

A3 <1.0 - <1.0 - <7.9 - <7.9 -

A4 <1.0 - <1.0 - <7.9 - <7.9 -

A5 <1.0 - <1.0 - <7.9 - <7.9 -

A6 <1.0 - <1.0 - <7.9 - <7.9 -

A7 <1.0 - <1.0 - <7.9 - <7.9 -

A8 <1.0 - <1.0 - <7.9 - <7.9 -

BDL of Cl2 – 1.0 µg/m3, BDL of HCl – 7.9 µg/m3

Table 3.10:Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of H2S & Total HC

Code

H2S (µg/m3) Total HC (µg/m

3)

Min. Percentile

98th

Max. Avg. Min.

Percentile 98

th

Max. Avg.

A1 <5.0 - <5.0 - 125 151.8 152 142.5

A2 <5.0 - <5.0 - 104 131.6 132 118.0

A3 <5.0 - <5.0 - 88 111.8 112 101.2

A4 <5.0 - <5.0 - 102 135.2 136 117.7

A5 <5.0 - <5.0 - 74 97.6 98 85.3

A6 <5.0 - <5.0 - 78 103.6 104 91.0

A7 <5.0 - <5.0 - 80 109.2 110 93.8

A8 <5.0 - <5.0 - 70 91.4 92 79.8

BDL of H2S – 5.0 µg/m3

Table 3.11: Min, Max, 98th Percentile and Average Value of VOC as BTX

Code

VOC as BTX (µg/m3)

Min. Percentile 98th

Max. Avg.

A1 15 24.7 25 19.7



Code

VOC as BTX (µg/m3)

Min. Percentile 98th

Max. Avg.

A2 14 21.8 22 17.8

A3 10 17.7 18 13.7

A4 15 23.8 24 19.8

A5 10 16.9 17 14

A6 10 17.8 18 14.2

A7 11 17.8 18 14.3

A8 10 19.8 20 14.8

3.5.5 Summary of Ambient Air Quality



PM10 was observed in the range of 63.2 – 88.1 µg/m3. Maximum concentration of PM10

was found at Project site and minimum at Narnavi village.


the standard limit.



Monitoring and analysis was also carried out for CO, NH3, Cl2, HCl, H2S, Total HC and

VOC were found well within the norms.

3.5.6 Interpretation of Ambient Air Quality Data



interpreted that ambient air quality of studied locations is satisfactory.

3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The objective of the baseline noise survey was to identify existing noise sources and to

measure background noise levels at the sensitive receptors within the study area. Peoples‘

perception of noise varies depending on number of factors including their natural sensitivity

and hearing ability, past experience of sound, cultural factors and the time of day at which

sound is experienced. Continuous sound is perceived quite differently from intermittent sound

at the same level. High or continuous noise levels may cause permanent loss of hearing

ranging from reduced perception at certain frequencies to total deafness. At comparatively

lower levels noise may have psychological effects including disturbance of sleep, annoyance

and irritation.

3.6.1 Sources of Noise Pollution

The sources of noise pollution in the study area are industrial noise, noise due to commercial

activities, noise generated by Community, Vehicular traffic etc.



3.6.2 Noise Level in the Study Area

Noise level monitoring was carried out with the help of sound level meter at 8 different

locations fall under residential, industrial and high noise generating source. Noise sampling

locations are presented in Map 3.3 and Table 3.12. Analysis results are presented in Table

3.13 & Table 3.14



Map 3.3: Map showing the Noise Monitoring Locations



Table 3.12: Noise Monitoring Locations in the Study Region

Code Location Latitude and Longitude

Selection Criteria

N1 Project site

(Nr. Main Gate)

21°46'43.37"N

72°38'35.19"E Industrial Area

N2 Project Site

(Nr. Gardening area)

21°46'42.56"N

72°38'35.97"E Industrial Area

N3 Kadodara 21°45'56.38"N

72°38'37.18"E Residential Area

N4 Narnavi 21°47'45.67"N


N5 Sambheti 21°45'35.15"N


N6 Padariya 21°46'54.57"N


N7 SH-6 21°46'51.75"N

72°38'33.43"E Highway

N8 SH-206 21°42'35.16"N

72°35'45.80"E Highway

Table 3.13: Noise Monitoring report during day time

Code Lmin

dB Ld dB(A)

Lmax

dB

Limit dB(A) as per Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules,

2000

N1 62.6 66.5 70.8 75

N2 58.8 62.4 66.1 75

N3 46.5 50.4 53.8 55

N4 46.8 51.0 54.4 55

N5 47.0 50.8 54.2 55

N6 46.3 49.6 53.5 55

N7 76.2 80.5 84.4 -

N8 74.6 77.8 81.8 -

Table 3.14: Noise Monitoring report during night time

Code Lmin

dB

Ln

dB(A)

Lmax

dB

Limit dB(A) as per Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000

N1

55.8 59.2 63.1 70

N2

54.1 57.8 61.6 70

N3

39.8 42.0 44.8 45

N4

39.5 42.1 44.7 45

N5

39.6 41.8 44.6 45

N6

40.0 42.4 45.0 45

N7 72.2 76.1 80.5 -

N8 70.4 73.4 77.8 -

Note: Day time –6.00 AM to 10.00 PM, Night time – 10.00 PM to 6.00 AM



Noise standards have been designated for different types of land use i.e. residential,

commercial, industrial areas and silence zones, as per ‗The Noise Pollution (Regulation and

Control) Rules, 2000, Notified by Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi, February

14, 2000. Different standards have been stipulated for day (6 AM to 10 PM) and night (10 PM

to 6 AM). The noise level study shows that the noise levels are meeting the acceptable norms.

3.6.3 Summary of Noise Data






average noise level was recorded 80.5 dB (A) during day time and 76.1 dB (A) during

night time as per factory act 1948 noise level exposure limit for 8 hrs.is 90 dB (A).

Noise level monitoring was carried out 1 meter away from State Highway- 206 and

average noise level was recorded 77.8 dB (A) during day time and 73.4 dB (A) during

night time as per factory act 1948 noise level exposure limit for 8 hrs.is 90 dB (A).

3.6.4 Interpretation of Noise Data


area, it is interpreted that noise levels are within the standard norms prescribed by MoEFCC &

CC. Looking towards the increase in noise generating sources it is suggested that there is

need to apply noise reducing devices at noise generating sources and generate public

awareness.

3.7 LAND ENVIRONMENT

3.7.1 Land Use Pattern of the Study area

Studies on land use aspects of eco system play an important role to identify sensitive issues

and to take appropriate action for maintaining ecological homeostasis in the region. The main

objective of this section is to provide a baseline status of the area, so that temporal changes

due to the proposed project on the surroundings can be assessed in future.

Data Used: United States Geological Survey (USGS) Satellite Data: Land sat 8 cloud free

data has been used for Land use /Land cover analysis, Satellite Sensor–OLITIRS multi-

spectral digital data has been used for the preparation of land use/ land cover map of present

study. Survey of India reference map on 1:50,000 scales have been used for the preparation

of base map and geometric correction of satellite data. Ground trothing has been carried out

to validate the interpretation accuracy and reliability of remotely sensed data, by enabling

verification of the interpreted details and by supplementing with the information, which cannot

be obtained directly on satellite imagery.

Methodology: The methodology used for the study consists of following components.

Methodology Adopted for Thematic Data Extraction from the Satellite Imageries



ERDAS image processing 10.0 software and ARC/GIS 10.0 software were used for the

project. ERDAS 10.0 image processing software was used for digital processing of the spatial

data. Digital image processing techniques were applied for the mapping of the land use land

cover classes of the provided area from the satellite data. Methodology used for land use

classification and mapping is presented in Figure 3.4. Land use map is presented in Map 3.4.

Land Use Statistic (10 km) is presented in figure 3.10 and Table 3.15.

Figure 3.4: Methodology Used for Land use Classification



Map 3.4: Land Use Map

(Source: Land use mapping and primary survey of the area)



Table 3.15: Land use Statistics

% Area sq. km Land Use Land Cover Area sq. km %

39.28 137.92 Range Land

Trees/Orchard 24.8629 7.08

Salt Marsh 13.3259 3.80

Grass Land 59.7995 17.03

Scrub Land 39.936 11.37

22.53 79.11 Settlement

Industry 15.684 4.47

Saltpan 60.9418 17.36

Resident 2.48594 0.71

28.99 101.77 Agriculture Crop Land 52.8392 15.05

Fallow Land 48.9311 13.94

2.76 9.70 Muddy/Barren Land Muddy/Barren Land 9.69673 2.76

6.44 22.60 Water body Water body 22.6045 6.44

100 351.11 Total 351.11 100

Figure 3.5: Land use Statistics

3.7.2 Summary and Interpretation of Land Use Map

The area surrounding the project site is largely a Saltpan covering around 17% of the total

study area. Agriculture Land is covering around 30% of the total study area. Range Land is

covering around 39.2% of the total study area. Barren Land is covering around 2.76% of the

total study area. Settlement is covering around 22.53% out of which industry comprises of

4.47 of the total study area.

7% 4%

17%

11%

5% 17%

1%

15%

14%

3%

6%

Land Use Statistic Trees/Orchard

Salt Marsh

Grass Land

Scrub Land

Industry

Saltpan

Resident

Crop Land

Fallow Land

Muddy/Barren Land

Waterbody



3.8 GEOLOGY

The rock formations in this region are covered by a thick pile of alluvium and their exposures

are scanty except margin of the region. The sediments mainly comprise silt, sand and silty

clay deposits belonging to Khatpur and Varahi Formation. Bharuch is situated on the northern

bank of Narmada river, is an important industrial and commercial town of South Gujarat.

Bharuch is located at the southern Jambusar- Bharuch block of the Cambay Graben. The

town is located in the Narmada seismic zone. The zone follows closely the ENE-WSW course

of the Narmada river. Its southern margin envelops the Tapti river & it probably continues into

the Arabian sea, south of Kathiawar peninsula. The predominant WSW to westerly trends of

the Narmada and the Tapti rivers suggest that river courses are controlled by a system of

faults. Northwards and southwards deflections of the trend of the Narmada river from

Nawagaon to Bharuch can be similarly controlled to the N-S to NNW-SSE faults in the Deccan

Traps.

Geologically the area comprises of alluvial formations of recent to sub recent age. The

geological succession in stratigraphical order is provided in Table 3.16

Table 3.16: Geological Succession

Era Period Age Lithology

Cenozoic Quaternary Sub‐Recent to Recent

Alluvium consisting of sand

clay beds

Tertiary Lower Miocene Clay

The alluviam deposit of sub‐recent to recent age is observed in the area. It consists of

alternate bands of Yellowish brown clay and fine to coarse grained sand. The tertiary

formation consists of clay underlies the alluvium. As the area is under the influence of sea

water intrusion no efforts has been made by local farmers or industries for ground water

exploration.



(Source- CGWB, Bharuch District)

Figure 3.6: Geological features of Gujarat

3.9 HYDROGEOLOGY

The main hydrological unit in the area is alluvium formation. The alluvium formation mainly

comprises of alternate bands of sand and clay. The sand formation consists of medium to fine

grained and works as aquifer. The ground water in area is highly saline so no efforts have

been done to extract ground water.

Hydrogeological map is shown in Figure 3.7 the hard rocks, the semi-consolidated

Cretaceous, and Tertiary formations and unconsolidated alluvial deposits, all comprise multi –

aquifer systems thereby presenting unconfined as well as confined groundwater conditions in

the entire district. Tertiary formations, are inherently saline and contain poor quality of

groundwater. Groundwater occurs under unconfined conditions in the limestone and

sandstone aquifers of Bagh beds. Occurrence and movement of groundwater is restricted

mainly to the fractures and joints in the limestones and sandstones. The discharge in dug

wells varies from 30 to 50 m3/day. The bagh beds, where overlain by Deccan Trap are likely to

yield groundwater under confined conditions. The Deccan Trap have given rise to multi-

layered stratified aquifers. Each individual flow comprises two distinct units, namely the upper

vesicular basalt and the lower massive basalt. The massive basalt is hard and compact with

Project site



primary porosity but the vesicular basalts exhibit porosity. The movement of groundwater is

therefore controlled by the secondary porosity developed by the presence of fractures and

joints. The paleo-weathering which is invariably observed at depth near the top of every flow,

has given rise to good aquifers at depth. The yield of the dug wells in Deccan traps, which

range in depth from 5 to 25m bgl, sustain pumping from 1/2 hour to 10 hour with discharge

varying from 200 to 1200 litre per minute (LPM) for drawdown of 4 to 7 m. Bore well tapping

deeper zones down to 150m below ground level (bgl), have yielded 100 to 600 LPM for a

drawdown of 6 to 15m. The sandstone are the main aquifers in the Tertiary formations but the

limestone also yield significant quantities of groundwater wherever karstic development have

taken place. Deep tube well tapping the Tertiary formations is capable of yielding 300 to 3000

LPM of water for meager drawdown of 1 to 7m. The alluvium formations in the western most

part of the area do not constitute potential aquifers on account of inferior quality of water. (Source – CGWB, Bharuch 2014)

(Source – CGWB, Bharuch 2014)

Figure 3.7: Hydro-Geological features of Bharuch

During the year 2012 an overall rise in water levels was observed due to recharge from

monsoon rainfall of 707 mm during the year An average rise of about 2 m was observed over

the pre-monsoon water levels in large part of the district. Rise to the tune of more than 2 m is

observed in pockets in eastern as well as western parts and southern part of the district.



3.10 TRAFFIC STUDY

Traffic surveys aim to capture data that accurately reflects the real traffic situation in the area.

It may be counting the number of vehicles using a road or collecting journey time information.

Any development/Expansion of commercial project, directly or indirectly affect the traffic.

Proposed project is adjacent to State Highway 6 and 206. Proposed project will attract to

commercial vehicles as a result traffic load will also increase on highways. Traffic data helps in

planning and design of road construction, renovation or maintenance works, and for assessing

the economic feasibility of future road works. To assess the traffic load, 4 no. of surveyors

were appointed to survey for State Highway 6 and 206.

Traffic data collected continuously for 24 hours by visual observation and counting of vehicles

under three categories, viz., heavy motor vehicles, light motor vehicles and two/three

wheelers. As traffic densities on the roads are high, two persons were deployed

simultaneously at each station during each shift- one person on each of the two directions for

counting the traffic. At the end of each hour, fresh counting and recording was undertaken.

Total numbers of vehicles per hour under the three categories were determined. Traffic study

is conducted on State Highway 6 and 206.

Table 3.17: Traffic Study Report

S.

No.

Vehicles

Distribution

No. of Vehicles/Day

Passenger

Car

Unit (PCU)

Total No. of Vehicle in PCU

Total No. of Vehicle (PCU)/Hour

SH-6 SH-206 SH-6 SH-206 SH-6 SH-206

1. Cars 5814 5366 1.0 5814 5366 242 224

2. Buses 568 512 3.0 1704 1536 71 64

3. Trucks 484 455 3.0 1452 1365 61 57

4. Two wheelers 8241 7855 0.5 4121 3928 172 164

5. Three

wheelers 2066 1894 0.75 1550 1421 65 59

Total 17173 16082 14641 13616 611 568

Table 3.18: Existing Traffic Scenario with respect to LOS

Road V (Volume in

PCU/hr) C (Capacity in

PCU/hr) Existing V/C

Ratio LOS

SH-6 611 1250 0.49 C

SH-206 568 1250 0.45 C

Table 3.19: LOS Criteria

V/C LOS Performance

0.0-0.2 A Excellent

0.2-0.4 B Very Good

0.4-0.6 C Good/Average/Fair

0.6-0.8 D Poor

0.8-1.0 E Very Poor

3.10.1 Interpretation of Traffic Study

LOS values have been calculated based on traffic data on SH-6 and SH-206 and it has been

found 0.49 and 0.45 respectively. LOS value indicates that the performance of SH-6 and SH-

206 is good w.r.t. traffic load.



3.11 SOIL QUALITY

4 numbers of samples were collected from different locations within 10 km radius to assess

the baseline status of soil. Analysis was also carried out for physico-chemical parameters as

well as the parameters to define the texture class. Soil samples were collected by using

Khurpi, Augar and Core cutter. Samples were brought to the laboratory in polythene bags.

Standard procedures have been followed for soil sampling and analysis. Soil sampling

locations are presented in Map 3.5 and tabulated in Table 3.20. Results are presented in

Table 3.21.

Map 3.5: Map showing the Soil sampling locations



Table 3.20: Details of Soil sampling location

Code Location Latitude and Longitude Selection Criteria

S1 Project site 21°46'43.02"N

72°38'35.40"E Non-Agriculture Land

S2 Dahej 21°42'52.68"N

72°34'50.40"E Non-Agriculture Land

S3 Kadodara 21°45'49.57"N

72°38'40.24"E Agriculture Land

S4 Narnavi 21°47'42.17"N

72°39'23.04"E Agriculture Land

Table 3.21: Soil Sample Analysis Result

S. No Parameters Unit S1 S2 S3 S4

1 Water Holding Capacity % 48.2 49.4 45.2 42.8

2 Porosity % 45.6 46.8 43.1 42.5

3 Bulk Density gm/cc 1.24 1.22 1.30 1.32

4 Particle Size Distribution

a. Sand % 24.1 22.5 27.6 29.4

b. Silt % 22.3 21.7 32.8 32.5

c. Clay % 53.6 55.8 39.6 38.1

5 Texture - Clay Clay Clay loam Clay loam

6 Cation Exchange Capacity meq/100 g 38.8 41.3 34.5 30.2

7 pH - 7.56 7.62 7.44 7.38

8 Electrical Conductivity dS/m 1.44 1.53 1.38 1.24

9 SAR - 1.4 1.5 1.4 1.3

10 Exchangeable Sodium % 10.6 10.9 11.0 11.3

11 Exchangeable Calcium meq/100g 22.4 23.6 19.6 17.2

12 Exchangeable Magnesium meq/100g 10.8 11.4 9.8 8.6

13 Exchangeable Sodium meq/100g 4.1 4.5 3.8 3.4

14 Exchangeable Potassium meq/100g 1.5 1.8 1.3 1.0

15 Organic Carbon(OC) % 0.72 0.80 0.85 0.79

16 Total Nitrogen % 0.062 0.069 0.073 0.068

17 Nitrate N mg/100gm 8.5 7.8 8.8 8.3

18 Total Phosphorus mg/100gm 12.4 11.6 13.2 12.2

19 Total Iron mg/100gm 112.4 104.5 122.3 114.2

20 Total Zinc mg/100gm 3.4 3.1 2.8 2.5

21 Total Copper mg/100gm 1.4 1.2 0.9 0.7

22 Total Boron mg/100gm 2.14 1.96 1.84 1.76

23 Total Chromium mg/100gm 1.12 1.04 0.92 0.84



3.11.1 Summary of Soil Data

The soils are categorized as clay to clay loam based on different soil separates (sand,

silt and clay).


42.5 – 46.8 %.

The pH of the soil samples narrowly ranged from 7.38 to 7.62 during the study period.


parameters indicate that soils are neutral to alkaline in reaction, saline (EC > 0.8 dS/m)

and non-sodic, as pH is <8.5 and ESP is < 15.






The results relating to total Fe, Cu, Cr, B and Zn do not show alarming concentrations

in different soil samples.

3.11.2 Interpretation of Soil Data




successful greenbelt development liberal quantity of organic manure and recommended doses

of N and double the recommended dose of P fertilizers should be applied.

3.12 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Physical, Chemical and Microbiological factors influencing water quality are so interrelated

that a change in any water quality parameter may trigger other changes in a complete network

of interrelated variables. Selected water quality parameters for surface and ground water

resources along with biological indicators within study region have been used for water

environment and assessing the impact on it by proposed project. A study on water

environment aspects of ecosystem plays an important role in environmental assessment to

identify water related sensitive issues.

3.12.1 Reconnaissance

As a significant part of predefined framework of the present study water samples were

collected from selected locations. The Reconnaissance survey was undertaken and

monitoring locations were finalized based on:

Presence, Location and uses of major water bodies in the region,

Type and Location of Industrial/residential areas, their intake and effluent disposal

locations,

Likely areas that can represent baseline conditions.



3.12.2 Water Quality

With the start of water quality study, the water resources in the study area were divided into

three categories for getting ideal upshot of baseline status of water quality of the region.

These three categories as determined are:

Ground water resources (tube well, open well, springs etc.)

Surface water resources including ponds, river, canals.

Marine water

3.12.3 Sampling and Analysis

All the water samples were collected and analyzed as per ―Standard Methods for Examination

of Water & Wastewater‖, APHA 23rd edition, 2017. Water Samples for the analysis of physico-

chemical parameters were collected in plastic carboy and parameter wise preserved onsite as

per the technique defined in the book of APHA, 23rd edition, 2017. Temperature, pH and DO

were analyzed onsite and samples were brought to the laboratory for the analysis of remaining

parameters.

3.12.4 Ground Water

To assess the quality of ground water, samples were collected from 7 numbers of locations for

the analysis of physico-chemical and microbiological parameters. Ground water sampling

locations are presented in Map 3.6 and Table 3.22. Analysis results are presented in Table

3.23



Map 3.6: Map showing the Ground water sampling locations



Table 3.22: Details of Ground Water sampling locations

Code Location Distance/Direction w.r.t to

project site Latitude and Longitude Source

GW1 Kadodara 1.2 km/SE 21°45'50.75"N

72°38'38.85"E Bore well

GW2 Narnavi 2.7 km/NNE 21°47'41.98"N

72°39'23.87"E Bore well

GW3 Dahej 9.3 km/SW 21°42'42.92"N

72°34'53.44"E Bore well

GW4 Sambheti 2.6 km/SE 21°45'35.77"N

72°39'38.92"E Bore well

GW5 Nadarkha 5.7 km/ENE 21°47'0.12"N

72°41'47.60"E Open Well

GW6 Padariya 0.9 km/NW 21°46'53.61"N

72°38'10.64"E Bore well

GW7 Rahiyad 9.2 km/SW 21°42'12.09"N

72°40'14.05"E Open Well

Table 3.23: Ground water Analysis Results

S. No.

Parameters

Unit GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6

GW7

Drinking Water Specification IS 10500: 1992 (Reaffirmed 2012)

Desirable

Limit

Permissible Limit

1 Temperatur

e 0C 24.5 24.5 25.5 24.5 24.5 25 24.5 -- --

2 pH @ 250C pH Unit 7.36 7.54 7.18 7.42 7.32 7.46 7.14 6.5 – 8.5

No Relaxation

3 Colour Hazen <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 5 15

4 Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable --



S. No.

Parameters


GW7


Desirable

Limit

Permissible Limit

5 TDS @ 180

0C

mg/L 942 1902 1252 704 586 842 1936 500 2000

6 Conductivit

y µmho/cm 1422 2934 1810 1080 906 1284 3012 -- --

7 Turbidity NTU 1.8 2.6 2.3 1.5 1.2 2 2.8 1 5

8 TSS mg/L <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 -- --

9 Total

Hardness as CaCO3

mg/L 584 568 604 342 344 324 712 200 600

10 Calcium mg/L 142 122 168 76 82 68 126 75 200

11 Total

Alkalinity as CaCO3

mg/L 326 708 496 308 248 244 640 200 600

12 Chloride mg/L 324 552 405 206 172 308 524 250 1000

13 Magnesium mg/L 46 64 45 37 34 37 96 30 100

14 Sulphate mg/L 52 148 55 38 42 58 268 200 400

15 Total

Phosphorus (PO4-P)

mg/L 1.5 2.8 2 1.8 1.2 1.6 2.4 -- --

16 Sodium mg/L 130 410 220 130 82 180 380 -- --

17 Potassium mg/L 25 156 46 22 16 32 132 -- --

18 Fluoride mg/L 0.8 1 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.7 1 1 1.5



S. No.

Parameters


GW7


Desirable

Limit

Permissible Limit

19 Phenolic

Compound mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.001 0.002

20 Oil and Grease

mg/L <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 -- --

21 Dissolved Oxygen

mg/L 5.2 5.1 5.1 5.3 5.4 5.2 5 -- --

22 Nitrate mg/L 0.6 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.8 0.9 45 No

Relaxation

23 Total

Nitrogen mg/L 1.3 1.7 1.4 1.3 1.1 1.6 1.9 - -

24 Iron mg/L 0.24 0.28 0.15 0.2 0.1 0.22 0.28 0.3 No

Relaxation

25 Copper mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.05 1.5

26 Boron mg/L 0.06 0.08 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.07 0.1 0.5 1

27 Chromium mg/L <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 0.05 No

Relaxation

28 Zinc mg/L 0.15 0.12 0.18 0.2 0.16 0.21 0.24 5 15

29 Total

Coliform

Present/ Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

Shall not be detectable in any100 ml of sample Absent



3.12.5 Summary of Ground Water Quality

pH was observed in the range of 7.14 – 7.54, which meets with drinking water

desirable norms.





observed in the range of 0.6 to 0.65.

Total Hardness was in the range of 324 - 712 mg/L with minimum at Padariya village

and maximum at Rahiyad village.



Chloride was found in the range of 172 to 552 mg/L and Sulphate varies from 38 to

268 mg/L.




absent.

3.12.6 Interpretation of Ground Water Quality Data









3.12.7 Surface Water

To assess the quality of Surface water, sample was collected from 6 numbers of locations

for the analysis of physico-chemical and microbiological parameters. Frequency of sampling

was once during the study period. Sampling and analysis was carried out as per ―Standard

Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater 23rd edition, 2017. Surface water

sampling locations are presented in the Map 3.7 & Table 3.24. Analysis results are

presented in Table 3.25 and Table 3.26.



Map 3.7: Map showing the Surface water sampling locations



Table 3.24: Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations

Code Location Distance/Direction w.r.t.

project site Latitude and Longitude Source

SW1 Kadodara 1.2 km/SSE 21°45'49.54"N

72°38'41.93"E Pond

SW2 Padariya 0.8 km/WNW 21°46'47.81"N

72°38'10.16"E Pond

SW3 Sambheti 2.5 km/SE 21°45'33.80"N

72°39'36.69"E Pond

SW4 Nadarkha 5.6 km/ENE 21°46'56.88"N

72°41'49.64"E Pond

SW5 Rahiyad 8.8 km/SE 21°42'5.80"N

72°40'16.81"E Pond

SW6 Narnavi 2.5 km/NNE 21°47'41.06"N

72°39'24.74"E Pond



Table 3.25: Surface water Analysis Results

S.

No. Parameters Unit SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6

1. Temperature 0C 24.5 24.0 25.0 24.5 25.5 24.5

2. pH @ 250C pH Unit 7.42 7.56 7.28 7.15 7.46 7.58

3. Colour Hazen 10 8 5 8 5 8

4. Odour - Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable Unobjectionable

5. TDS @ 1800C mg/L 592 598 292 388 318 322

6. Conductivity µmho/cm 916 924 432 599 492 492

7. TSS mg/L 14 10 8 12 8 10

8. Total Hardness as

CaCO3 mg/L 246 214 142 166 132 142

9. Calcium mg/L 46 58 26 42 34 36

10. Total Alkalinity as

CaCO3 mg/L 192 196 106 126 108 112

11. Chloride mg/L 222 204 98 138 112 108

12. Magnesium mg/L 32 17 19 15 11 13

13. Sulphate mg/L 22 32 18 22 16 22

14. Total Phosphorus mg/L 2.4 2.1 1.5 1.9 1.8 1.6

15. Sodium mg/L 120 130 54 80 68 64



S.

No. Parameters Unit SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6

16. Potassium mg/L 24 22 6 8 6 8

17. Fluoride mg/L 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.6 0.5 0.6

18. Phenolic Comp. mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

19. Oil and Grease mg/L <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0

20. Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 5.2 5.1 5.5 5.3 5.4 5.3

21. COD mg/L 18 20 12 14 14 12

22. BOD (3 days at 27 0C) mg/L 6 6 4 5 5 4

23. Nitrate mg/L 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.7

24. Total Nitrogen mg/L 2.1 1.8 1.3 1.5 1.2 1.4

25. Iron mg/L 0.28 0.25 0.08 0.12 0.18 0.15

26. Copper mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

27. Boron mg/L 0.12 0.08 0.05 0.06 0.08 0.06

28. Chromium mg/L <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

29. Zinc mg/L 0.26 0.24 0.12 0.18 0.15 0.20



Table 3.26: Microbiological Analysis of surface Water

Code Total coliform Fecal coliform

Escherichia coli

Fecal Streptococci

Most Probable No (MPN): No/100 Ml

SW1 28 24 <1.8 <1.8

SW2 26 22 <1.8 <1.8

SW3 18 14 <1.8 <1.8

SW4 20 14 <1.8 <1.8

SW5 18 12 <1.8 <1.8

SW6 20 16 <1.8 <1.8

Table 3.27: Inland Surface Water Classification (CPCB Standards)

S. No.

Characteristics Class

A B C D E

1. Dissolved Oxygen, mg/L, Min 6 5 4 4 -

2. Biochemical Oxygen Demand, mg/ L Max 2 3 3 - -

3. Total Coliform Organisms*

MPN/100 ml, Max 50 500 5000 - -

4. Total Dissolved Solids mg/L Max 500 - 1500 - 2100

5. Chlorides (as CL), mg/L, Max 250 - 600 - 600

6. Colour, Hazen Units, Max 10 300 300 - -

7. Sodium Absorption Ratio, Max - - - - 26

8. Boron (as B) mg/L Max - - - - 2

9. Sulphates (as SO4), mg/L Max 400 - 400 - 1000

10. Nitrates (as NO3), mg/L Max 20 - 50 - -

11 Free Ammonia (as N), mg/L Max - - - 12 -

12. Conductivity at 250C, micromhos/cm, Max - - - 1000 2250

13. pH value 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5

6.5-8.5

6.5-8.5

14. Iron (as Fe), mg/l, Max 0.3 - 50 - -

15. Fluorides (as F), mg/L, Max 1.5 1.5 1.5 - -

16. Copper (as Cu), mg/L, Max 1.5 - 1.5 - -

* If the Coliform is found to be more than the prescribed tolerance limits, the criteria for

Coliform shall be satisfied if not more than 20 percent of samples show more than the

tolerance limit specified, and not more than 5 percent of samples show values more than 4

times the tolerance limits. Further, the fecal Coliform should not be more than 20 percent of

the Coliform.



Source: Indian Standard (IS: 2296 – 1982).

A‘ Drinking water surface without conventional treatment but after disinfection

B‘ Outdoor bathing (organized)

C‘ Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection

D‘ Propagation of wild life, fisheries

E‘ Irrigation, industrial, cooling, controlled waste disposal

3.12.8 Summary of Surface Water Quality










COD and BOD analysis was also carried out during the study period and results was

found in the range of 12-20 mg/L and 4-6 mg/L respectively.



within the limit.



3.12.9 Interpretation of Surface Water Quality Data

Based on test result data comparison study with CPCB standard, it is interpreted that surface

water quality meet with the criteria C, D and E, it means these water sources can be used for

propagation of wild life, fisheries, Bathing and Irrigation, industrial, cooling, etc. This

interpretation relate to the water sample collected during the survey from particular locations

only.

3.12.10 Marine Water

To assess the quality of Marine water sample was collected during high tide for the analysis of

physico chemical, nutrient, heavy metal, demand analysis. Frequency of sampling was once

during the study period and samples were collected as per standard method for the

examination of water & wastewater APHA 23rd Edition, 2017. Sampling locations are shown in

the Map 3.8 & Table 3.28. Test results are presented in Table 3.29.



Map 3.8: Map showing the Marine water and sediment sampling locations



Table 3.28: Details of Marine and Sediment Sampling Locations

Table 3.29: Marine Water Analysis Result

S.No. Parameters Unit M1

1. pH pH unit 8.12

2. Temperature °C 23.5

3. TSS mg/L 114

4. Salinity Ppt 34.4

5. DO mg/L 5.8

6. BOD mg/L <4.0

7. Phosphate mg/L <0.1

8. Total Nitrogen mg/L <0.1

9. Oil & Grease mg/L <1.0

10. Phenolic compound mg/L <0.01

11. Total Chromium mg/L <0.03

12. Cadmium mg/L <0.05

13. Lead mg/L <0.01

14. Mercury mg/L <0.01

15. Iron mg/L 0.66

16. Zinc mg/L 0.24

17. Nickel mg/L <0.3

18. Boron mg/L 0.18

19. Copper mg/L 0.30

3.12.11 Summary of Marine Water Quality




CO2,CO3-2 and HCO3

-2.









3.12.12 Interpretation of Marine Water Quality Data



Code Source

M1 Marine Water










3.13 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY

Ecology is the scientific study of the relations that living organisms have with respect to each

other and their natural environment. Producer, consumer and decomposer govern whole

cycle of ecology. Plant and animal both are interdependent to each other. Producer is

necessary for each consumer. Plant plays their role in ecology as producer. Plant, animals

and microorganism together with the environment in which they live make an independent

unit called the Ecosystem. The main objective of the ecological survey is aimed to find out

baseline status of flora and fauna of the study region. An ecological survey of the study area

was conducted particularly with reference to listing of species and assessment of the

existing baseline ecological (terrestrial and marine ecosystem) conditions in the study area.



3.13.1 Methodology

We had used methodology as per our QMS Quality Procedure for Ecology and Biodiversity

for conducting ecology and biodiversity study.

Core Zone: Projects site and 5 km radius w.r.t. project site.

Buffer Zone: 10 km radii w.r.t. project site.

Study period: 1st Oct 2019 to 31st Dec 2019

3.13.2 Floral Diversity of the Study Area

During survey natural flora of study region were found with very less development of flora. No

distinct variation was observed in vegetation covered of study region. Vegetation near

villages and along the road was represented by trees and shrubs. Flora detail is presented in

Table 3.30 to Table 3.33.

Trees: Total 28 species of trees belong to 13 families are enumerated from the study area.

Table 3.30: List of Trees in the Study Area

S. No. Family and Scientific Name Vernacular Name Common Name

1. Arecaceae

1/1 Phoenix sylvestris Khajuri Date Palm

2/2 Roystonea regia - Royal Palm

2. Boraginaceae

3/1 Gerascanthus gharaf Gundi Gondni

3. Cornaceae

4/1 Alangium salvifolium Ankol Sage Leaved Alangium

4. Casuarinaceae

5/1 Casuarina equisetifolia Sharu Whistling Pine

5. Combretaceae

6/1 Terminalia crenulata Sadala Laurel

7/2 Terminalia catappa Badam Indian Almond

6. Caesalpiniaceae

8/1 Cassia fistula Garmalo Golden shower tree

9/2 Tamarindus indica Amli Tamarind

10/3 Bauhinia purpurea Kachnar Butterfly tree

7. Fabaceae

11/1 Acacia nilotica Desi Baval Gum arabic tree

12/2 Butea monosperma Khakhro Palas

13/3 Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo Indian rosewood

14/4 Pongamia pinnata Karanj Pongam Tree

15/5 Prosopis juliflora Gando Baval Mesquite

8. Mimosaceae

16/1 Acacia auriculiformis - Earleaf Acacia

17/2 Albizia odoratissima kalo shirish Ceylon rosewood

18/3 Albizia procera Killai (kelvo) White siris

9. Meliaceae

19/1 Azadirachta indica Limdo Neem

10. Myrtaceae




20/1 Eucalyptus species Nilgiri Nilgiri

21/2 Syzygium cumunii Jambudo Black Plum

22/3 Callistemon viminalis - Weeping Bottle brush

11. Moraceae

23/1 Ficus benghalensis Vad Banyan tree

24/2 Ficus racemosa Umero Cluster fig

25/3 Ficus religiosa Pipdo Peepal

26/4 Morus alba Shetur White Mulberry

12. Rutaceae

27/1 Aegle marmelos Bili Bel

13. Simaroubaceae

28/1 Ailanthus excelsa Ardusa Indian Tree of Heaven

Shrubs: Total 21 species of trees belong to 12 families are enumerated from the study area.

Table 3.31: List of Shrubs in the Study Area

S.No. Family & Scientific Name Vernacular Name Common Name

1. Acanthaceae

1/1 Barleria prionitis Kapas Cotton

2/2 Hygrophilaauriculata (Schum.)Heine Kanta shelio Hygrophila

2. Asclepiadaceae

3/1 Calotropis procera Akdo Rubber Bush

3. Apocynaceae

4/1 Carissa carandas Karmada Karanda

5/2 Nerium indicum Karen Oleander

4. Euphorbiaceae

6/1 Ricinus communis Divelo (Erandi) Castor bean

5. Fabaceae

7/1 Tephrosia purpurea Sartankho Tephrosia

6. Loranthacea

8/1 Dendrophthoe falcate Vando Honey Suckle Mistletoe

7. Lythraceae

9/1 Lawsonia inermis Mehendi Henna

8. Malvaceae

10/1 Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Jasud China Rose

11/2 Hibiscus vitifolius Van Kapas Grape Leaved Mallow

12/3 Thespesia lampas Paras Piplo Ban Kapas

13/4 Abutilon indicum Khapat Indian Mallow

9. Oleaceae

14/1 Nyctanthes arbor-tristis Parijatak Har singar

10. Rutaceae

15/1 Citrus limon Limbu Lemon

11. Rhamnaceae

16/1 Ziziphus nummularia Chani bor Jhar Beri

17/2 Zizyphus oenoplia Boydino velo Jackal Jujube

18/3 Ziziphus mauritiana Bor Indian jujube

19/4 Zizyphus xylopyrus Ghat Bor Gottai

12. Verbenaceae



S.No. Family & Scientific Name Vernacular Name Common Name

20/1 Lantana carnara Ghaneri Lantana

21/2 Clerodendrum serratum Vilayati Mendi Blue Fountain Bush

Herbs: Total 20 species of trees belong to 15 families are enumerated from the study area.

Table 3.32: List of Herbs in the Study Area


1. Apiaceae

1/1 Centella asiatica Brahmi Indian Pennywort

2. Amaranthaceae

2/1 Aerva sanguinolenta Karadia Climbing Wool-Plant

3/2 Achyranthes aspera Anghedi Prickly Chaff Flower

3. Apocynaceae

4/1 Catharanthus roseus Barmasi Periwinkle

4. Asteraceae

5/1 Echinops echinatus Shulio Indian Globe Thistle

5. Caesalpiniaceae

6/1 Cassia tora Kunvandio Stinking Cassia

6. Convolvulaceae

7/1 Ipomoea aquatica Nali Water Morning Glory

7. Fabaceae

8/1 Arachis hypogaea Mungfali F Groundnut

9/2 Trigonella foenum-graecum Methi Fenugreek

10/3 Crotalaria prostrata Ran methi Prostrate Rattlepod

8. Lamiaceae

11/1 Ocimum sanctum Tulsi Holy basil

12/2 Ocimum basilicum Sabje Basil

9. Malvaceae

13/1 Hibiscus lobatus Tali Lobed Leaf Mallow

10. Musaceae

14/1 Musa paradisiaca Kela Banana

11. Nymphaeaceae

15/1 Nymphaea pubescens Kamal Pink Water Lily

12. Papaveraceae

16/1 Argemone mexicana Darudi Mexican Prickly Poppy

13. Phyllanthaceae

17/1 Phyllanthus fraternus Bhonya Amli Gulf Leaf-Flower

14. Poaceae

18/1 Sorghum bicolor Bajri Sorghum

15. Solanaceae

19/1 Capsicum annuum Marchi Capsicum

20/2 Datura metel Ganthovalo Dhanturo Devil's Trumpet

Climbers: Total 5 species of trees belong to 5 families are enumerated from the study area

Table 3.33: List of Climbers in the Study Area


1. Vitaceae

1/1 Ampelocissus latifolia Jungli Wild Grape




2. Nyctaginaceae

2/1 Bougainvillea spectabilis Bougainvelia Great Bougainvillea

3. Cucurbitaceae

3/1 Cucurbita maxima Kolu Giant Pumpkin

4. Menispermaceae

4/1 Tinospora cordifolia Gulvel Gulbel

5. Zygophyllaceae

5/1 Tribulus terrestris Gokhru Goathead

Cultivated Plants in the Study Area

The prevalent cropping systems of this area are the cumulative results of past and present

decisions by individuals; these decisions are usually based on experience, tradition,

expected profit, personal preferences and resources, and so on. The crop occupying the

highest percentage of the sown area of this region is taken as the major crop and all other

possible alternative crops which are sown in this region either as substitutes of the base crop

in the same season or as the crops which fit in the rotation in the subsequent season, are

considered as minor crop. No any major/minor and vegetable crop in the core zone was

observed during study period, but observed major/minor and vegetable crop in the buffer

zone.

a. Major Crops: Cajanus cajan (Tur) and Gossypium (Cotton).

b. Minor crops: Sorghum bicolor (Jowar).

c. Major Vegetable corps: The major vegetables grown in the study area (buffer zone) were: Abelmoschus esculentus (Bhinda), Lagenaria siceraria (Bottle gourd), Luffa acutangula (Gilka) and Momordica charantia (Bitter gourd).

d. Major Ornamental Plants: Rosa (Rose) and Tagetes (Marigold).

Fauna Diversity of the Study Area

There was no endangered species observed during faunal survey, list of fauna detail

summarized in Table 3.34 to Table 3.37.

Table 3.34: List of Mammals in the Study Area

S.No. Scientific Name Common Name Schedule as per WPA 1972

1. Herpestes edwardsi Nurulia, Noria Schedule II

2. Funambulus penanti Khiskoli Schedule IV

3. Rattus rattus Rat Schedule V

4. Mus musculus Mouse Schedule V

5. Chiroptera Bat Schedule V

Table 3.35: List of Domestic Animal in the Study Area

S.No. Scientific Name Common Name

1. Bubalus bubalis Buffalo

2. Bos taurus Cow

3. Capra aegagrushircus Goat

4. Canis lupus familiaris Dog



Table 3.36: List of Birds in the Study Area

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name Local Name Schedule

and Status Mig.

Status

1. Ardeola grayii Indian pond heron Kani Bagli Schedule IV R

2. Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret Baglo Schedule IV R

3. Egretta garzetta Little egret Dhodo Baglo Schedule IV R

4. Egretta gularis Indian reef heron - Schedule IV R

5. Elanus caeruleus Black winged kite - LC R

6. Milvus migrans Black kite Govinda samadi LC R

7. Vanellus indicus Red-wattled lapwing Titodi Schedule IV R

8. Vanellus malabaricus Yellow-wattled

lapwing Titodi Schedule IV R

9. Charadrius dubius Little ringed plover Titodi Schedule IV R

10. Tringa ochropus Green sandpiper Leelitutvari LC R

11. Himantopus himantopus

Black-winged stilt - LC R

12. Columba livia Blue rock pigeon Parevun Schedule IV R

13. Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian collared

dove Dhol LC R

14. Streptopelia chinensis Spotted dove Vanaholi LC R

15. Psittacula krameri Rose ringed

parakeet Sudo, Popat LC R

16. Psittacula

cyanocephala Plum-headed

parakeet Popat Not listed R

17. Cuculus micropterus Indian cuckoo Bharti Kokant Schedule IV R

18. Eudynamys scolopacea

Asian Koel Koyal LC R

19. Glaucidium radiatum Barred Jungle owlet Van chibari Schedule IV R

20. Caprimulgus asiaticus Common Indian

nightjar Deshi chhapo LC R

21. Alcedo atthis Common kingfisher Lagothi Schedule IV R

22. Halcyon smyrnensis White breasted

kingfisher Kalkaliyo Schedule IV R

23. Coracias benghalensis Indian roller Nilkant Schedule IV R

24. Hirundo daurica Redrumped swallow Kenchiababil LC R

25. Dicrurus adsimilis Fork-tailed Drongo Kalokoshi Schedule IV R

26. Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy myna Shamshir babbai Schedule IV R

27. Acridotheres tristis Indian myna Kabar Schedule IV R

28. Acridotheres ginginianus

Bank myna Kabar Schedule IV R

29. Pycnonotus cafer Red vented bulbul Bulbul Schedule IV R

30. Turdoides caudatus Common babbler Sheradi laledu Schedule IV R

31. Turdoides striatus Jungle babbler Vana laledo Schedule IV R

32. Saxicoloides fulicata Indian robin Deoli LC R

33. Motacilla flava Yellow wagtail Matanopilakya LC R

34. Cinnyris asiaticus Purple sunbird Phul chakli LC R

35. Aethopyga siparaja Crimson sunbird - LC R

36. Ploceus philippinus Baya Sughari Schedule IV R



Table 3.37: List of Reptiles in the Study Area

S.No. Scientific Name Common Name Schedule as per WPA 1972

1. Calotes versicolor Oriental garden lizard Not listed

2. Calotes rouxi Roux's forest lizard Not listed

3. Sitana ponticeriana Fan-throated lizard Not listed

4. Chamaeleo zeylanicus Indian chameleon Not listed

6. Naja naja Indian cobra Schedule II

Source: Primary Survey and Forest Department, Bharuch District

Fishes: Catla, Mrigal, Minor Corp, Crab etc.

Rare and Endangered Fauna of the Study Area

Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, amended on 17th January 2003, is an Act to provide for the

protection of wild animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith or ancillary

or incidental thereto with a view to ensuring the ecological and environmental security of the

country. Some of the sighted fauna was given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection)

Act, 1972 by including them in different schedules. All the birds are included in schedule IV.

No any rare and endangered faunal species were found in the study area.

Endemic Fauna of the Study Area

None of the sighted animal species can be assigned endemic species category of the study

area.

3.13.3 Interpretation on Ecology and Biodiversity




included in schedule IV. Among the reptiles Oriental garden lizard was common. Among




degraded condition. This area does not support to schedule I mammalian species of wild life.

There is a good population of schedule-II species like Herpestes edwardsi (Indian grey







3.14 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Socioeconomics (also known as socio-economics or social economics) is the social

science that studies how economic activity affects social processes. In general it analyses

how societies progress, stagnate, or regress because of their local or regional economy, or

the global economy.



In order to assess and evaluate the likely impacts arising out of any new or existing projects

in socio-economic environment, it is necessary to gauge the apprehension of the people in

the surrounding areas. Socio-economic survey serves as an effective tool for fulfilling this

requirement.

The rapid industrialization of the study region has greatly influenced the socio economic and

health environment in the villages. Increasing industrialization and population density has

increased pressure on resources, civic amenities and public infrastructure. Economic

conditions of the local people have improved with the increasing industrialization and greater

employment opportunities.

The socio-economic environment includes demography structure, population density, literacy

level, and employment levels. The data establish a baseline for the prediction of likely

impacts of the proposed activity on the socio-economic environment. Secondary information

pertaining to the study area villages was collected from Government Agencies, Census data

for the year 2011, and statistical abstracts to compile the socio-economic data.

3.14.1 Socio-Economic Survey Methodology

Socio-economic survey tools provide a means of improving understanding of local resource

management systems, resource use and the relative importance of resources for

households and villages. They can also be used to elicit insights on interaction with

government decision-making systems, community perceptions of trends and priority issues,

and community-based institutions and their role in the sustainable use and conservation of

natural resources.

Data Collection: Following steps were considered for the collection of primary data:

1. Identification of Study Area: The study area was identified before carrying out the

survey. All the related information which could affect the prosperity, development & literacy

were also collected.

2. Site Visit: Location wise survey plan & format for data collection were prepared for site

visit. Data regarding Land Characteristics, Population, Literacy, Workers and Amenities were

collected during the survey.

Analysis of Data: The data collected by primary survey were verified with secondary data

collected from sources like Government Agencies, Census data for the year 2011, and

statistical abstracts.

3.14.2 Demography

Almost all villages in the study area are experiencing a rapid growth of population due to

industrialization. The total population of study region is summarized in Table 3.38.

3.14.3 Population Density

Population density in the study area varies from 38–177 person/sq. km. Details of the same

are tabulated in Table 3.38.



Table 3.38: Details of Population in Study Area

Villages No. of

Household

Total

Population

Total area

(Sq.km)

Population density

(Person/sq.km)

Padariya 131 647 5.39 120

Paniadara 514 2563 41.45 62

Goladara 201 890 8.42 106

Narnavi 151 692 6.67 104

Aladar 166 830 21.70 38

Trankal 129 543 7.40 73

Ambhel 159 721 10.29 70

Limdi 110 539 7.59 71

Pakhajan 255 1286 16.82 76

Nadarkha 92 447 5.30 84

Janiadara 150 729 10.36 70

Sambheti 82 416 3.51 119

Samatpor 79 367 2.95 124

Akhod 174 831 8.63 96

Nandida 160 719 12.20 59

Galenda 120 611 5.71 107

Atali 239 1150 10.63 108

Jolva 338 1442 8.75 165

Rahiyad 355 1694 14.37 118

Vadadla 201 822 6.79 121

Kadodara 420 1995 13.25 151

Vav 155 727 6.43 113

Dahej 3426 13495 76.31 177

Total 7807 34156 310.92 -

3.14.4 Sex Ratio

The sex ratio i.e. the number of females per 1000 males is in range of 617 – 1072 with lowest

in Dahej and highest in Ambhel. The Sex ratio i.e. the number of females per 1000 males

indirectly reveals certain sociological aspect in relation to female births, infant mortality

among female children. Details of the same are tabulated in Table 3.39.

Table 3.39: Details of Sex Ratio in Study Area

Zone of Study

Male Population

Female Population

Total Population

Sex Ratio

(Female to 1000 Male)

Padariya 340 307 647 903

Paniadara 1360 1203 2563 885

Goladara 462 428 890 926

Narnavi 349 343 692 983

Aladar 431 399 830 926

Trankal 287 256 543 892

Ambhel 348 373 721 1072



Zone of Study

Male Population

Female Population

Total Population

Sex Ratio

(Female to 1000 Male)

Limdi 278 261 539 939

Pakhajan 671 615 1286 917

Nadarkha 220 227 447 1032

Janiadara 361 368 729 1019

Sambheti 226 190 416 841

Samatpor 182 185 367 1016

Akhod 435 396 831 910

Nandida 383 336 719 877

Galenda 314 297 611 946

Atali 612 538 1150 879

Jolva 807 635 1442 787

Rahiyad 862 832 1694 965

Vadadla 419 403 822 962

Kadodara 1018 977 1995 960

Vav 378 349 727 923

Dahej 8,345 5,150 13,495 617

Total 19,088 15,068 34,156 -

3.14.5 Literacy Rate

The literacy level of the study area is summarized in Table 3.40 and graphically presented in

Figure 3.8.

Table 3.40: Details of Literacy Rate in Study Area

Villages Literate Literacy (%)

Male Female Total Male Female Total

Padariya 293 205 498 86.18 66.78 76.97

Paniadara 1003 652 1655 73.75 54.20 64.57

Goladara 371 260 631 80.30 60.75 70.90

Narnavi 283 227 510 81.09 66.18 73.70

Aladar 341 254 595 79.12 63.66 71.69

Trankal 225 163 388 78.40 63.67 71.45

Ambhel 258 184 442 74.14 49.33 61.30

Limdi 229 175 404 82.37 67.05 74.95

Pakhajan 548 416 964 81.67 67.64 74.96

Nadarkha 183 142 325 83.18 62.56 72.71

Janiadara 273 238 511 75.62 64.67 70.10

Sambheti 188 128 316 83.19 67.37 75.96

Samatpor 182 185 367 100.00 100.00 100.00

Akhod 340 239 579 78.16 60.35 69.68

Nandida 293 213 506 76.50 63.39 70.38

Galenda 243 219 462 77.39 73.74 75.61

Atali 494 363 857 80.72 67.47 74.52



Villages Literate Literacy (%)

Male Female Total Male Female Total

Jolva 661 414 1075 81.91 65.20 74.55

Rahiyad 690 620 1310 80.05 74.52 77.33

Vadadla 331 271 602 79.00 67.25 73.24

Kadodara 801 568 1369 78.68 58.14 68.62

Vav 324 251 575 85.71 71.92 79.09

Dahej 6704 3266 9970 80.34 63.42 73.88

Total 15,258 9,653 24,911 - - -

Figure 3.8: Graph of Literacy Rate

Among all the villages of study area Samatpor is having high literacy rate i.e. 100.00%. There

is not much difference between female literacy rate and male literacy rate in the study region.

Female literacy rate is an important indicator for social change.

3.14.6 Economic Aspects

Economic aspects of the study area include the economic structure of the people of the

surrounding area. It can be predicted that economic structure of the study area will be

improved with time, because it consists large industrial estate and hence there are more

employment opportunities.

According to working status, whole population of the study area is divided into:

Marginal workers

Non workers

Main workers

Census department has defined 10 categories of workers in Main workers. It consists of

cultivators, agricultural, labourer those engaged in livestock, forestry, fishing, mining and

quarrying, manufacturing, processing and repairs in household industries and other services.

Workers engaged in the work for a period less than 6 month during the reference year falls

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

% L

iter

acy

Villages

Literacy (%) Male Literacy (%) Female Literacy (%) Total



under marginal workers. Workers engaged in unpaid household duties e.g. students, retired

person, dependents etc. falls under non-workers. Detail of occupational structure is shown in

Table 3.41

Table 3.41: Details of Occupational Structure

Zone of Study Total Workers

Non-Workers (%) Main Workers (%) Marginal Workers (%)

Padariya 53.79 36.32 9.89

Paniadara 45.73 24.15 30.12

Goladara 60.90 25.39 13.71

Narnavi 40.32 32.66 27.02

Aladar 46.27 49.40 4.34

Trankal 69.80 27.44 2.76

Ambhel 71.01 25.94 3.05

Limdi 71.61 26.72 1.67

Pakhajan 56.84 36.86 6.30

Nadarkha 55.93 44.07 -

Janiadara 73.53 18.93 7.54

Sambheti 67.31 32.69 -

Samatpor 68.39 20.16 11.44

Akhod 59.93 39.95 0.12

Nandida 32.55 25.87 41.59

Galenda 71.03 23.24 5.73

Atali 54.52 24.78 20.70

Jolva 60.54 33.91 5.55

Rahiyad 69.36 23.08 7.56

Vadadla 59.00 36.86 4.14

Kadodara 55.54 29.02 15.44

Vav 64.65 32.74 2.61

Dahej 61.74 33.17 5.09

Aladar have significant employment i.e. 49.40 % as main workers, while the lowest employment as

main workers in Janiadara i.e.18.93%. Almost all the villages have more than 50 % people as non-

workers. Rapid industrialization in the last two decades has resulted in significant changes in the

occupational profile of the local people. There is an overall trend among the youth to opt for

employment in service sector and move away from traditional occupation.



Figure 3.9: Graphical representation of occupational structure of Study Area

3.14.7 Amenities

Details of Amenities like Educational Institute, Health Care, Drinking Facilities, Drainage

Communication, Transportation etc are provided below:

Table 3.42: Educational Institutes in the Study Area

Govt. Primary School

Private Primary School

Govt. Middle School

Govt. Secondary

School

Private Secondary

School

Govt. Senior Secondary

School

Private Senior

Secondary School

26 1 0 4 0 2 0

In study area village availing Govt. Primary, Private Primary School, Govt. Secondary School and Govt. Senior Secondary School facility are available in study area. For higher studies Bharuch division is main center for the study area.

Table 3.43: Health Care Facilities in the Study Area

Community Health Centre

Primary Health Centre

Primary Health Sub Centre

Veterinary Hospital

0 2 4 1

In study area village availing Primary Health Centre, Primary Health Sub Centre and Veterinary Hospital etc.

Table 3.44: Drinking Water Facilities in the Study Area

Tap Water Untreated

Covered Well

Uncovered Well

Hand Pump

Tube Wells/Borehole

River/Canal Tank/Pond/Lake

24 4 19 9 6 5 13

Various types of drinking water facilities were availed in the study area e.g. Tap water, and Hand pump etc.

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80%

of

Work

ers

Villages

Non Workers (%) Total Workers Main Workers(%)



Table 3.45: Drainage Status in the Study Area

Closed Drainage Open Drainage No Drainage Open Kuccha

Drainage

0 18 6 8

Drainage and sanitation facilities were not adequate in the study area. Mostly Open drainage, and open pukka drainage observed in the village.

Table 3.46: Communication Facilities in the Study Area

Post Office Sub Post Office Telephone Public Call Office /Mobile (PCO)

2 12 26 11

Post Office, Sub-post Office, Telephone (Landline) and PCO facility were availed in village for communication purpose.

Table 3.47: Transportation Facilities in the Study Area

Public Bus Service

Railway Station

Auto/Modified Autos Taxi Vans Tractors

24 1 18 1 12 5

A well planned and efficient network of transport is an essential component for a developing country. In the absence of efficient network of transport, a State‘s economy would suffer from major grid lock in terms of overall growth potential of that area. In village public bus facility was availed and other facilities were railway station, auto, vans and tractors etc.

Table 3.48: Road Facilities in the Study Area

Black Topped (pucca) Road

Gravel (kuchha) Roads

Water Bounded Macadam

All Weather Road

Navigable Waterways

(River/Canal) Footpath

24 14 24 21 0 24

Roads are the basic means of communication for the development of any economy. All type of roads were present in the study area.

Table 3.49: Bank Facilities in the Study Area

Commercial Bank Cooperative Bank Agricultural Credit

Societies Self - Help

Group (SHG)

3 2 1 24

Banking facility was found in village. Self-help group activities were performed by the women groups.

Table 3.50: Power Facility in the Study Area

Power Supply For Domestic Use

Power Supply For Agriculture Use

Power Supply For Commercial Use

Power Supply For All Users

24 24 24 24

In village availed power facility in the form of domestic, commercial and for agricultural uses.

Source: District Census Handbook 2011, Gujarat.



3.14.8 Interpretation of Socio Economic Data

During the primary survey it was observed that almost pukka road facility is available in all


the basis of survey for literacy rate data it is interpreted that there is need to promote educate

more and more people. Almost all the villages have more than 50 % people as non-workers.

It indicates that the problem of unemployment can be solved by providing proper training and

education. There is also need to establish more industries so that maximum number of

employment can be generated. Basic amenities like Education facilities Health care facilities,

water supply, electric power supply, mode of transportation etc. are available in all villages.

Summary of Baseline Monitoring is provided in Table 3.51

Table 3.51: Summary of Baseline Monitoring Data

Ambient air quality monitoring

S. NO.

Criteria pollutants

Unit Maximum

value Minimum

value

98th percentile

value

Prescribed standard

1. PM10 µg/m3 88.1 63.2 87.6 100

2. PM2.5 µg/m3 47.4 33.1 46.7 60

3. SO2 µg/m3 16.4 9.1 16.1 80

4. NOX µg/m3 21.4 14.5 20.8 80

All the results of ambient air quality parameters have been found within the limit as per NAAQS. Based on comparison study of results for tested parameters with NAAQS, it is interpreted that

ambient air quality of studied locations is satisfactory. This interpretation relate to the results found for particular locations and study period.

Noise monitoring

S. NO.

Parameter Unit Maximum value Minimum value Prescribed standard

1. Ld (Day) dB(A) 80.5 49.6 -

2. Ln(Night) dB(A) 76.1 41.8 -

Based on noise level data obtained during the survey for residential area and commercial area, it is interpreted that noise levels are within the standard norms prescribed by MoEFCC & CC. Looking towards the increase in noise generating sources it is suggested that there is need to apply noise

reducing devices at noise generating sources and generate public awareness.

Soil quality and characteristics

S. NO.

Parameter Unit Maximum value Minimum value

1. pH - 7.62 7.38

2. Electrical

Conductivity dS/m 1.53 1.24

3. Sodium meq/100gm 4.5 3.4

4. Potassium meq/100gm 1.8 1.0

5. Phosphorous mg/100g 13.2 11.6

6. Total Nitrogen % 0.073 0.062

Based on soil analysis data it is concluded that soil at the studied locations are neutral to alkaline in reaction. The soils are medium in nitrogen, low in phosphorus and medium in potassium status. The

levels of total Fe, Cu, Cr, B and Zn are within the limits. However, for successful greenbelt development liberal quantity of organic manure and recommended doses of N and double the

recommended dose of P fertilizers should be applied.

Ground Water



S. NO.

Parameter Unit Maximum

Value Minimum

Value Desirable

Limit Permissible

Limit

1. pH - 7.54 7.14 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation

2. TDS mg/L 1936 586 500 2000

3. TSS mg/L <2 <2 - -

4. Total Hardness mg/L 712 324 200 600

5. Chloride mg/L 552 172 250 1000

6. Total Alkalinity mg/L 708 244 200 600

7. Fluoride mg/L 1.0 0.6 1.0 1.5

8. Iron mg/L 0.28 0.10 0.3 No Relaxation

Based on comparison study of test results with drinking water norms it is interpreted that water quality for the sample collected from the locations Kadodara, Sambheti, Nadarkha and Padariya meet with the drinking water permissible limit, these water sources can be used in washing, bathing, irrigation and they can also be used in drinking purpose in absence of alternate source. Water qualities of

other locations like Narnavi, Dahej and Rahiyad village do not meet with the drinking water norms. Results of Total Hardness and Total Alkalinity is more than prescribed limit, this is due to ingress of

salinity. This interpretation relate to the sample collected from particular location only.

Surface Water

S. NO.

Parameter Unit Maximum

Value Minimum

Value Permissible Limit

1. pH - 7.58 7.15 6.5-8.5

2. TDS mg/L 598 292 2000

3. DO mg/L 5.5 5.1 -

4. COD mg/L 12 20 -

5. BOD mg/L 4 6 -

Based on test result data comparison study with CPCB standard, it is interpreted that surface water quality meet with the criteria C, D and E, it means these water sources can be used for propagation of wild life, fisheries and Irrigation, industrial, cooling, and Bathing. This interpretation relate to the water

sample collected during the survey from particular locations only.

Marine water

During the analysis it was found that temperature of the marine water was below the ambient temperature it indicates that there is no exothermic reactions take place. pH of the water sample for

different locations was found near 8.0. Some marine organism can survive at the DO level of >4 mg/L and certain microorganism can survive up to DO level 0.2mg/L. During testing it was found that DO of

the marine sample was >4 mg/L. Based on the test results it is interpreted that the water quality of marine is good and suitable for the survival of fishes and other aquatic life. High DO and less BOD

indicate that contamination of organic matter in marine water body is not more than its self-purification capacity and probability of organic matter in the sample is almost negligible.


The most commonly spotted bird species of this area are; Cattle Egret, Intermediate Egret, Black-winged Stilt, Red-wattled Lapwing, Rock Pigeon, Eurasian Collared-Dove, Spotted Dove, Chestnut-headed Bee-eater, Bank Myna and Common Myna. All the birds are included in schedule IV. Among

the reptiles Oriental garden lizard was common. Among mammals Black rat was common. Forest department of Bharuch has declared as reserved forest near Dahej village, which is within 10 km

radius from the project site. Mainly the declared area as reserved forest is having Prosopis juliflora, Caltrops and Acacia species in degraded condition. This area does not support to schedule I

mammalian species of wild life. There is a good population of schedule-II species like Herpestes edwardsi (Indian grey mongoose) and Naja naja (Indian cobra) as food chain is interlinked in the

biological environment. Dominant flora of the study region is Prosopis juliflora and acacia species. Rosa (Rose), Gossypium (Cotton) and Cajanus cajan (Tur) are majorly cultivated by the farmers of the majority villages. Natural vegetation of study area is in degraded condition and wild mammal‘s density is also very low. No endangered or threatened species were observed during the survey.

Socio Economic



During the primary survey it was observed that almost pakka road facility is available in all villages within 10 km radius. Literacy rate of the study region is from 61.30% to 100.00%. On the basis of survey for literacy rate data it is interpreted that there is need to promote educate more and more people. Almost all the villages have more than 50 % people as non-workers. It indicates that the

problem of unemployment can be solved by providing proper training and education. There is also need to establish more industries so that maximum number of employment can be generated. Basic amenities like Education facilities Health care facilities, water supply, electric power supply, mode of

transportation etc. are available in all villages.



4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND

MITIGATION MEASURES

This chapter comprises the information regarding the identified beneficially or adversely

environmental impacts due to possible aspects predicted because of location of the plant,

expected / predicted accidents scenario, conceptualization of project, preconstruction &

construction activities and due to operation of machineries/equipment/reactors.

Environmental aspect-impact relationship will be identified and quantified with its scale of

magnitude and scale of importance, accordingly significance of impact will be determined

along with mitigation measures.

4.1 IMPACT ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY

The impact assessment essentially consists of three steps:

1. Impact Identification

2. Impact Predictions

3. Impact Analysis for determination of significance of impacts

Here, impact assessment has been done based on Leopold Matrix in which each aspect and

its potential in creating impact is expressed in terms of its magnitude and importance. For

quantitative representation, both magnitude & importance are represented by values as

described below:

Purpose of Impact Assessment:

Listing of environmental aspects (i.e. activities or parts thereof that can cause

environmental impacts).

Identifying applicable components of the environment on which the environmental

aspects can cause significant environmental impact.

Making reason / possible inter-relationships that lead to environmental impact

creation.

Listing the environmental components likely to receive impacts, along with the key

impacting activities on each component.

Scale of Importance: Importance of an interaction is related to its significance, or an

assessment of probable consequences of anticipated impact. It ranges from 1 to 9; with 9

representing a very important interaction and 1 of relatively low.

Scale of Magnitude: Impact score or magnitude ranges from 0-5 with positive and negative

values, depending upon the impact rising out of the project activity. Refer Table 4.1.

Table 4.1: Severity Criteria for Magnitude of Impacts

S. No Category Description of category Impact

Adverse Beneficial

1 No impact - 0 0



S. No Category Description of category Impact

Adverse Beneficial

2 No appreciable impact Short term reversible -1 1

3 Significant impact Long term reversible -2 2

4 Major impact Irreversible but of lesser extent -3 3

5 High impact Irreversible but of medium extent -4 4

6 Permanent impact Severe irreversible impact -5 5

Score of each of the component is multiplied by ‗‘Importance factor‖ and total score is

obtained by summation of both. Score ranges of impact evaluation based on matrix score is

given in Table 4.2

Table 4.2: Score ranges for Beneficial and Adverse Impacts

S. No

Total score Outcome

A +ve / -ve Beneficial impact / adverse impact

1 0-300 No appreciable Beneficial impact / adverse impact

2 300-600 Appreciable but reversible adverse impact-mitigation measures are needed

3 600-900 Significant adverse impacts: most of the impacts are reversible. Mitigation measures are crucial.

4 900-1200 Major adverse impacts; most of the impacts are reversible. Alternative site selection to be considered.

5 >1200 Permanent irreversible impact; alternatives to the project need to be explored

Significance:

The mitigation measures are suggested based on the criteria of significance / consequence

as per the Table 4.3 for individual Valued Environmental Components (VECs) in following

sections.

Table 4.3: Criteria of Significance / Consequence

Score Significance/Consequence

-/+ 1 to -/+ 9 Low

-/+ 10 to -/+ 30 Medium

-/+31 to -/+ 45 High

4.2 INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DUE TO THE

PROPOSED PROJECT

Assessment of Significance of Impacts

Assessment of aspect and impact from the proposed activity is described in Table 4.4



Table 4.4: Aspect-Impact Identification from Proposed Project

S. No.

Project Activity

N/ A

N/ E

sit

uati

on

s

Identified Aspect

Scale of Magnitude

(+ve) or Air Water Effluent Land SHW

Ecology & Biodiversity

Social

Resource Depletion

Total

(-ve) AP/AQ NV SW GW Effluent

/ Sewage

LU/ LC

Soil HW C&D SW Ter. Aqu. Infrastruct

ures

Economic / Employmen

t

Health & Safety

RD

Scale of Importance 7 5 4 5 6 4 5 7 4 4 5 3 5 9 7 5 85

1 Project Pre- Construction/ Construction

1.1 Site clearance N Removal of top soil

during site clearance 1,2,3,4,5 -1 -1

1.2 Excavation and paving of site

N Generation of debris

from excavation activities

1,2,3,4,5 -1 -1

N Dust generation from excavation activities

1,2,3,4,5 -1 -1

AN Fall in Pit 1,2,3,4,5 -2 -2

1.3

Civil works including building of structures and Heavy equipment

operations

N Use of construction

material- stone, aggregates

1,2,3,4,5 -3 -3

AN Fall from Height 1,2,3,4,5 -1 -1

N Generation of C&D

Waste 1,2,3,4,5 -1 -1

N Noise generation from

Heavy Equipment operation

1,2,3,4,5 -1 -1 -2

1.4

Vehicular movement for

transportation of construction material and

waste

N Increase in traffic load

on existing road 1,2,3,4,5 -1 -1

N

Emission of HC, CO, NOx & PM from

vehicular transportation during construction

phase

1,2,3,4,5 -1 -1

1.5

Influx of workers during

construction phase

N Employment

generation during construction phase

1,2,3,4,5 1 1

N Sewage generation during construction

phase 1,2,3,4,5 -1 -1

2 Storage & Handling of Hazardous Chemicals 0

2.1 Loading/Unloadin

g of Solvent N

Leakage of Solvent from weak Joint

1,2,3,4,5 -2 -2

2.2 Handling of Toxic

chemical like Phosgene

N Leakage/Emission of

Toxic fumes from weak joints/vents

1,2,3,4,5 -2 -2

3 Commissioning/ Project Operation 0

3.1 Manufacturing

process N

Emission of Cl2, HCl, NH3, H2S, PM, SO2, NOx, HC Organic

traces, HCN

1,2,3,4,5 -3 -2 -5



S. No.

Project Activity

N/ A

N/ E

sit

uati

on

s

Identified Aspect

Scale of Magnitude



Social

Resource Depletion

Total


/ Sewage

LU/ LC


ures


t

Health & Safety

RD


N Wastewater

Generation from process

1,2,3,4,5 -2 -3 -5

AN

Spillage and Leakage of Solvents/Acids

during manufacturing process.

1,2,3,4,5 -1 -2 -3

N Fugitive Emissions of

Solvents 1,2,3,4,5 -3 -2 -5

N Generation of

Hazardous waste from process

1,2,3,4,5 -1 -3 -4

AN

Hazards from Toxic gases/

Flammable/Explosion due to Runaway

Reaction.

1,2,3,4,5 -2 -2

4 General & Utilities 0

4.1

Operation of D.G Set, Cooling tower, Boiler,

etc.

N Emission of PM, SO2

and NO x from D. G & Boiler

1,2,3,4,5 -3 -2 -5

N

Generation of wastewater from

Cooling and Boiler Blow Down

1,2,3,4,5 -2 -3 -5

N Noise generation from

D.G Set 1,2,3,4,5 -1 -1 -2

4.2 Equipment and Floor Washing

N

Generation of wastewater during

equipment and floor washing

1,2,3,4,5 -1 -3 -4

4.3 Influx of workers

N Employment

Generation during operational phase

1,2,3,4,5 5 5

N Sewage generation during operational

phase 1,2,3,4,5 -1 -2 -3

4.4


transportation of raw materials, finished goods and Industrial

Waste

N Increase in traffic load

during operational phase

1,2,3,4,5 -3 -3

N

Emission of HC & CO from vehicular

transportation during operational phase

1,2,3,4,5 -2 -2



S. No.

Project Activity

N/ A

N/ E

sit

uati

on

s

Identified Aspect

Scale of Magnitude



Social

Resource Depletion

Total


/ Sewage

LU/ LC


ures


t

Health & Safety

RD


4.5 Equipment

maintenance

N

Removal of used lubricant oil from

equipment maintenance activities.

1,2,3,4,5 -2 -2

N


from equipment maintenance activities.

1,2,3,4,5 -2 -2

4.6

Stormwater Generation

during Rainy Season

AN

Contamination of surface/ground water, soil and biodiversity during stormwater

runoff

1,2,3,4,5 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -5

4.7 Raw water intake

source from GIDC

N Consumption of fresh

water 1,2,3,4,5 -3 -2 -5

4.8 Unpacking and

packing of materials

N Generation of

Discarded drums/bags 1,2,3,4,5 -2 -2

4.9 ETP and MEE

Operation N

Generation of ETP sludge and MEE Salts

1,2,3,4,5 -2 -2

4.1 Greenbelt

Development N

Reduction in Air and noise pollution

1,2,3,4,5 5 5 10

Total of Individual VEC's -12 3 -10 -2 -12 0 -5 -9 -2 -2 -2 -1 -4 6 -12 -5 -69

TOTAL -84 15 -40 -10 -72 0 -25 -63 -8 -8 -10 -3 -20 54 -84 -25 -383

Interpretation: The final score is -383 which concludes ―Appreciable but reversible adverse impact-mitigation measures are needed‖.

Mitigation measures for the impacts on individual VEC are discussed in detail in next section.



4.2.1 Air Environment

Potential impacts on Air Environment /Nearby Ambient Air Quality are tabulated in Table 4.5.

Table 4.5: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Air Environment

S. No.

Project Activity

Identified Aspect

Scale of Magnitude (+ve) & (-ve)

Air Total Score

Significance / Consequence

Mitigation Measured

AP, AQ

Scale of Importance 7

1

Excavation and paving of

site

Dust generation


1,2,3,4,5 -1 -7 Low

Regular water sprinkling will be done and Dust mask will be

provided

2

Vehicular movement for transportation

of construction

material

Emission of HC, CO,

NOx & PM from

vehicular transportatio

n during construction

phase

1,2,3,4,5 -1 -7 Low

• Maintaining the speed limit of

vehicle transporting construction materials.

• Use of only PUC certified vehicles

3 Manufacturin

g process

Emission of Cl2, HCl,

NH3, H2S, PM, SO2, NOx, HC Organic

traces, HCN

1,2,3,4,5 -3 -21 Medium

Water/Caustic/Acid Scrubber, fume gas incinerator. Bag filter will be


4 Manufacturin

g process

Fugitive Emissions of

Solvents 1,2,3,4,5 -3 -21 Medium

Solvents will be recovered by installation of

solvent recovery system and it will

be reused into manufacturing

process

5

Operation of D.G Set, Cooling

tower, Boiler, etc.

Emission of PM, SO2 and

NOx from D.G & Boiler

1,2,3,4,5 -3 -21 Medium

Waters scrubber will be provided to

boiler stack. Adequate stack

height will be provided to DG set and DG set

will be used only during

emergencies

6

Vehicular movement for transportation

of raw materials, finished

goods and

Emission of HC & CO

from vehicular

transportation during

operational

1,2,3,4,5 -2 -14 Medium

Maintaining the speed limit of vehicle transporting construction materials. Covered vehicles



S. No.

Project Activity

Identified Aspect


Air Total Score


Mitigation Measured

AP, AQ


Industrial Waste

phase with tarpaulin for transportation of raw materials • Use of only PUC certified vehicles

7 Greenbelt

Development Reduction in Air pollution

1,2,3,4,5 5 35 High

Positive Impact, will improve the esthetic value of the project site

Construction Phase

Impacts:

Dust generation from excavation activities

Emission of HC, CO, NOx & PM from vehicular transportation during construction

phase.

Spillage of Raw Material during transportation.

Mitigation Measures:

Regular water sprinkling will be done and Dust mask will be provided

Maintaining the speed limit of vehicle transporting construction materials.

Use of covered vehicles with tarpaulin for transport of raw materials.

Use of only PUC certified vehicles

Materials will be transported in closed trucks. Drivers will be trained for handling

accidental situations

Early construction of Paved Road To avoid dust emissions.

Operation Phase

Impacts:

Emission of Cl2, HCl, NH3, H2S, PM, SO2, NOx, HC Organic traces, HCN.

Fugitive Emissions of Solvents

Emission of PM, SO2 and NOx from D.G & Boiler

Emission of HC & CO from vehicular transportation during operational phase


Water Scrubber, Acid & Alkali Scrubber & Fume gas incinerator will be provided to

control the emission within norms.

Solvents will be recovered by installation of solvent recovery system and it will be

reused into manufacturing process.



Waters scrubber will be provided to boiler stack. Adequate stack height will be

provided to DG set and DG set will be used only during emergencies.


Use of covered vehicles with tarpaulin for transport of raw materials.


Green Belt development - Positive Impact, will improve the esthetic value of the

project site.

Incremental Traffic

From the proposed facility, approximately on daily basis 90 trucks per day (63 trucks of 20

tones capacity for carrying RM & FG + 27 truck of 20 tone for carrying Hazardous waste )

shall be using the SH-6 and SH-206. Employees and contract workers (~ 30 cars, 6 buses, 5

three wheelers & 40 two wheelers) shall use the same route during peak hours (i.e. morning

0800 hours to 1030 hours and evening 1600 hours to 2000 hours). Traffic Study for

incremental traffic is provided in Table 4.6.

Table 4.6: Incremental Traffic Study Report

S. No.

Vehicles Distribution

No. of Vehicles/Day

Passenger Car

Total No. of Vehicle in PCU

Total No. of Vehicle (PCU)/Hour

SH-6 SH-206

Unit (PCU) SH-6 SH-206 SH-6 SH-206

1 Cars 5844 5366 1 5844 5366 243.5 223.6

2 Buses 574 512 3 1722 1536 71.75 64.0

3 Trucks 544 485 3 1632 1455 68 60.6

4 Two

wheelers 8281 7855 0.5 4140.5 3927.5 172.5208 163.6

5 Three

wheelers 2071 1894 0.75 1553.25 1420.5 64.71875 59.2

Total 17314 16112 14892 13705 620.5 571

Table 4.7: Proposed Traffic Scenario with Respect to LOS

Road V (Volume in

PCU/hr) C (Capacity in

PCU/hr) Existing V/C

Ratio LOS

SH-6 620 1250 0.50 C

SH-206 571 1250 0.46 C

Table 4.8: LOS Criteria

V/C LOS Performance

0.0-0.2 A Excellent

0.2-0.4 B Very Good

0.4-0.6 C Good/Average/Fair

0.6-0.8 D Poor

0.8-1.0 E Very Poor

The existing LOS value of the SH-6 & SH-206 is ―C‖, after expansion also the LOS value

remains same, the incremental traffic is negligible and will not have significant impact on

existing roads as the capacity of road is sufficient to take increasing load. The impact due to

increase in number of vehicles and its Mitigation measures are detailed in Table 4.9



Table 4.9: Traffic Management

Identified Aspect

Impacts Significance of Impacts

Mitigation Measures

Increase in Traffic load due to expansion

Increase in transportation will lead to increase in road traffic.

Emission of pollutants like HC, NOx& CO.

Noise generation from vehicular movement.

Spillage or leak of materials during transportation.

Medium

Vehicles having PUC certificates will only be allowed to transport materials at project site.

Dust generation will be reduced by maintaining the speed limit of vehicle transporting raw materials & finished goods.

Materials will be covered/closed to avoid leakage or spillage.

Air Quality Modeling

The flue gas stack & process gas vent are considered as a point source to predict the impact

on ambient air quality during the operational phase. The prediction has been done by using

AERMOD View Gaussian Plume Dispersion model.

Methodology

The methodology for Air Quality Modeling using AERMOD View Gaussian Plume Dispersion

model is given in Figure 4.1.

Figure 4.1: Methodology for AQM

Meteorological Parameters

Surface meteorological data at project site was collected for October-Dec,2019.The hourly

meteorological data considered during this period were:

Wind Speed & Direction;

Ambient atmospheric temperature;

Cloud cover;



Relative humidity.

Following parameters were considered for dispersion modeling – Point Source

Quantity of fuel;

Emission rate of pollutants;

Stack & Vent:

o Internal diameter at top; and height from ground level;

o Exit gas velocity;

o Exit gas temperature

Efficiencies of various proposed pollution control devices.

Source of Emission

Flue gas emission of PM, SO2, & NOx, from the stack attached to Steam Boilers &

Thermic Fluid Heater.

Process emission of PM, SO2, NOX, NH3, Cl2, H2S, HC, HCl & HCN from the vent

attached to process stacks as per

Table 2.26

The stack & vent details along with emission rate of pollutants are given in Table 4.10 &

Table 4.11.



Table 4.10: Detail of Stack & Emission

Stack Details Emission*

S. No.

Stack Attache

d to

No. of Stack

Capacity

Height

(m)

Diameter (m)

Gas Exit Vel.

(m/s)

Gas Exit Temp.

(oC)

Fuel Fuel cons. SO2 Emitted

(gm/sec)

NOx Emitted

(gm/sec)

1 40 T Boiler

7 40 TPH 30.0

1.0 15.00 408.0 NG 3176 Sm3/hr 0.0086 1.40

2 10 T Boiler

7 10 TPH 30.0

1.0 15.00 408.0 NG 794 Sm3/hr 0.0022 1.40

3 Thermic

Fluid Heater

1 10 TPH 30.0

0.5 15.00 408.0 NG 415 Sm3/hr 0.0011 0.35

Note: *The PM is not involved in emission due the absent of Ash content in Natural Gas Specification.

Table 4.11: Detail of Vent & Emission

Vent Details Emission

S. No.

Vent Attached to Height

(m)

Diameter

(m)

Gas Exit Vel.

Gas Exit

Temp. (oC)

APCM Pollutant Permissible

limit (mg/Nm3)

Emission after APCM

(gm/sec)

1 Saponification Reactor

(UPDT) 30 0.2 6 320

NH3 scrubbing with Water

NH3 30 0.03

2 BFNCI reactor (CCMP) 30 0.3 6 320 Alkali Scrubber Chlorine 9 0.02

HCl 20 0.04

3 TPPI reactor 30 0.35 6 320 Alkali Scrubber

followed by Water scrubber

HCl 20 0.05

4 EDA reactor (EDTA)

30 0.6 6 320 Water scrubber NH3 30 0.24

5 30 0.6 6 320 Alkali Scrubber HCl 20 0.16

6 Indigo Blue 30 0.4 6 320 Water scrubber NH3 30 0.11

7 HMTBA 30 0.4 6 320 Dil H2SO4 NH3 30 0.11

8 Red Phosphorous 30 0.5 6 320 Alkali followed by

Water HCl 20 0.11




S. No.


(m)

Diameter

(m)

Gas Exit Vel.

Gas Exit

Temp. (oC)


limit (mg/Nm3)

Emission after APCM

(gm/sec)

9 Sul Isobutylene 30 0.5 6 320 Alkali Scrubber H2S 5 0.03

10 Cysteamine Hydrochloride 30 0.6 6 320 Alkali


H2S 5 0.04

11

Cyanuric Chloride 30 0.25 10 320 Bag Filter followed by Alkali


Cl2 9 0.01

HCl 20 0.03

12 MITC 30 0.5 6 320 Alkali Scrubber H2S 5 0.03

13 PCF/SBCF/2EHCF/DCC 30 0.5 6 320


Scrubber Common Scrubber

HCL 20 0.11

14 CPA 20 0.5 6 320 Alkali


HCL 20 0.07

15 ZnDTP 30 0.5 6 320 Alkali


H2S 5 0.03

16 Na2S Flakes 20 0.3 2 320 Bag Filter

Followed by Water Scrubber

PM, 150 0.20

SO2, 100 0.13

NOX 50 0.07

17

NaCN Plant (Emergency Stack)

40 0.8 5 320 Two stage water

scrubber

NH3 175 0.1638

HC 20 0.0187

NaCN Plant (Process Stack) 35 1 10 320 2 stage Alkali

Scrubber + Water Scrubber

NH3 175 0.2239

HCN 30 0.0384

18 Natural gas based fume gas

Incinerator - III (NaCN, 30 1 10 320

Thermal Destruction

PM 150 0.1645

HCl 20 0.0219




S. No.


(m)

Diameter

(m)

Gas Exit Vel.

Gas Exit

Temp. (oC)


limit (mg/Nm3)

Emission after APCM

(gm/sec)

TEOF, TMOF,Indigo Blue, EDTA, HMTBA, Cyanuric

Chloride)

SO2 100 0.1097

NOx 400 0.4386

H2S 45 0.049

HC Traces 20 0.0219

HCN 30 0.0329

19 Natural gas based fume gas incinerator - IV (Thiophine,

DCC,MITC) 30 1 10 320

Thermal Destruction

PM 150 0.1645

HCl 20 0.0219

SO2 100 0.1097

NOx 400 0.4386

H2S 45 0.049

HC 20 0.0219

HCN 30 0.0329

Assumptions

The dispersion modeling assumptions considered are as follows:

The flue gas stack emission rate for SO2 was calculated based on the sulphur content (4.9 mg/m3) specification of Natural gas and the NOx

was calculated based on flue gas emission standards.

The process emission rate for PM, SO2, NOX, NH3, Cl2, H2S, HC, HCl & HCN was calculated based on GPCB Permissible limits for process

emission from vent.

The terrain of the study area was considered as flat

The mathematical equations used for the dispersion modeling assumes that the earth surface acts as a perfect reflector of plume and physic-

chemical processes such as dry and wet deposition and chemical transformation of pollutants are negligible.



Isopleths & Results

The maximum of 24 hourly highest GLC‘s of PM, SO2, NOX, NH3, Cl2, H2S, HC, HCl & HCN

due to flue gas stack & process vent emission (Point source) is summarized in Table 4.12.

Table 4.12: Summary of Point Source Modeling

Pollutant Maximum of 24 hourly highest Concentration

(µg/m3)

Distance (m)

Direction

(Degrees)

PM 8.04 250 30

SO2 7.18 250 340

NOX 8.99 250 220

NH3 5.68 250 220

Cl2 0.412 250 210

H2S 1.418 250 220

HC 1.386 750 200

HCN 0.461 250 240

HCl 4.461 250 220

Isopleth for PM, SO2, NOX, NH3, Cl2, H2S, HC, HCl & HCN is given in Figure 4.2 to Figure

4.10

The 1st highest 24-hr concentration values of incremental GLC and air dispersion modelling

detailed results are attached as Annexure 15

The Windrose diagram is given as Figure 3.3, Chapter 3



Figure 4.2: Isopleth for PM10 emitted from Flue Gas Stacks & Process Vents



Figure 4.3: Isopleth for SO2 emitted from Flue gas stacks & Process vents



Figure 4.4: Isopleth for NOx Emitted from Process vent & Flue gas stack



Figure 4.5:Isopleth for NH3 Emitted from Process Gas Vents



Figure 4.6: Isopleth for Cl2 emitted from Process Gas Vents



Figure 4.7: Isopleth for H2S emitted from Process Gas Vents



Figure 4.8: Isopleth for HC emitted from Process Gas Vents



Figure 4.9: Isopleth for HCl emitted from Process Gas Vents



Figure 4.10: Isopleth for HCN emitted from Process Gas Vents



Prediction of Incremental GLC of Pollutants on Air Environment

Results

The incremental increase in GLC of PM, SO2, NOX, NH3, Cl2, H2S, HC, HCl & HCN due to

flue gas stack & process vent (Point source) presented in Table 4.13.

Table 4.13: 24 hourly maximum incremental increase in GLC

S.No.

AAQ Monitoring Location (Distance in Km/

Direction)

Pollutant

Maximum Baseline

Concentration (µg/m

3)

Incremental GLC (µg/m

3)

Total Predictiv

e GLC (µg/m

3)

NAAQS Concentrati

on Limit (µg/m

3)[1]

1

Project site (0.25 km/N)

PM10

88.1 3.39 91.5

100

Kadodara (1.2 km/SE) 85.6 0.54 86.1

Narnavi (2.7 km/NNE) 78.3 0.34 78.6

Dahej(9.3 km/SW) 86.5 0.24 86.7

Sambheti (2.6 km/SE) 78.7 0.5 79.2

Nadarkha (5.7 km/ENE) 82.2 0.43 82.6

Padariya (0.9 km/NW) 85.4 0.71 86.1

Rahiyad (9.2 km/SW) 85.2 0.24 85.4

2


SO2

16.4 4.14 20.5

80

Kadodara (1.2 km/SE) 137 15.4 0.34 15.7

Narnavi (2.7 km/NNE)22.5 14.5 0.23 14.7

Dahej(9.3 km/SW) 225 16.1 0.16 16.3

Sambheti (2.6 km/SE) 137 14.8 0.32 15.1

Nadarkha (5.7 km/ENE) 67.5

15.5 0.3 15.8

Padariya (0.9 km/NW) 315 15.3 0.43 15.7

Rahiyad (9.2 km/SW) 225 14.5 0.16 14.7

3


NOX

21.4 5.43 26.83

80

Kadodara (1.2 km/SE) 137 19.4 1.6 21

Narnavi (2.7 km/NNE)22.5 19 0.66 19.66

Dahej(9.3 km/SW) 225 20.8 1.56 22.36

Sambheti (2.6 km/SE) 137 18.6 0.75 19.35


20.3 0.78 21.08

Padariya (0.9 km/NW) 315 19.3 1.2 20.5

Rahiyad (9.2 km/SW) 225 19.5 0.86 20.36

4


NH3

3.3 2.81 6.11

400

Kadodara (1.2 km/SE) 137 2.3 1.02 3.32

Narnavi (2.7 km/NNE)22.5 1.9 0.26 2.16

Dahej(9.3 km/SW) 225 2.9 0.3 3.2

Sambheti (2.6 km/SE) 137 1.9 0.49 2.39


2.3 0.57 2.87



S.No.


Direction)

Pollutant

Maximum Baseline


3)


3)

Total Predictiv

e GLC (µg/m

3)

NAAQS Concentrati

on Limit (µg/m

3)[1]

Padariya (0.9 km/NW) 315 1.9 1.14 3.04

Rahiyad (9.2 km/SW) 225 2.6 0.3 2.9

5


Cl2

BDL 0.086 0.086

Not Specified

Kadodara (1.2 km/SE) 137 BDL 0.047 0.047

Narnavi (2.7 km/NNE)22.5 BDL 0.019 0.019

Dahej(9.3 km/SW) 225 BDL 0.013 0.013

Sambheti (2.6 km/SE) 137 BDL 0.019 0.019


BDL 0.034 0.034

Padariya (0.9 km/NW) 315 BDL 0.065 0.065

Rahiyad (9.2 km/SW) 225 BDL 0.013 0.013

6


H2S

BDL 0.713 0.713

Not Specified



Dahej(9.3 km/SW) 225 BDL 0.087 0.087



BDL 0.159 0.159


Rahiyad (9.2 km/SW) 225 BDL 0.077 0.077

7


HC

152 1.153 153.2

Not Specified

Kadodara (1.2 km/SE) 137 132 0.694 132.7

Narnavi (2.7 km/NNE)22.5 112 0.08 112.1

Dahej(9.3 km/SW) 225 136 0.242 136.2

Sambheti (2.6 km/SE) 137 98 0.464 98.5


104 0.075 104.1

Padariya (0.9 km/NW) 315 110 0.408 110.4

Rahiyad (9.2 km/SW) 225 92 0.242 92.2

8


HCl

BDL 2.898 2.898

Not Specified



Dahej(9.3 km/SW) 225 BDL 0.231 0.231



BDL 0.694 0.694


Rahiyad (9.2 km/SW) 225 BDL 0.231 0.231

9 Project site (0.25 km/N) HCN BDL 0.195 0.195 Not Specified



S.No.


Direction)

Pollutant

Maximum Baseline


3)


3)

Total Predictiv

e GLC (µg/m

3)

NAAQS Concentrati

on Limit (µg/m

3)[1]



Dahej(9.3 km/SW) 225 BDL 0.029 0.029



BDL 0.021 0.021


Rahiyad (9.2 km/SW) 225 BDL 0.029 0.029

Interpretation:

PM10 concentration is observed in the range of 78.6- 91.5 µg/m3, which is well within

the standard limit

SO2 concentration is observed in the range of 14.7 – 20.5 µg/m3, which is well within

the standard limit

NOx concentration is observed in the range of 19.35- 26.83 µg/m3, which is well


NH3 concentration is observed in the range of 2.16- 6.11 µg/m3, which is well within

the standard limit.

Cl2 concentration is observed in the range of 0.013 – 0.086 µg/m3.

H2S concentration is observed in the range of 0.042 – 0.713 µg/m3.

HC concentration is observed in the range of 92.2- 153.2 µg/m3.

HCl concentration is observed in the range of 0.072- 2.898 µg/m3.

HCN concentration is observed in the range of 0.01-0.195 µg/m3.

After the proposed expansion the predictive GLC values are found well below the standard

limits

General Mitigation Measures

Mitigation Measures for Air Quality Control during Operation Phase:

Availability of Greenbelt to attenuation of pollution/protection of receptor through

greenbelt/green cover.

Ensure proper Operation & Maintenance of APCM.

Regular monitoring of air pollutant concentrations.

All trucks shall be PUC Certified from time to time.

DG Set will be operated during power failure only.



4.2.2 Noise Environment

Operational controls and mitigation measures are provided against noise generating

activities in Table 4.14.

Table 4.14: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Noise Environment

S. No.

Project Activity

Identified Aspect

Scale of Magnitude (+ve) & (-

ve)

Noise Total Score


Mitigation Measured

NV


1

Civil works including

building of structures and Heavy equipment operations

Disturbance to Habitat

due to Noise generation

1,2,3,4,5 -1 -5 Low

Use of properly certified,

tested and calibrated

equipments

2

Operation of D.G Set, Cooling

tower, Boiler, etc.

Noise generation from D.G

Set

1,2,3,4,5 -1 -5 Low

Acoustic enclosures would be

provided. DG set will be used only

during emergencies

3 Greenbelt

Development

Reduction in dispersion of Noise pollution

1,2,3,4,5 5 25 Medium

Positive Impact, will reduce the

noise dispersion in surrounding environment

Construction Phase

Impacts:

Disturbance to Habitat due to Noise generation


Use of properly certified, tested and calibrated equipments

Operation Phase

Impacts:

Noise generation from D.G Set


Acoustic enclosures would be provided. DG set will be used only during emergencies

Adequate Greenbelt development



4.2.3 Water Environment

A number of sources from proposed project can cause potential impacts on water

environment which includes groundwater, surface water and effluent generation as

discussed below:

Based on the identified project activities impact on water environment is accessed. Scoring

of the same is done and mitigation measures are prepared based on these scores which are

given in Table 4.15.



Table 4.15: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Water Environment

S. No. Project Activity Identified Aspect Scale of

Magnitude (+ve) & (-ve)

Water and Wastewater

Total Score


Mitigation Measured

SW GW Effluent

Scale of Importance 4 5 6

1

Influx of workers during

construction phase

Sewage generation during

construction phase

1,2,3,4,5 0 0 -1 -6 Low Sewage will be

treated in mobile STP

2

Manufacturing process

Wastewater Generation from

process 1,2,3,4,5 -2 0 -3 -26 Medium

WW from process partially will be reused back in process and

partially will be treated in RO,MEE

& ETP

Spillage and Leakage of

Solvents/Acids during

manufacturing process.

1,2,3,4,5 0 -1 0 -5 Low

Area will be paved to avoid the

spillage/leakage leaching into GW

3 Operation

Cooling tower, Boiler, etc.



1,2,3,4,5 -2 0 -3 -26 Medium Effluent will be

treated in RO,MEE & ETP

4 Equipment and Floor Washing



1,2,3,4,5 -1 0 -3 -22 Medium

Effluent will be treated in proposed ETP and discharge

to GIDC drain

5 Influx of workers Sewage

generation during operational phase

1,2,3,4,5 -1 0 -2 -16 Medium

Sewage will be treated in STP and treated water will be used for gardening



S. No. Project Activity Identified Aspect Scale of

Magnitude (+ve) & (-ve)


Total Score


Mitigation Measured

SW GW Effluent


6 Stormwater

Generation during Rainy Season

Contamination of surface water, soil and biodiversity

during stormwater runoff

1,2,3,4,5 -1 -1 0 -9 Low

Separate stormwater drains will be provided to

avoid mixing of storm water with

process area

7 Raw water intake

from GIDC Consumption of

fresh water 1,2,3,4,5 -3 0 0 -12 Medium

Recycling of water & RWH practice to reduce the need of fresh. Check water

consumption through flow meters

Usage of Harvested Rain Water in

Process/Utility to reduce dependency

on Surface water



Construction Phase

Impacts:

Sewage generation during construction phase


Sewage will be treated in proposed STP and reuse for gardening.

Operation Phase

Impacts:

Wastewater Generation from process

Generation of wastewater from Cooling and Boiler Blow Down

Generation of wastewater during equipment and floor washing

Sewage generation during operational phase

Contamination of surface water, soil and biodiversity during storm water runoff

Consumption of fresh water


Maintaining records of water consumption and wastewater generation

Waste Water from process partially will be reused back in process and partially will

be treated in RO, MEE and ETP.

Domestic Sewage will be treated in proposed STP and recycle for gardening

Separate stormwater drains will be provided to avoid mixing of storm water with

process area.

Wherever possible, use equipment wash down waters and other process waters

(such as leakages from pump seals) to be used as makeup solutions for subsequent

batches

Storage areas should be secure and covered, preventing exposure to rain and

unauthorized access.

Garland drains will be provided surrounding the Plant to avoid storm water

contamination.

Recycling of water & RWH practice to reduce the need of fresh. Check water

consumption.



4.2.4 Land Environment

Potential impacts on Land Environment are tabulated in Table 4.16.

Table 4.16: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Land Environment

S. No.

Project Activity

Identified Aspect


Land Environment and Natural Resource

Total Score

Significance / Consequenc

e

Mitigation Measured

LU/ LC

Soil

Scale of Importance 4 5

1 Site

clearance

Removal of top soil

during site clearance

1,2,3,4,5 0 -1 -5 Low

Top soil will be stacked separately and will be used for greenbelt

development and filling low lying

area

2 Manufacturing process

Spillage and

Leakage of Raw

Material/ Product during

manufacturing process

1,2,3,4,5 0 -2 -10 Medium

The area will be paved to

avoid the mixing of spillage or

leakage into soil

Generation of

Hazardous waste from

process

1,2,3,4,5 0 -1 -5 Low

HW will be disposed off as per HW

management Rules, 2016 to

avoid direct disposal on

land

3


during Rainy

Season

Contamination of

surface water, soil

and biodiversity

during stormwater

runoff

1,2,3,4,5 0 -1 -5 Low

Separate storm water drains will be provided to

avoid mixing of storm

water with process area

Construction Phase

Impacts:

Removal of top soil during site clearance



Spillage and Leakage of Raw Material/ Product during manufacturing process

Generation of Hazardous waste leading to direct disposal on land.


The expansion will be carried out within existing premises

Top soil will be stacked separately and will be used for greenbelt development and

filling low lying area

The area will be paved to avoid the mixing of spillage or leakage into soil

Hazardous waste will be handle and disposed off as per Hazardous Waste

Management Rules, 2016.

Landscaping and development of green belt to maintain fertility of soil within project

site and surrounding area.

Operation Phase

Impacts:

Contamination of surface water, soil and biodiversity during stormwater runoff


Separate storm water drains will be provided to avoid mixing of stormwater with

process area.

4.2.5 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

Based on the identified project activities impact due to waste generation is accessed.

Scoring of the same is done and mitigation measures are prepared based on these scores

which are given in Table 4.17.

Table 4.17: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

S. No.

Project Activity

Identified Aspect

Scale of Magnitude (+ve) &

(-ve)

Waste Generation Total

Score

Significance /

Consequence

Mitigation Measured

HW

C&D

SW


1 Excavation and paving

of site

Generation of debris


1,2,3,4,5 0 -1 0 -4 Low Debris will be

reused in filling low lying area

2



Generation of C&D Waste

1,2,3,4,5 0 -1 0 -4 Low

C&D waste will be disposed as per C&D Waste

Management Rules 2016

3 Manufactur Generation 1,2,3,4,5 -3 0 0 -21 Medium HW will be



S. No.

Project Activity

Identified Aspect

Scale of Magnitude (+ve) &

(-ve)

Waste Generation Total

Score

Significance /

Consequence

Mitigation Measured

HW

C&D

SW


ing process

of Hazardous waste from

process

disposed off as per HW

management Rules, 2016

4 Equipment maintenan

ce

Generation of used oil

and lubricants

from equipment

maintenance activities during

operational phase

1,2,3,4,5 -2 0 0 -14 Medium

Used oils and lubricants will

be handed over to registered re-refiners

Generation of scraps and used spares

etc. from equipment


operational phase

1,2,3,4,5 0 0 -2 -8 Low

Scraps will be handed over to

authorized dealers

5

Unpacking and

packing of materials

Generation of Discarded drums/bags

1,2,3,4,5 -2 0 0 -14 Medium

Waste Drums/Barrels/

bags and containers will

be handed over to authorized

decontamination facility

6 ETP and

MEE Operation

Generation of ETP

sludge and MEE Salts

1,2,3,4,5 -2 0 0 -14 Medium

ETP & MEE Sludge will be disposed to TSDF Site

Construction Phase

Impacts:

Generation of debris from excavation activities



Debris will be reused in filling low lying area

C&D waste will be disposed as per C&D Waste Management Rules 2016



Operation Phase

Impacts:

Spillage and Leakage of Raw Material/ Product during manufacturing process

Generation of Hazardous waste from manufacturing process

Generation of used oil and lubricants from equipment maintenance activities during

operational phase

Generation of scraps and used spares etc. from equipment maintenance activities

during operational phase

Generation of Discarded drums/bags

Generation of ETP sludge and MEE Salts


Manufacturing process will be carried out in closed system

Hazardous waste will be managed as Hazardous Waste Management Rules, 2016

Used oils and lubricants will be handed over to registered re-refiners

Scraps will be handed over to authorized dealers

Waste Drums/Barrels/bags and containers will be handed over to approved

decontamination facility

ETP & MEE Sludge will be disposed to TSDF Site.

Storage of Hazardous Waste in a Separate Paved & Covered Area with restricted

entry.

Handling of Hazardous Waste through Authorized Person Only.

4.2.6 Ecology & Biodiversity Environment

Operational controls and mitigation measures are provided against activities identified

having impacts on Ecology & Biodiversity Environment are given in Table 4.18.

Table 4.18: Impact Scoring and Mitigation Measures for Ecology & Biodiversity

S. No.

Project Activity

Identified Aspect


ve)

Ecology & Biodiversity Total

Score


Mitigation Measured Ter. Aqu.


1



Disturbance to Habitat due to

Noise generation

1,2,3,4,5 -1 0 -5 Low

It will be ensure that no fauna or flora species are disturbed. Activities will be carried out

during day time only

2


during Rainy Season

Contamination of surface

water, soil and biodiversity

1,2,3,4,5 -1 -1 -7 Low

Separate storm water drains will be provided to



S. No.

Project Activity

Identified Aspect


ve)

Ecology & Biodiversity Total

Score


Mitigation Measured Ter. Aqu.


during stormwater

runoff

avoid mixing of storm

water with process area

Construction Phase

Impacts:

Disturbance to Habitat due to Noise generation


Greenbelt of 34.81% is already planned within the premises.

It will be ensure that no fauna or flora species are disturbed. Activities will be carried

out during day time only

Operation Phase

Impacts:

Contamination of surface water, soil and biodiversity during stormwater runoff


Separate stormwater drains will be provided to avoid mixing of process area with

storm water.

4.2.7 Socio Economic Environment

The proposed project will have positive impact on the Socio-Economic of the country &

region

Approximately 1500 people will be employed by the proponent and opportunities will

be given to local people first.

The upcoming project will also lead to ancillary development around the project site

like small shops, tea stalls, vehicle repairers etc. which will create positive impact on

environment.

Project will generate revenue for the country.

Proponent has also allocated budget under the Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)

for the improvement of village in study area. The issues identified during the Socio Survey in

baseline studies are listed in Table 4.19 and budget is allocated against each under five

year plan. CER Budget is detailed in Ch.10.

Table 4.19: Issues identified Village wise

Village Issues identified



Village Issues identified

Vadadla,Kadodara, Padariya, Ambethi, Vav,

Paniadara, Janiadar, Goldara, Galenda, Dahej

- Skill development

- Agricultural development

- Sanitation

- Education

- Social Forestry & Tree plantation



5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1 SITE SELECTION

The expansion is proposed within the existing site within PCPIR Dahej for which EC has

already been granted, the existing project is under construction and planning stage, following

are the benefits:

The infrastructure planned in existing project can be utilized

Adequate space is available at existing site for proposed project

Since existing project is at planning & construction stage, additional infrastructure

required for proposed project can be accommodated within the same.

Benefits of PCPIR:

Substantial Utility supply – Water, Power & Gas

Availability of Drainage Network for disposal of treated waste water

Availability of chemical handling port i.e. Gujarat Chemical Port Terminal Company

Limited (GCPTCL) in Dahej

One of the 4 PCPIRs‘ declared by Ministry of Chemicals and Fertilizers, Government

of India under PCPIR Policy 2007.

Special Investment Region

Strategic location

Easy Connectivity – Rail, Air and Sea

Area of 453 sq. km

In addition to the above, the following factors within the study area (10 km) have also been

considered:

There is no National Park or Wild Life Sanctuary.

There are no metropolitan cities.

There are no ecologically sensitive areas.

Hence Alternative site is not considered.

5.2 TECHNOLOGY SELECTION

The manufacturing process/ technology selected is simple, cost effective and has less

negative impact to environment and resources also the technology is developed by UPL in

their R& D centers.

Table 5.1: Comparison for Alternative Site & Technology

S. No. Site Particular Option 1- Existing site

1 Land Available for expansion

2 Internal infrastructure, roads, buildings and utilities Already well developed

3 Other infrastructure/Connectivity in the area Available

4 Availability of labour Available

5 Manufacturing facility Facilities available



S. No. Site Particular Option 1- Existing site

6 Finished goods customers Available

7 Employment Available

Well Tested Environment friendly Technology developed in the UPLs‘ R&D Centre will be

used in the manufacturing of products. All safety precautions will be inbuilt in the process



6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1.1 Air Environment

In order to measure effectiveness of mitigation measures, technical aspects like

measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis, reporting schedules,

emergency procedures & procurement schedules are covered in this chapter along with

detailed budget.

Detailed environmental monitoring program for air environment is given in Table 6.1.



Table 6.1: Environmental Monitoring Program for Air Environment

Project Activity Identified Aspect Mitigation Measured

Implementation and Management

Data Analysis Measurement Methodology

Frequency Location Reporting Schedule/

Responsibility

Excavation and paving of site

Dust generation from excavation activities

Regular water sprinkling will be done and Dust mask

will be provided SPM

PM Gravimetric IS:5182 (Part 23)

2006

Once a season

(Excluding rainy season)

At site EHS Manager

Vehicular movement for transportation of construction material

and waste


vehicular transportation during construction phase



PM10 PM2.5, Sox, NOx

PM10-Gravimetric IS:5182 (Part 23)

2006 PM2.5-Gravimetric

IS:5182

Once a season


At site EHS Manager



traces, HCN

Water/Caustic/Acid Scrubber, Bag filter will be


Principal parameters

will be followed as

per IS method

Measurement methodology will

be followed as per IS method

Once a Month


Process Stack

EHS Manager


Fugitive Emissions of Solvents

Solvents will be recovered by installation of solvent

recovery system and it will be reused into


Principal parameters

will be followed as

per IS method

Measurement methodology will

be followed as per industry best

practices

Once a month


Plant location

EHS Manager

Operation of D.G Set, Boiler etc.

Emission of PM, SO2 and NOx from D.G &

Boiler

Water Scrubber & Adequate Stack Height will be provided to stacks. DG set will be sued only during

emergencies

PM, SO2 & NOx in stack

of Boiler

Stack monitoring by Isokinetic

sampling IS:11255

Once in a Month for Boiler & During

Operation for

D.G set

Flue gas stack

EHS Manager

Vehicular movement for transportation of

raw materials, finished goods and

Industrial Waste



• Maintaining the speed limit of vehicle transporting

construction materials. • Use of only PUC certified

vehicles

PM10 PM2.5, SOx

PM10-Gravimetric IS:5182 (Part 23)

2006 PM2.5-Gravimetric

IS:5182

Once a month


At site EHS Manager





Data Analysis Measurement Methodology


Responsibility


Reduction in Air and noise pollution

Positive Impact, will improve the esthetic value

of the project site

No of trees planted

Counting of

Tress by physical survey

Once a year At site EHS Manager

6.1.2 Noise Environment

Detailed environmental monitoring program for noise environment is given in Table 6.2.

Table 6.2: Environment Monitoring Program for Noise Environment

Project Activity Identified Aspect

Mitigation Measured


Data Analysis

Measurement Methodology


Responsibility


operations

Disturbance to Habitat due to

Noise generation

Use of properly certified, tested and calibrated

equipments & Restricted activities during daytime only

Leq Levels for Day and night time

ISLM 100 Once a month At site EHS Manager

Operation of D.G Set, Cooling tower, Boiler,

etc.

Noise generation from D.G Set

Acoustic enclosures would be provided. DG set will be used

only during emergencies

Leq Levels for Day and night time

ISLM 100 Once a month At site EHS Manager


Reduction Air and noise pollution

Positive impact No of trees

planted

Counting of

Tress by physical survey

Once a year At site EHS Manager



6.1.3 Water Environment

Detailed environmental monitoring program for water environment is given in Table 6.3.

Table 6.3: Environmental Monitoring Program for Water Environment



Data Analysis



Responsibility


Wastewater Generation from

process

WW from process partially will be reused back in

process and partially will be treated in RO,MEE & ETP

Inlet and outlet characteristics as per consent condition and

Methodology will be followed as per IS method.

Continuous Online

Monitoring System

At ETP EHS Manager

Operation of Cooling tower, Boiler, etc.



Effluent will be treated in RO,MEE & ETP

Equipment and Floor Washing



Effluent will be treated in proposed ETP and discharge

to GIDC drain

Influx of workers Sewage generation during operational

phase

Sewage will be treated in STP and treated water will be

used for gardening & utility

Equipment maintenance

Contamination of surface water, soil and biodiversity

during storm water runoff

Separate stormwater drains will be provided to avoid

mixing of storm water with process area

Raw water intake Consumption of

fresh water

Recycling of water & RWH practice to reduce the need of

fresh. Check water consumption through flow

meters

Quantity of fresh water consumed

Metering Daily Water inlet EHS Manager



6.1.4 Land Environment

Detailed environmental monitoring program for water environment is given in Table 6.4.

Table 6.4: Environmental Monitoring Program for Land Environment

Project Activity Identified Aspect

Mitigation Measured


Data Analysis



Responsibility

Site clearance Removal of top soil during site

clearance

Top soil will be stacked separately and will be used for greenbelt development and filling low lying area

Quantity of Soil

Volume of Soils Daily At site EHS Manager



during manufacturing

process

The area will be paved to avoid the mixing of spillage or

leakage into soil

Area under paved

surface area measurement Monthly At site EHS Manager

Stormwater Generation during

Rainy Season

Contamination of surface water,

soil and biodiversity

during stormwater

runoff

Separate stormwater drains will be provided to avoid

mixing of storm water with process area

Principal parameters and methodology will be followed as per

IS method

During Storm water flowing outside the

premise of the factory

Final Storm Water

Discharge Points

Plant In charge

6.1.5 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

Detailed environmental monitoring program for Solid Waste, Construction Waste and Hazardous waste is given in Table 6.5.



Table 6.5: Solid and Hazardous Waste Management



Data Analysis



Responsibility

Excavation and paving of site

Generation of debris from excavation

activities

Debris will be reused in filling low lying area or given to approved re

processors

Quantity of debris

Record of quantity

generated & disposed

Daily At site EHS Manager


operations


C&D waste will be disposed as per C&D

Waste Management Rules 2016

Quantity of Waste

Record of quantity

generated & disposed

Daily At site EHS Manager



during manufacturing process

Manufacturing process will be carried out in closed

system

Consumption records of

Raw Material

Daily Register of Raw Materials

During production

process

At production

area Plant Manager

Generation of Hazardous waste

from process

HW will be disposed off as per HW management

Rules, 2016 to avoid direct disposal on land

Quantity of Haz Waste

Records of Haz Waste

Generation, Storage & Disposal

Daily At Storage

of Haz Waste

EHS Manager

Equipment maintenance

Generation of used oil and lubricants from equipment


operational phase

Used oils and lubricants will be handed over to registered re-refiners

Quantity of Waste

Record of quantity

generated Daily At site EHS Manager


from equipment maintenance

activities during operational phase

Scraps will be handed over to authorized dealers

Quantity of Waste

Record of quantity

generated Daily At site EHS Manager





Data Analysis



Responsibility

Unpacking and packing of materials

Generation of Discarded

drums/bags

Waste Drums/Barrels/bags and containers will be

handed over to authorized decontamination facility

Quantity of Waste

Record of quantity

generated Daily Storage area EHS Manager

ETP and MEE Operation

Generation of ETP sludge and MEE

Salts

ETP & MEE Sludge will be disposed to TSDF Site

Quantity of Waste

Record of quantity

generated Daily ETP EHS Manager

6.1.6 Traffic Monitoring

An efficient traffic management program will be developed to ensure smooth and congestion free traffic movement on nearby state highway and

from Plant. This plan will be as shown in Table 6.6

Table 6.6: Traffic Monitoring Program

Impacting Activity

Mitigation Measures


Data Analysis



Responsibility

Emergency Procedure

Procurement Schedule

Remarks

Increase in Traffic load

due to expansion

Controlled vehicular movement (preferably with clearly demarcated entry/exit) with adequate supervision

Records number of

trucks/tanker entry/exit

Manual

Throughout construction

and operation phase

Entry and exit gates

Security In-charge

As per TREM Card

During construction

and operation phase

--



Above mentioned monitoring program can be summarized as tabulated in Table 6.7.

Table 6.7: Summary of Environmental Monitoring Program

S.No. Particulars Monitoring

Frequency



Parameters

1.

Air Pollution



Week except monsoon


CPCB Guidelines


Online (Based on





CPCB



NH3

2.



i. Surface Water Half yearly Grab Parameters specified under

IS:10500 ii. Treated Waste Water Analysis Continuous Composite

Parameters as per Consent


3


1. Major noise generating sources at plant site Quarterly Grab Noise level in

dB(A) 2. Along Road for transportation

noise Quarterly Grab Noise level in dB(A)

4.


1 4 Locations Half Yearly Grab Noise level in dB(A)

5.



sample As per

GPCB/Consent order


Illumination etc.

7.

Corporate Environme

ntal Responsib

ility In core and buffer zone in

nearby villages Half yearly Once Activities done by UPL Ltd

8.




Register


Number of plantation (Units), Number of Yearly Once Tress, survival

rate, landscape




Frequency



Parameters

ent Survived Trees/ Acre

area.

10. Environmental Audit As per Directions of


11.

Consents and

Authorization



expiry of validity


12.

Compliance of EC



year As per EC Notification Amendment

Monitoring of the above parameters will carried out to assess the performance of pollution

control equipment‘s installed to achieve the statutory norms. In case emissions/pollutant will

found to exceed the norms, the ‗on duty‘ personnel will check the relevant parameters and

take appropriate corrective actions. A record of corrective and preventive action will be

maintained as per requirement.

Documentation and Records

The environmental department in respect of operation of pollution control facility will maintain

following records:

Monthly and annual progress reports: Immediately upon the completion of monitoring as

per the planned schedule, report shall be prepared & necessary documents shall be

forwarded to the concerned person.

Instruction manual for operation and maintenance of pollution control equipment.

Instruction manual for monitoring of gaseous parameter & hazardous waste

management.

Records of medical check-up of employees.

Regularly all documents & records shall be reviewed for necessary improvement of

the monitoring plan/mitigation measures/environmental technologies as well as for

necessary actions of Environmental Management Cell.

Budgetary Provision for Environmental Monitoring and Management Cost

Project proponent has already allotted Capital and Recurring cost for the Environment

Monitoring and Management which is detailed in Ch.10.



7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

Public Consultation is not applicable the proposed project as the project site falls under

PCPIR, Dahej Industrial Estate Zone III, (According to the OM, Vide letter No.-J-

1101/321/2016- IA. H (I), from MOEFCC Dated: 27th April 2018, Subject: Exemption from

Public Consultation for the projects / activities located within the Industrial Estates / Parks.).

The EC Document for PCPIR Region is attached as Annexure 12.



7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT

M/s UPL Limited, Dahej plans to expand its manufacturing, storage and handling facilities for

its synthetic organic chemicals & chemical intermediates. For getting Environmental

clearance for this proposed expansion project, it proposes to carry out Risk Assessment

before new processes or activities are introduced.

Risk assessment is the overall process of hazard identification, risk analysis, and risk

evaluation.

Hazard identification is the process of finding, listing, and characterizing hazards.

Risk analysis is a process for comprehending the nature of hazards and determining

the level of risk.

Risk analysis provides a basis for risk evaluation and decisions about risk control.

Information can include current and historical data, theoretical analysis, informed

opinions, and the concerns of stakeholders.

Risk analysis includes risk estimation.

Risk evaluation is the process of comparing an estimated risk against given risk

criteria to determine the significance of the risk.

Risk control means actions implementing risk evaluation decisions. Risk control can

involve monitoring, re-evaluation, and compliance with decisions.

Risk assessments are very important as they form an integral part of an occupational health

and safety management plan. They help to:

Create awareness of hazards and risk.

Identify who may be at risk (e.g., employees, cleaners, visitors, contractors, the

public, etc.).

Determine whether a control program is required for a particular hazard.

Determine if existing control measures are adequate or if more should be done.

Prevent injuries or illnesses, especially when done at the design or planning stage.

Prioritize hazards and control measures.

Meet legal requirements where applicable.

The aim of the risk assessment process is to evaluate hazards, then remove that hazard or

minimize the level of its risk by adding control measures, as necessary. By doing so, a safer

and healthier workplace is created.

7.2.1 Objective of the Study

M/s UPL Limited, Dahej for its capacity expansion and addition of New synthetic organic

chemicals and Chemical Intermediates within the existing site located in Dahej shall handle

chemicals, some of which are hazardous in nature by virtue of their intrinsic chemical

properties or their operating temperatures or pressures or a combination of them. Fire, toxic

release or combinations of them are the hazards associated with industrial plants using

hazardous chemicals. More comprehensive, systematic and sophisticated methods of Safety

Engineering, such as, Hazard Analysis and Qualitative/Quantitative Risk Assessment have

been developed to improve upon the integrity, reliability and safety of industrial plants, the

same has been discussed in detail under their respective headings.



7.2.2 Scope of Study

a) Hazards Identification (the scope of risk assessment will be specific for hazardous

chemicals / substances used as raw materials in the process, the physical area

where storage of chemicals is made, processes involved in carrying out

manufacturing and handling of products. It includes routine and non-routine activities

such as maintenance, repair, or cleaning).

b) Hazard Assessment and Evaluation ( Qualitative and Quantitative)

c) Disaster Management Plan (On site emergency plan) & Preparedness (OH&S)

Methodology:

a) Hazard identification by studying the information on plant location, layout of the

equipment & process condition; methods and procedures used in the processing,

use, handling or storage of the substance, etc. The lifecycle of the product, process

or service (e.g., design, construction, uses, decommissioning). The duration and

frequency of the task (how long and how often a task is done).

The machinery, tools, materials, etc. that are used in the operation and how they are

used (e.g., the physical state of a chemical, or lifting heavy loads for a distance).

Any possible interactions with other activities in the area and if the task could affect

others (e.g., cleaners, visitors, etc.).

b) Hazard assessment by qualitative risk analysis and quantitative risk analysis. Quantification of Hazard involves selection of most credible scenario or worst case scenario; by using 2D Modelling. Estimate consequences scenarios in the plant such as fire, explosion and toxic effect; Estimate frequency of occurrence of any incident is to be found out by reliability analysis;

c) Prioritize and Reduce risk by the measures and procedures necessary to control

such exposure by means of engineering controls, work practices, and hygiene

practices and facilities. Ranking or prioritizing hazards is one way to help determine

which risk is the most serious and thus requires to be control first. Priority is usually

established by taking into account the employee exposure and the potential for

incident, injury or illness. . Hazard control methods are often grouped into the

following categories:

Elimination (including substitution).

Engineering controls.

Administrative controls.

Personal protective equipment.;

d) Disaster Management can be defined as the organization and management of

resources and responsibilities for dealing with all humanitarian aspects of

emergencies, in particular preparedness, response and recovery (Occupational

Health & Safety) in order to lessen the impact of disasters.

7.2.3 Hazard Identification

Identification of causes and types of hazards is the primary task for planning for risk

assessment. Hazard can happen because of the nature of the chemicals handled and also

the nature of process involved.

The methods employed for hazard identification in this study are:



Identification of major hazards based on Manufacture, Storage and Import of

Hazardous Chemicals, and emergency vents;

Identification of hazardous units and segments of plants and units based on relative

ranking technique. Example: Fire- Explosion and Toxicity Index (FE&TI)

In preparing the Risk Assessment report, The Manufacture, Storage and Import of

Hazardous Chemical Rules,1989 as amended from time to time is followed and as per

Schedule -11 of these rules ,On- Site Emergency Plan is suitably addressed in the chapter

There are storage for flammable, Toxic and irrigative nature of chemicals in the UPL Dahej

given as given in Table 2.19 and Table 2.20, Ch.2.

a) Toxic Chemicals

There is no any Chemicals having the following values of acute toxicity and owing to their

physical and chemical properties are capable of producing major accidents:

There is a chemical i.e. Chlorine. Which has LC50 for a 10-minute exposure with standard

level of activity were estimated at 433, 173, and 364 ppm for the regular.

b) Flammable Chemicals:

Flammable gases: Gases which at 20°C and at standard pressure of 101.3 KPa are:

Ignitable when in a mixture of 13 percent or less by volume with air, or

Have a flammable range with air of at least 12 percentage points regardless of the

lower flammable limits.

There are some chemical which are flammable in nature Table 7.1.

Table 7.1: Flammable Criteria

S. No.

Flammable Criteria Range Chemicals

1 Extremely flammable

liquids flash point lower than or equal to 23°C and

boiling point less than 35°C -

2 Very highly flammable

liquids flash point lower than or equal to 23°C and

initial boiling point higher than 35°C

Acetone

Methanol

Toluene

Ethyl Acetate

3 Highly flammable

liquids flash point lower than or equal to 60°C but

higher than 23°C -

4 Flammable liquids flash point higher than 60°C but lower than 90°

C -

Note: - The flammability shall be determined by tests or by calculation in accordance with methods

adopted by International Standards Organization ISO Number 10156 of 1990 or by Bureau of Indian

Standards ISI Number 1446 of 1985.

Proposed project has flammable Chemicals like Acetone, Methanol, Toluene & Ethyl

Acetate. Hazardous Properties are provided in Table 7.2.

c) Explosives:

Explosives means a solid or liquid or pyrotechnic substance (or a mixture of substances) or

an article.



Which is in itself capable by chemical reaction of producing gas at such a

temperature and pressure and at such a speed as to cause damage to the

surroundings;

Which is designed to produce an effect by heat, light, sound, gas or smoke or a

combination of these as a result of non-detonative self-sustaining exothermic

chemical reaction.

At UPL Dahej plant, No explosive chemicals are stored

Table 7.2: Flammable and Toxic Chemical Properties

S. No.

Name of Chemicals

Nature Storage Cap. BP

°C

FP °C

LEL

%

UEL

%

Storage Condition

1 Acetone Flammable Tank 10 KL 56 -20 2.5 12.8 Ambient

2 Methanol Flammable Tank 10 KL 64.5 12 6 36 Ambient

3 Toluene Flammable Tank 10 KL 110.6 4.4 1.1 7.1 Ambient

4 Chlorine

Gas Toxic/

Irritative Tonner 910 Kg -195.8 - - -

Pres 8 Kg/cm2&

Amb Temp

5 Ethyl

Acetate Flammable Tank 10 KL 77 -4 2.0 11.0 Ambient

6 Phosgene Toxic Pipeline - 8 NA NA NA

Press - 0.5 Kg/Cm

2

Amb.Temp.

7 Sodium Cyanide

Toxic Tank 5 KL 1496 NA NA NA Ambient



Table 7.3: Physio-chemical Properties of some major Chemicals/Raw Materials

S. No.

Raw Material

Capacity

MT/ Month

Liquid /Solid

Storage BP

°C

FP °C

LEL

%

UEL

%

MOC Of Storage container

Storage Temp

0C

Storage Pressure kg/cm2

1. Acrylonitrile 1270.83 Liquid Tank 77.3 -0.2 3.1 17.0 SS304 Atm Nitrogen Blanketing

2. Methanol 700 Liquid Tank 64.7 12 6 31 CS Atm Nitrogen Blanketing

3. Acetic Acid 8792.5 Liquid Tank 117-

118 NA 4 19.0 SS316L Atm Nitrogen Blanketing

4. Acrolein 782.5 Liquid Tank 77.3 30 NA NA PTFE line CS Atm Nitrogen Blanketing

5. Toluene 670.83 Liquid Tank 110.6 4 1.1 4.1 CS Atm Atm

6. TBA 61.67 Liquid Tank 83760 4 NA NA SS316L Atm Nitrogen Blanketing

7. HCl [ 10%] 420.83 Liquid Tank 83 NA NA NA PVDF-FRP Atm Nitrogen Blanketing

8. DMF 911.67 Liquid Tank NA 58 NA NA SS304 Atm Nitrogen Blanketing

9. Chlorine 560 Gas Tonner Decom-

poses

NA NA NA CS Atm 6 kg/cm2

10. Ammonia 503.33 Gas Bullet 36 NA NA NA CS Atm 6 kg/cm2

11. Sulfuric acid 81.25 Liquid Tank 290 -

338 NA NA NA CS Atm Atm

12. Ethyl acetate 17.08 Liquid Tank 77 -4 2.0 11.5 CS Atm Nitrogen Blanketing



S. No.

Raw Material

Capacity

MT/ Month

Liquid /Solid

Storage BP

°C

FP °C

LEL

%

UEL

%

MOC Of Storage container

Storage Temp

0C

Storage Pressure kg/cm2

13. Sodium cyanide 464.67 Liquid Tank 1496 NA NA NA CS Atm Nitrogen Blanketing

14. CS2 141.67 Gas Tank 46 -30 1 60 SS304 25 deg.C 6 kg/cm2

15. Butanol 116.67 Liquid U/G

Tank 116 35 1.4 11.2 SS316L Atm Nitrogen Blanketing

16. Ethanol 430.63 Liquid U/G ST 78 16.6 3.3 19.0 CS Atm Nitrogen Blanketing

17. Ortho Dichloro

Benzene 53.3 Liquid Tank 179 67 2.20 12.0 SS316L Atm Nitrogen Blanketing

18. Dimethyl Sulfoxide 13.9 Liquid Tank 189 87 2.6 42 SS316L Atm Nitrogen Blanketing



Summary

The chemical properties shown in the above table describes the hazardous properties

associated to the chemicals i.e. flammable & Toxic. The safety measures and mitigation for

the above chemical refer Safety Mitigation Measures.

Layout map

The storage facilities for the raw material and finished goods have been shown in the layout

map as shown in Map 2.4.

7.2.4 Qualitative Risk Assessment

Qualitative risk analysis is the process of assessing individual project risk characteristics -

the probability of occurrence and the impact they would have on a project if happening -

against a scale.

The scale used for the analysis groups project risks into three or more categories according

to their impact, such as low, medium and high.

The main purpose of the qualitative risk analysis is prioritizing risks according to their

probability and impact

A Risk Matrix and Risk Acceptability criteria for Qualitative Risk Assessment is provided in

Table 7.4 & Table 7.5.

Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment (HIRA) is a process that consists of a number of

sequential steps such as hazard identification, consequence & frequency assessment, risk

estimation based on the existing controls and recommendations to reduce those risks which

are not under acceptable limits

In Qualitative Risk Assessment, risk has been analysed using methodology called HIRA-

Hazards Identification & Risk Assessment. In HIRA, major manual activities carried out by

plant personnel as well as contract labors have been considered.

Qualitative Risk Assessment has been carried out for the following areas:

Pre-Construction/Construction Phase

Storage and Handling of Solid Chemicals

Storage and Handling of Corrosive/ Toxic Chemicals

Storage and Handling of Flammable Chemicals

Table 7.4: Risk Matrix for Qualitative Risk Assessment

LIKEHOOD/ PROBABILITY

SEVERITY

Catastrophic (Death/ System Loss)

Major/ Critical

(Serious injury/ Illness)

Moderate (Less

Serious Injury/ Illness)

Minor/ Marginal (Minor Injury/ Illness)

Insignificant/Negligible (No injury /illness)

1 2 3 4 5

Almost Certain

E H H H M M

Likely D H H M M L



Possible C H M M M L

Unlikely B M M M L L

Impossible A M M L L L

Table 7.5: Risk Acceptability Criteria

Risk Range

Risk Acceptability Criteria

Remarks

H Unacceptable/

High Management‘s Decision/Action Plan Required. Potential off-site

Impact.

M Medium Generally Minor Impact. Acceptable with Management‘s Review.

Specific monitoring or SOP to be followed.

L Low Acceptable without Review. Manage through Routine Procedure.



7.2.5 Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment

Table 7.6: Pre-Construction/Construction Phase

S. No.

Process Or Activity

Associated Hazards

Health & Safety Impact (Risk)

Initial Risk

Mitigation Measures

Residual Risk

Sev

eri

ty

Lik

elih

oo

d

Ris

k

Sev

eri

ty

Lik

elih

oo

d

Ris

k

1 Site Clearance, excavation and paving of site

Dust generation & increase in

SPM/ RSPM in air

Fall into pit due to paving the

side

Health effect on workers and surrounding

People

Risk of injury to workers

2 C M

Water spray on the ground before excavation.

Work permit procedure to be followed.

Shoring of the sides while digging the ground.

Use of dust mask.

1 B L

2


transportation of construction

material

Emission of PM10, HC, NOx, & CO

Noise generation

Health effect

Risk of injury to workers due to

accidents

2 E M

P.U.C Certified Vehicles

Regular Maintenance of Vehicles

Specified Route of transport on Paved Roads.

1 C L

Table 7.7: Storage and Handling of Solid Chemicals

S. No.

Process Or Activity

Associated Hazards


Initial Risk

Mitigation Measures

Residual Risk

Sev

eri

t

y

Lik

elih

oo

d

Ris

k

Sev

eri

t

y

Lik

elih

oo

d

Ris

k

1 Handling Solid Raw materials/

Chemical.

Chemical Exposure

Skin and eye irritation

2 C M

Operators/Workers to be trained for Safe Work Practices.

Chemical handling bags to be labelled properly

Availability of Eye wash and Safety shower station nearby

Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material.

1 B L



S. No.

Process Or Activity

Associated Hazards


Initial Risk

Mitigation Measures

Residual Risk

Sev

eri

t

y

Lik

elih

oo

d

Ris

k

Sev

eri

t

y

Lik

elih

oo

d

Ris

k

Use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent

Use of suitable protective clothing like Splash goggles, Lab coat, Dust respirator, Wash with a disinfectant soap and cover the contaminated skin with an anti-bacterial cream

Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, alkalis

Keep container in cool & dry place

2 Cleaning of

Chemical Spillage. Dust Exposure. Eye/ Skin Irritation 2 C M

Use appropriate tools to put the spilled solid in a convenient waste disposal container

Vapour and dust respirator,

Dust mask will be used.

Suitable protective clothing, gloves, boots will be used.

1 B L

Table 7.8: Storage and Handling of Corrosive/ Toxic Chemicals

S. No.

Process Or Activity

Associated Hazards


Initial Risk

Mitigation Measures

Residual Risk

Sev

eri

ty

Lik

elih

oo

d

Ris

k

Sev

eri

ty

Lik

elih

oo

d

Ris

k

1

Acids Unloading & loading of HCl. H2SO4.

Exposure to acid fumes (due to leakage in pipe/ container/ valves etc.). Splash over body.

Skin/ Eye irritation and Acid burns.

2 C M

Proper Engineering Controls at Liquid transfer points.

Unloading activity will be carried out in well-ventilated area under proper supervision. Training for lifting and chemical transporting technique from one location to another location will be provided

Periodic Inspection of flanges/ferrule joints will be carried out.

Availability of Eye wash and Safety shower at

1 B L



S. No.

Process Or Activity

Associated Hazards


Initial Risk

Mitigation Measures

Residual Risk

Sev

eri

ty

Lik

elih

oo

d

Ris

k

Sev

eri

ty

Lik

elih

oo

d

Ris

k

unloading /loading areas.

Neutralization media will be kept available in areas where acids are stored/ handled/ used.

PPEs like chemical safety goggles or full face shield, Rubber or neoprene gloves and additional protection including impervious boots, apron shall be used.

Respirators shall be used.

Acid proof floorings shall be constructed. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Keep away from incompatibles materials such as combustible, organic materials, metals, acids, moisture

In case of spillage, Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material. Use water spray to reduce vapours


Use of air Respirators.

Eye wash stations & Safety Shower will be installed in near vicinity.

Trained workers will be allowed to work in this area.

Dyke wall will be provided.



S. No.

Process Or Activity

Associated Hazards


Initial Risk

Mitigation Measures

Residual Risk

Sev

eri

ty

Lik

elih

oo

d

Ris

k

Sev

eri

ty

Lik

elih

oo

d

Ris

k

2

Handling of Toxic gases like Chlorine & Bromine

Exposure to Chlorine and Bromine fumes

Severe irritation to eyes, skin

Chlorine Gas Detector with alarm will be installed at vulnerable locations.

Bromine will be absorbed with an inert material and put the spilled material in an appropriate waste disposal

Eye wash station or Safety Shower shall be installed in storage area.

Provision of an automatic leak detection system

Display of Safety warning postures/signs inside the area.

3

Tank overflow /leakage from valve / Flange joints etc.

Exposure to acid fumes.

Severe irritation to eyes, skin. Breathing

3 B M

Level indicator shall be provided.

Provision of adequate Dyke wall for containment of spillage. Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material.


Use of air Respirators.

Eye wash stations & Safety Shower shall be installed in near vicinity.

2 B L

4.

Handling of Phosgene and Sodium Cyanide

Exposure of Toxic gas

Severe irritation to eyes, skin & Breathing result to Death.

2 C H Refer section 7.2.17.1 1 B L



Table 7.9: Storage and Handling of Flammable Chemicals

S.

No.

Process Or Activity

Associated

Hazards


Initial Risk

Mitigation Measures

Residual Risk

Sev

eri

ty

Lik

elih

oo

d

Ris

k

Sev

eri

ty

Lik

eli

ho

od

Ris

k

1

Solvent handling / Unloading & Loading

Exposure to fumes (due to leakage from joints, corroded lines failure etc.).

Skin burn. Eye irritation and respiratory disorder.

3 C M

Dyke will be provided.

Level Indicator will be installed at Storage Tank

Will be stored in well-ventilated area.

Eye wash station and Safety Shower will be installed in nearby location.

Maintenance will be carried as per schedule.

Employee will be provided with impervious clothes, gloves face shield (eight-inch minimum), dust and splash proof safety goggles, chemically resistant safety shoes, etc.

Proper trainings to be provided to the operators/ workers.

SOPs will be prepared and followed the same.

Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Keep away from incompatibles such as reducing agents, combustible materials, organic materials, metals, acids, moisture. Do not allow the area where cylinders are stored to exceed 52°C for chlorine.

Antidotes will be provided for all hazardous products in OHC.

Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapour respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self-contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoid inhalation of the product. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent

Exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to keep the airborne concentrations of vapours below their respective threshold limit value. Maintain the Oxygen level above 19.5% in the

2 B L



S.

No.

Process Or Activity

Associated

Hazards


Initial Risk

Mitigation Measures

Residual Risk

Sev

eri

ty

Lik

elih

oo

d

Ris

k

Sev

eri

ty

Lik

eli

ho

od

Ris

k

workplace for chlorine handling

Eye wash station or Safety Shower shall be installed in storage area.

Provision of an automatic leak detection system

Display of Safety warning postures/signs inside the area.

2 Filling of Storage Tanks

Due to tank overflow

Eyes and Skin irritation.

4 B M

Level indicator shall be installed and the same shall be checked for its proper operation.

Dyke wall shall be available to contain the spill.

Periodic inspection to be carried for all the related accessories of level indicator.

2 B L

Conclusion

It can be seen from the above table that:

After providing mitigation measure in Vehicular movement for transportation of construction material activity of Pre-construction/ construction

phase. Storage and Handling of Solid Chemicals. Storage and Handling of Corrosive/ Toxic Chemicals, Storage and Handling of Flammable

Chemicals have the risk probability will change from almost certain to possible as well as its residual risk will change from medium to low.



7.2.6 Quantitative Risk Assessment

Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) is a structured approach to identify and understanding

the hazards and risks associated with Storage and Handling of flammable/ toxic chemicals.

QRA for existing facilities and processes is in place. Consequence analysis is done for

expansion project. Based on the consequence analysis, control measures and Disaster

management Plan (On-site Emergency Plan) is proposed in this section.

In previous Environment clearance project, QRA of various hazardous chemical has been

carried out to estimate of risk to the proposed plant. Following chemicals have been selected

to carry out consequence analysis.

• Acetic anhydride,

• Acrolein

• Anhydrous Ammonia,

• Aniline,

• CS2,

• Di-chloro methane,

• 2,6 Di Iso propyl Amine,

• Dimethylformamide,

• Ethyl Acetate,

• Ethylene dichloride,

• Ethylene Oxide,

• Isopropyl alcohol,

• Methyl acrylate,

• Methyl Chloride,

• Methyl Mercaptan,

• Methyl Isobutyl Ketone

• Mono Chloro Benzene

• Monoethanol Amine

• Ortho Di chloro Benzene

• Phosphorus trichloride

• Propylene

• Thionyl Chloride

• Tri Ethyl Amine

• Tri Methyl benzene

In present proposed project there are some chemicals are considered for QRA for plotting of

damage contour:

Phosgene

Sodium Cyanide

Ethyl Acetate

Toluene

Chlorine Tonner

Methanol

Ammonia



Additional Safety Measures will be provided to control the potential loss. Refer Section

7.2.17

METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT (QRA)

Failure or ineffectiveness of the controls can lead to hazardous situation in the industry

handling potentially hazardous substances. Following factors are considered for carrying out

consequence analysis:

Intrinsic properties; flammability, instability and toxicity.

Pressure, temperature and state of matter.

Inventory of stored chemicals

Environmental factors; topography and weather.

Handling and storage conditions.

The study has been carried out in accordance with the National and International codes of

practices using Process Hazard Analysis Software Tool (PHAST/ SAFETI) software. The

version of the PHAST/ SAFETI V 6.7 software package by DNV is used for carrying out the

risk analysis.

The full terms of potential hazardous scenarios and consequence events associated with the

installation and operation was considered in the analysis.

Based on the operations to be carried at the plant, the Risk Analysis conducted to identify

the affected distances and the damage of property and population from the identified

scenarios considering the Maximum Credible Loss Scenario (MCLS) & Worst-case scenario.

Maximum credible loss scenarios have been worked based on the inbuilt safety systems and

protection measures to be provided for the operation of the facility & the Worst-case

scenario i.e. 100% catastrophic rupture have been worked out based on failure of the inbuilt

safety system.

The Worst case Scenario assumed as catastrophic rupture, as per the guidelines suggested

by Chemical Process Quantitative Risk Assessment (CPQRA) by AIChE or Purple Book

(CPR-18E), and maximum inventory at the time of failure.

Consequence analysis and calculations are effectively performed by computer software

using models validated over a number of applications. Consequence modelling is carried out

by PHAST/ SAFETI (version 6.7) of DNV Software.

PHAST uses the Unified Dispersion Model (UDM) capable of describing a wide range of

types of accidental releases. The Model uses a particularly flexible form, allowing for sharp-

edged profiles, which become more diffuse downwind.

PHAST contains data for a large number of chemicals and allows definition of mixtures of

any of these chemicals in the required proportion. The calculations by PHAST involve

following steps for each modeled failure case:

Run discharge calculations based on physical conditions and leak size.

Model first stage of release (for each weather category).

Determine vapor release rate by flashing of liquid and pool evaporation rate.



Dispersion modelling for Flash fire and toxic chemicals taking into account weather

conditions.

In case of flammable release, calculate size of effect zone for fire and explosion.

The hazardous materials considered in this study are mostly flammable liquids

Figure 7.1: Consequence analysis; Event Tree Analysis for release of flammable liquid

OTHER FACTORS CONSIDERED FOR RISK ASSESSMENT:

METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS

The consequences of released toxic or flammable material are largely dependent on the

prevailing weather conditions; The most important meteorological parameters which affect

the atmospheric dispersion of the escaping material include crucial variables such as wind

direction, wind speed, atmospheric stability and temperature. Rainfall does not have any

direct bearing on the results of the risk analysis; however, it can have beneficial effects by

absorption / washout of released materials. Actual behavior of any release would largely



depend on prevailing weather condition at the time of release. For the present study we used

the meteorological data of the Dahej, Bharuch District.

ATMOSPHERIC PARAMETERS

The wind speed and wind direction data which have been used for the study is summarized

below:

Wind Speed : 2.5 & 5 m/s

Atmospheric Stability : F and D

WEATHER CATEGORY

Table 7.10: Weather Condition selected for Consequence analysis

Time Remarks

Weather Condition

Temperature in °C

Wind speed m/s Stability Class

Day Time Prevalent during the day,

most times of the year 32 2.5 D

Night Time Prevalent during the night,

most times of the year 26 2.5 F

Monsoon Period

Prevalent during the monsoon months

26 5 D

One of the most important characteristics of atmosphere is its stability. Stability of

atmosphere is its tendency to resist vertical motion or to suppress existing turbulence. This

tendency directly influences the ability of atmosphere to disperse pollutants emitted into it

from the facilities. In most dispersion scenarios, the relevant atmospheric layer is that

nearest to the ground, varying in thickness from a few meters to a few thousand meters.

Turbulence induced by buoyancy forces in the atmosphere is closely related to the vertical

temperature gradient.

Temperature normally decreases with increasing height in the atmosphere. The rate at

which the temperature of air decreases with height is called Environmental Lapse Rate

(ELR). It will vary from time to time and from place to place. The atmosphere is said to be

stable, neutral or unstable according to ELR is less than, equal to or greater than Dry

Adiabatic Lapse Rate (DALR), which is a constant value of 0.98°C/100 meters.

Pasquill stability parameter, based on Pasquill – Gifford categorization, a meteorological

parameter, describes the stability of atmosphere, i.e., the degree of convective turbulence.

Pasquill has defined six stability classes ranging from `A' (extremely unstable) to `F'

(extremely stable). Wind speeds, intensity of solar radiation (daytime insulation) and night

time sky cover have been identified as prime factors defining these stability categories.

When the atmosphere is unstable and wind speeds are moderate or high or gusty, rapid

dispersion of pollutants will occur. Under these conditions, pollutant concentrations in air will

be moderate or low and the material will be dispersed rapidly.

When the atmosphere is stable and wind speed is low, dispersion of material will be limited

and pollutant concentration in air will be high. In general, worst dispersion conditions (i.e.



contributing to greater hazard distances) occur during low wind speed and very stable

weather conditions.

7.2.7 Hazards and damage criteria of hazardous chemicals:

Hazards

An inherent chemical or physical characteristic that has the potential for causing damage to people, property, or the environment. In this document it is the combination of a hazardous material, an operating environment, and certain unplanned events that could result in an accident. Type of flammable effects are described below:

Pool fire:

The combustion of material evaporating from a layer of liquid at the base of the fire.

Flash fire:

The combustion of a flammable vapor and air mixture in which flame passes through that mixture at less than sonic velocity, such that negligible damaging overpressure is generated.

Jet Fire:

A fire type resulting from the discharge of liquid, vapor, or gas into free space from an orifice, the momentum of which induces the surrounding atmosphere to mix with the discharged material.

Vapor cloud explosion:

Explosive oxidation of a vapor cloud in a non-confined space (not in vessels, buildings, etc.). The flame speed may accelerate to high velocities and produce significant blast overpressure. Vapor cloud explosions in plant areas with dense equipment layouts may show acceleration in flame speed and intensification of blast.

Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosion (BLEVE):

A type of rapid phase transition in which a liquid contained above its atmospheric boiling point is rapidly depressurized, causing a nearly instantaneous transition from liquid to vapor with a corresponding energy release. A BLEVE is often accompanied by a large fireball if a flammable liquid is involved, since an external fire impinging on the vapor space of a pressure vessel is a common BLEVE scenario. However, it is not necessary for the liquid to be flammable to have a BLEVE occur.

Hazards Associated with Explosives chemicals

Damage Criteria

Damage due to thermal radiations and overpressure have been arrived at by taking into

consideration the published literature on the subject. The consequences are then visualized

by the superimposing the damage effects zones on the proposed plan site and identifying

the elements within the project site as well as in the neighboring environment, which might

be adversely affected, should one or more hazards materialize.

Thermal damage



The effect of thermal radiation on people is mainly a function of intensity of radiation and

exposure time. The effect is expressed in terms of the probability of death and different

degrees of burn. The following tables give the effect of various levels of heat flux.

7.2.8 Fatal Radiation Exposure Levels

Table 7.11: Fatal radiation Exposure Level

RADIATION LEVEL

(KW/m2)

FATALITY

1% 50% 99%

EXPOSURE IN SECONDS

4.0 67 165 --

12.5 15 36 90

37.5 4 9 20

7.2.9 OVERPRESSURE DAMAGE

Table 7.12: Overpressure Damage Criteria

OVER PRESSURE

(mbar)

MECHANICAL DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENTS

DAMAGE TO PEOPLE

300 Heavy damage to plant &

structure.

1% death from lung damage

>50% eardrum damage

>50% serious wounds from flying objects

100 Repairable damage >1% eardrum damage

>1% serious wounds from flying objects

30 Major glass damage Slight injury from flying glass

10 10% glass damage ***

7.2.10 Hazards Associated with Toxic Materials

It is necessary to specify suitable concentration of the toxic substance under study to form

the end-point for consequence calculations. American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA)

has issued Emergency Response Planning Guidelines (ERPG) for many chemicals,

describes the various scenarios:

ERPG-1 is the maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly

all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing other than mild

transient adverse health effects or perceiving a clearly defined, objectionable odour.


all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing

irreversible or other serious health effects or symptoms, which could impair an

individual's ability to take protective action.


all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing

life-threatening health effects.



Toxic limit values as TLV (Threshold Limit Value), STEL (Short Term Exposure Limit),

Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH) concentrations are issued by US National

Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH).

TLV: Threshold Limit Value – is the permitted level of exposure for a given period on a

weighted average basis (usually 8 hrs. for 5 days in a week).

STEL: A Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL) is defined by ACGIH as the concentration to

which workers can be exposed continuously for a short period of time without suffering from:

Irritation

Chronic or irreversible tissue damage

Narcosis of sufficient degree to increase the likelihood of accidental injury, impair self-

rescue or materially reduce work efficiency.

The permitted Short Time Exposure Limit usually have maximum exposure for 15-minute

and should not be exceeded more than four times in a day as long as the time weighted

average is not exceeded.

IDLH: IDLH is an acronym for Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health. This refers to a

concentration, formally specified by a regulatory value, and defined as the maximum

exposure concentration of a given chemical in the workplace from which one could escape

within 30 minutes without any escape-impairing symptoms or any irreversible health effects.

This value is normally referred to in respirator selection.

7.2.11 Damage Criteria

In consequence analysis studies, in principal three types of exposure to hazardous effects

are distinguished:

Heat radiation from jet fire, pool fire,

Toxic effects, from toxic materials or toxic combustion products.

The chosen damage criteria are given and explained as per the Guidelines for QRA – Green

Book (Method for determination of Physical Damage – CPR-16E), Purple Book (CPR-18E)

for QRA released by Centre for Chemical Process Safety (CCPS)

The details of planning including classification of events, consequence of Fire, Consequence

of Overpressure, Consequence of Toxic release, and Pasquill stability classes area given in

Table 7.13.

Table 7.13: Input data

Input data Consideration

Volume inventory Quantity of material

Scenario Leak, Catastrophic Rupture

Leak size Pin Hole, Medium leak for storage tank

Storage conditions

Pressure, Temperature

Tank details Height, Diameter

Bund details Bund height, Bund area



Input data Consideration

Weather condition

Wind speed, Pasquil stability, Atmospheric temperature, Relative humidity, Terrain type

7.2.12 Weather Condition MCAS Development Techniques

As a first step towards risk assessment is to identify the possible release scenarios based on

available information about scenario development for Maximum Credible Accident Scenarios

(MCAS).

Selection of Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios (MCLS’)

Following points are considered while selecting the release scenarios:

Flash point for flammable chemicals;

IDLH of Toxic chemicals & Total inventory of the material.

Operating/ Storage Temperature and Pressure of the material.

7.2.13 Failure Rates

A leak or rupture of the tank / pipe, releasing some or all its contents, can be caused by

brittle failure of the tank walls, welds or connected pipework due to use of inadequate

materials, combined with loading such as wind, earthquake or impact. The failure rates are

the deciding factor for selecting the MCAS‘. The failure rates for selected MCAS‘ are given in

Table 7.14.

Table 7.14: Failure Frequencies for Storage Tanks

Categories Catastrophic Rupture Frequency

(per tank per year) Leak Frequency (per year)

Atmospheric Storage Tank 3.0 × 10-6

2.8× 10-3

Reference: International Association of Oil & Gas Producers (OGP); Report No. 434-3, March 2010.

7.2.14 Consequences Analysis

In a plant handling hazardous chemicals, the main hazard arises due to storage and

handling of hazardous chemicals as mentioned above. If these chemicals are released into

the atmosphere, it may cause damage due to resulting fires or vapor clouds. Blast

overpressures depend upon the reactivity class of material between two explosive limits.

The consequences of the release of Hazardous substances by failures or catastrophes and

the damage to the surrounding area can be determined by means of models. Models help to

calculate the physical effects resulting from the release of hazardous substances and to

translate the physical effects in terms of injuries and damage to exposed population and

environment. To assess the damage level caused by the various accidental events, it is

essential to firm up the damage criteria with respect to different types of accidents e.g.

thermal radiation, toxicity, explosion overpressure etc.

Consequence analysis involves the application of mathematical, analytical and computer

models for calculation of effects and damages subsequent to a hydrocarbon release

accident. Consequence models are used to predict the physical behavior of the hazardous



incidents. The techniques used to model the consequences of hydrocarbon and other

hazardous material releases cover the following:

Modeling of discharge rates when holes develop in process equipment/pipe

work/pipeline.

Modeling of the size and shape of flammable and toxic gas clouds from releases in

the atmosphere;

Modeling of the flame and radiation field of the releases that are ignited and burn as

jet fire, pool fire, flash fire and BLEVE/ Fire ball;

Modeling of the explosion fields of releases, which are ignited away from the point of

release.

The information normally required for consequence analysis includes meteorological

conditions, failure data of equipment and components, ignition sources, population

characteristics within and outside the plant, acceptable levels of risk etc.



7.2.15 Consequence Analysis and Contours

As the MCLS‘ were developed for the selected set of chemicals, the next step is to carry out the consequence analysis. The consequence

analysis results along with their contours are presented in the following sections.

Table 7.15: Acetone

Pinhole leak of Acetone Tank

Flash Fire

Jet Fire

Late Pool Fire



Overpressure

Medium Leak of Acetone Tanks

Flash Fire

Jet Fire



Late Pool Fire

Overpressure

Catastrophic Rupture of Acetone Tanks

Flash Fire



Jet Fire

Fireball Hazard

NR : Not Reached , NH : No Hazard

Flash Fire radii in case of Pinhole leak of Acetone Tank



Late Pool fire radii in case of Pinhole leak of Acetone Tank



Flash Fire radii in case of Medium leak of Acetone Tank



Table 7.16: Methanol

Pinhole leak of Methanol Tank

Flash Fire

Jet Fire

Late Pool Fire

Medium Leak of Methanol Tanks



Flash Fire

Jet Fire

Late Pool Fire

Overpressure

Catastrophic Rupture of Methanol Tanks



Flash Fire

Late Pool Fire

Fireball Hazard

Overpressure


Flash Fire radii in case of Pinhole leak of Methanol Tank



Late Pool fire radii in case of Pinhole leak of Methanol Tank



Flash Fire radii in case of Medium leak of Methanol Tank



Late Pool fire radii in case of medium leak of Methanol Tank



Table 7.17: Toluene

Pinhole leak of Toluene Tank

Flash Fire

Jet Fire

Late Pool Fire

Medium Leak of Toluene Tanks



Flash Fire

Jet Fire

Late Pool Fire

Overpressure



Catastrophic Rupture of Toluene Tanks

Flash Fire

Late Pool Fire

Fireball Hazard

Overpressure



Flash Fire radii in case of Pinhole leak of Toluene Tank

Late Pool fire radii in case of Pinhole leak of Toluene Tank



Flash Fire radii in case of Medium leak of Toluene Tank



Late Pool fire radii in case of medium leak of Toluene Tank



Table 7.18: Chlorine Gas tonner Toxic concentration Distance

Pinhole leak of Chlorine Tonner



Maximum

Concentration

Pinhole leak at Relief valve of Chlorine Tonner

Maximum

Concentration


Maximum concentration Radii of Chlorine Tonner in case of Pinhole leak.



Maximum concentartion Radii of Chlorine Tonner in case of Pinhole leak at releif valve



Table 7.19: Phosgene

Pinhole leak of Phosgene for 600 sec – There is No Storage of Phosgene hence considered pipeline

rupture scenario

Maximum toxic

Concentration



Table 7.20: Sodium Cyanide

10 MM leak of Sodium Cyanide for 600 sec

Maximum toxic

Concentration

Maximum toxic concentration radii in case of 10 mm leak of Sodium Cyanide Solution



Toxic Radii in case of Pin hole leak of Ammonia Bullet in 5/D weather Criteria



Toxic Radii in case of Medium leak of Ammonia Bullet in 5/D weather Criteria

From above contours of Ammonia Bullet, it is observed that the maximum outdoor toxic radii dispersion for pinhole and medium leak of ammonia is within

plant premises only

7.2.16 Results of Consequence Analysis

Table 7.21: Summary of Maximum credible Effect

Chemical/ Scenario

Effect Distance in Meters at specific Weather condition

Distance (m) Weather

Scenario

Pinhole Medium Catastrophic Pinhole Medium Cat.

Acetone 19.99 72.15 72.15 2.5 F Late Pool Fire Late Pool Fire Jet Fire



Chemical/ Scenario

Effect Distance in Meters at specific Weather condition

Distance (m) Weather

Scenario

Pinhole Medium Catastrophic Pinhole Medium Cat.

Methanol 16.87 42.3 37.2 2.5 F Late Pool Fire Late Pool Fire Jet Fire

Toluene 35.08 64.1 51.8 5 D Late Pool Fire Overpressure Late pool fire

Chlorine Gas 159.7 - 972 2.5 D Max Conc. Max Conc. Max Conc.

Phosgene 170 - - 5 D Max Conc. - -

Sodium Cyanide - 8.92 - 1.5 F - Max Conc. -

Ammonia 119 517 5 D Toxic Radii Toxic Radii -

It can be seen from the summarized table above that the risk of late pool fire is highest in worst case scenario of release of toxic level of

Chlorine Gas of weather class 2.5 D is 159 m in case of Pinhole leak for 600 Sec.



7.2.17 Safety Mitigation Measures

Mitigation Measures against Risk

Based on the risk assessment analysis following precautionary mitigation measures are recommended for the project.

The installation of all the equipment will be as per guidelines of provision of Gujarat

Factories Rule 1963 & Its amendments.

For any case of fire emergency, standard type of Firefighting equipment and fire

extinguishers will be provided in the storage area as well as required places in the

plant.

Smoking will be strictly prohibited inside the plant premises.

Personnel protective equipment will be provided to workers.

First Aid facility and First-aid trained person will be available at the time of chemical

handling operation.

For Chlorine gas detection/Alarm system and Response time will be designed to

control exposures.

Based on emergency raised by the proposed project, level of emergency identified

and will be incorporated in ONSEP.

Provision of Nitrogen blanketing for hazardous chemicals and finished goods will be

provided.

During manufacturing process external cooling media will be provided to control

runaway reaction in the reactor.

During emergency, details of contact no are provided in Sec 7.3 of Disaster

management plan.

MOC of storage tank and pipeline will be as per chemical/process compatibility and

API code to avoid hazards.

Control and cut-off of Domino effect or cascade effect of fire due to flammable

storage tank, Sprinkler system/water curtain on Storage tank and bund wall, Water &

Foam hydrant monitor will be provided to Storage tank yard.

Construction & Erection Phase

The following will be implemented by the contractor while carrying out civil construction.

Required PPE will be provided to cover occupational foot, head, hearing, and eye protection.

Fall Protection/ Working at height: The Contractor is required to provide fall protection to

employees who are working at heights equal to or greater than 1.8 m. fall protection can be

in the form of perimeter protection such as guardrails and toe rails, personal protective

equipment (PPE), a safety monitoring system, or a fall protection plan. Activities that require

personal fall protection systems include steel erection bolting, riveting, fitting-up and

plumbing-up, work over water and some deep excavation work.

Foot Protection: If machines or operations present the potential for foot injury, the

contractor will provide foot protection with safe design and construction for the work to be

performed. Workers and visitors shall not be allowed on a construction site without safety



shoes. The foot protection will be provided for workers working with concrete or cement.

Gum boot shall be provided to avoid contact with cement/RCC mixtures and mortar.

Head Protection: If head hazards remain after all steps have been taken to control them

(safety nets for work at heights, proper housekeeping), the Contractor will provide workers

with appropriate head protection. Safety helmet will be recommended. When the worker is

carrying load on the head a suitable head protection will be provided.

Noise Protection: Workers shall wear hearing protection devices (ear plugs, ear muffs,

canal caps), whenever the diesel operated engines, DG set, or other noisy machines are

operating in the area.

Eye Protection: When operations present potential eye injury from physical or chemical

elements, the Contractor will select, provide, maintain and required affected workers to use

appropriate eye protection. Eye protection is required while working on RCC dismantling,

steel fabrication, welding, rough plastering and painting work. Any work which involves

looking upside also requires the protection e.g. electrical cabling on walls and ceiling. The

various eye protecting devices like safety glasses and goggles, face shields and welding

helmets will be provided to workers.

Hand protection: Suitable hand gloves shall be provided for working with cement or mortar.

A suitable anti-allergic cream or protecting gel shall be applied on the hands for persons who

develop allergy with cement or lime.

Electrical Safety

A licensed electrician is/shall be deployed to complete all temporary wiring and

electrical installations required for construction activities.

Fuses and circuit breakers (ELCB‘s) are/shall be used to protect motherboards,

conductors and equipment to avoid short circuiting and electric shock. MCB‘s and

fuses is/will also to be used to protect the electrical equipment from over current and

over voltage.

Extension cords for equipment or as part of a temporary wiring system is/shall not be

damaged or compromised in any way and insulation must be of the highest grade.

The joints of electrical wires are/shall be avoided, or an extension cord can be used if

needed

Approved Rubber Mat will be used in the MCC Room below the panels.

Anytime electrical equipment will be deactivated for repair, or circuits will be shut off,

the equipment will be locked out and tagged at the point where it can be energized.

Proper earthling will be ensured for all equipment and electrical panels

Temporary lights shall not be suspended by their cords.

The employer shall provide the necessary safety equipment, supplies and monitoring

equipment to their personnel.

During the operation stage maintenance of transformer and manning of electrical

substation shall be by the competent persons only.

Safety Measures of Phosgene Handling:

Phosgene pipeline will be installed as double jacketed and without joints to avoid

leakages.



Nitrogen purging provision and adequate MOC as per API code for Pipeline will be

provided.

Detectors with Alarm will be installed at vulnerable location.

Flow meter will be installed near to process area and phosgene generator.

Phosgene will be used as and when required basis during manufacturing of

Phosgene derivatives.

Scrubber system will be provided to Process vent.

Portable monitor Portable monitors can be used to locate phosgene leaks within and

around phosgene-processing areas.

Emergency shutdown will be provided during emergency or leakages.

Safety Shower will be provided near to phosgene operation area and process area.

Safety Measures of Sodium Cyanide Storage & Handling:

Adequate ventilation will be provided to keep airborne concentration below exposure

standard.

Sodium cyanide will be stored away from Acid & water components.

Proper protective clothing must be worn that covers the body including the face.

A safety shower and eyewash should be available. Do not breathe dust or mist.

Avoid contact with skin, eyes and clothing.

Do not smoke anywhere near the storage and handling of sodium cyanide solid or

associated handling equipment

Do not touch damaged containers or spilled material unless wearing appropriate

personal protective equipment.

Change and wash clothing, and personal protective equipment if contaminated, or

before storing and/or re-using. Wash hands and face thoroughly after handling and

before work breaks, eating, drinking, smoking and using toilet facilities.

Make sure that NaCN solid of solution does not come into direct contact with the

body.

Avoid contact with contaminated skin, clothing and equipment by wearing protective

gloves;

Wear chemical goggles as a minimum level of eye protection to prevent sodium

cyanide dust entering eyes;

Avoid inhalation of sodium cyanide dust during rescue in contaminate areas by

wearing suitable respiratory protection;

Respiratory protection will be suggested: an air supplied breathing apparatus, or

positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus.

Remove immediately by washing in case sodium cyanide solution is spilled since

cyanic acid vapor is also formed by the reaction with carbonic acid gas in the air.

Ventilation equipment will be provided in those areas where sodium cyanide is

handled for a long time.

The handling area will be such an easy-to-wash concrete floor.

Avoidable of long-term storage and use of treatment tank for drain water.

This material will be handled by at least two workers to watch the situation with each

other.



Do not eat foods or drink beverage in the same area where sodium cyanide is

handled.

Safety Measures of Ammonia:

Proper MOC of Ammonia Pipeline transfer will be selected to avoid leakage and

rupture.

Storage will be kept away from high temperature and oxidizing agent

Regular inspection of Ammonia storage

Detectors with warning alarm will be provided.

Adequate PPE‘s will be provided Workers and employees

Portable monitors will be provided to detect leakages.

Process control Measures:

Engineering Controls:

MOC of Process Reactors will as per compatibility of reaction.

MOC of Pipeline will be also as per API STD and chemical compatibility.

Level indicator, Temperature indicator, PSV, Vent line and knock-out drum

facility will be provided to the reactors.

To avoid run away reaction external cooling media/ utility will be provided

within jacketed reactor.

Pressure Alarm, temperature alarm, Toxic gas alarm with detection system

will be installed at reactors.

Fire hydrant & monitor will be installed into plant premises to control fire.

PPE’s:

Adequate PPE‘s like safety helmet, safety shoes, Apron, safety goggles &

nose mask as primary safety gadgets will be provided to each personnel.

During operation proper hand gloves like nitrile, heat proof, electrical proof,

cut-resistant gloves will be provided.

Special PPE‘s like full body gown, shoe cover, nose mask will be provided for

classified area to avoid contamination.

Administrative control:

Induction training at entrance for each personnel (new person) will be

available as video lecture for short duration to cover whole plant.

Periodic training on various safety topics will be arranged to refresh the

operational safety.

Periodic mock drill will be carried out quarterly.

Hazardous area Classification will be carried out after the commissioning of plant.

Safety Mitigation Measures

Transportation, Storage and Handling of Chemicals

Hazardous area classification will be carried out after well establishing of plant.



Layout and location of hazardous chemical storage area based on natural and

Mechanical ventilation.

A spare barrel of enough quantity is kept ready for any emergency spillage or

leakage.

Regular inspection of all the storage tanks of hazardous chemicals will be carried out.

Display Boards is provided on all storage tanks which include the name of the

chemicals, Calibration of tanks and date of Painting.

All equipment related to hazardous chemical storage is maintained and calibrated

regularly.

SOP for handling will be displayed in local language for safe operating procedure.

Standard procedure for unloading will be in place and implemented for safe

unloading of road tanker.

Muffler on the silencer of the tanker during entering in factory premises.

Water showering system (Automated sprinkling system) will be provided to the

flammable chemical storage area.

On site detectors for fire based on heat &/or smoke detection with alarm system will

be provided as required.

Adequate firefighting systems are provided as required. Details of the same are

elaborated in related section.

First aids boxes are also will be provided at prominent places in the plant.

Area is declared as ―NO SMOKE ZONE‖.

Provisions of PESO standards for Storage & Handling of Cl2

Storage

Cylinders are/will be stored in a cool, dry, well ventilated place under cover, away

from boilers, open flames, steam pipes or any potential sources of heat and such

place of storage are/shall be easily accessible.

The storage shed is fire resistant construction.

Gas cylinders are/will not be stacked in a vertical position.

Cylinders are/will not be stored under conditions, which will cause them to corrode.

Cylinders are/will not be stored along with any combustible material.

Empty cylinders are segregated from the filled ones and care taken that all the valves

are tightly shut.

Handling

Cylinders are adequately supported during handling.

Conveyors, trolleys and cradles of adequate strength, as far as possible, be used

when moving the cylinders.

The cylinders are handled carefully and not be allowed to fall upon one another or

otherwise subjected to any undue shock.

Sliding, dropping or playing with cylinders is prohibited.

Cylinders used in horizontal position is so secured that they cannot roll.

Open flames, lights, mobile phones, lighting of fires, welding and smoking is

prohibited.

Working places is classified as HAC.



Safety Measures for Flammable Chemicals

Storage for sealed drums are out of direct sunlight and remote from sources of heat

to avoid generation of pressure.

Drums are stored at ground level and measures taken to prevent corrosion of the

drum base.

Adequate ventilation is available to ensure that in case of incidental release of

chemicals (vapor) the vapor concentration is as low as possible, and in any event

within the regulatory requirements.

Safety Measures for Transportation of Raw Material

Training is provided to driver and cleaner regarding the safe driving, hazards of

Flammable chemicals, emergency handling .

TREM card is kept with Driver.

.

Fire extinguishers .

Flame arrestor is provided to exhaust.

Instructions are given not to stop road tanker in populated area.

Hazard Identification symbol and emergency telephone number is displayed as per

HAZCHEM CODE.

Appropriate PPEs are kept with TL.

In case of leak or spill:

Area will be isolated.

Container shall be isolated.

Source of leakage will be checked.

Damaged containers or spilled material shall not be attended without wearing

appropriate protective clothing.

Leakage will be stopped, if possible, to do so without risk.

Water spray will be used to reduce vapors (but do not put water directly on leak,

spill area or inside container).

Combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) will be kept away from spilled material.

Safety Measures for Unloading of Raw Material from Tanker

Priority is given to Tanker to immediately enter the storage premises at site and not

be kept waiting near the gate or the main road.

Security person will check License, TREM CARD, Fire extinguisher condition; SCBA

set condition, Antidote Kit, required PPEs as per SOP laid down.

Store officer will take sample as per sampling SOP from sampling point.

After approval of QC department unloading procedure will be allowed be started, as

per rules & guidelines.

Safety Measures for Drum Storage and Handling

Drums are stored at designated location or secured in a safety storage cabinet.

Approved methods of equipping a drum and dispensing liquids from it is following.

Drums, carboys and related accessories are inspected on regular basis for

maintenance purpose.



All the vessels and equipment are earthed properly and protected against static

electricity. Also, proper earthling facilities are provided for drums.

Materials are transferred by pumping through pipeline or by vacuum, from drums.

Drums for flammable liquids have proper closures that can withstand the expected

handling conditions without leaking.

Storage area Safety

Pipes and equipment are inspected at regular intervals.

Entry of unauthorized persons is prohibited.

Spark-resistant tools are used.

Combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) are kept away from spilled material.

SS storage tanks are provided as per IS code.

Dyke wall will be provided to storage tank.

Level transmitter is provided with low level/high level auto cut-off provision.

Fire hydrant monitor with foam attachment facility is provided.

Suitably eye-wash, showers and water showers to body is provided nearby acid and

Caustic Storage area.

FLP type pump & electrical fittings is provided.

All storage areas are isolated from all sources of open flame and well posted with'

NO SMOKING' signs and provided with adequate firefighting/extinguishing system.

Ways to Minimize the Manual Handling of the Hazardous Chemicals

SOPs, work instructions are prepared and followed.

Fork lifts are used for unloading chemical bags, bags movements within plant, etc.

Cranes, hoists, pallet trucks, conveyors, etc. are used as per the requirement, to

eliminate manual handling.

Lifting tools & tackles are used, wherever required.

Trainings are provided to relevant staff, operators, workers for the risk associated

with manual handling of hazardous chemicals, ways to overcome those risk, etc.

Process Safety Measures

For the safety in production area some important critical safety measures are

provided within the process technology/equipment itself.

The details of the general safety measures for process unit are as below;

Process parameters control is provided vide Standard Operating Procedures.

All reaction vents are connected to either vapor condensers system or gaseous

scrubber system.

Trained person is engaged for handling of hazardous materials.

Proper safety precautions are taken during handling of hazardous materials.

Further all the vessels are examined periodically by a recognized competent person.

All the vessels and equipment are well earthed appropriately and well protected

against Static Electricity. Also, for draining in drums proper earthling facilities have

been provided.



Reaction column pressure and temperature data are regularly monitored and

assessment of properties of flammable chemicals are evaluated to avoid

fire/explosion scenarios.

Temperature indicators are provided near all reactors.

Caution note, safety posters, stickers, periodic training & updating in safety and

emergency preparedness plan is displayed and conducted.

Total reaction will be carried out in closed jacketed vessel having cooling water

supply to control temperature in case of run-away reaction.

Emergency reactor shutdown system is implemented.

Preventive safety

The safety measures in form of the general Do's & Don'ts for safety in process & other plant

area are as below:

Check VOC content for flammable and make sure that no flammable vapor contents.

Keep proper and adequate fire extinguisher near work area.

Check all motors are disconnected and fuse pulled out before maintenance.

Work in any equipment must be conducted in presence of supervisor.

Make sure all process lines are disconnected.

Do not work on equipment without permission from plant head and maintenance

head.

Do not allow any employment without pre medical checkup or without checking

fitness.

Use proper PPE.

Safety Measures for Safety at Work

Management has listed some of the Do's & Don'ts activities to strengthen the SAFETY AT

WORK, which will be followed strictly:

Do's:

Ensuring that operators/workers etc. follows the SOPs, Safety procedures &

standards, work permit system etc.

Inspection of Storage Area, Earthling & Bonding system.

Inspection of all Fire Fighting Facilities /Check Alarms operation.

Checking the availability of Spill Containment Kit.

Make sure existing fire extinguishers are fully charged and ready for action.

Inspections of plant, machinery, tools, equipment, premises, work practices,

processes, procedures and general environment must be carried out for the health

and safety of plant, people and surrounding.

On-site and Offsite Emergency Plans shall be reviewed and updated, as per the

requirement.

Don’ts:

Don't allow anyone who hasn't received specific safety and operational training to get

indulge in any site activity.



Don't perform any activity without proper permit.

Don't perform your own maintenance.

Don‘t compromise on Design and Engineering part.

Don't panic if you are in a risky situation.

Don't allow spilled chemicals to drain to sewers/gutters etc.

7.2.18 Occupational Health and Safety

MSDS of hazardous chemicals will be prepared & made available with the management as

well as concern personnel working with the chemicals or area likely to be affected by the

chemicals.

In general following are the key safety measure will be provided for the proposed project.

Provision of drinking water supply for the employees as per standard of the drinking

water as per WHO guidelines.

Availability of proper sanitary facilities for the employees so that they do not suffer from

any health ailments.

Provision of all necessary equipment like portable detector, online detectors and other

laboratory equipment as proposed for regular monitoring of workplace air and other

conditions.

Establish the safety policy.

Organize training program for information on accident prevention, proper control and

maintenance of equipment, first aid training and safe material handling practices.

Monitoring of occupational hazards like noise, ventilation, chemical exposure will be

carried out at frequent intervals.

Provision of ear muffs/ ear plugs to the workers exposed to higher noise level.

Provision of proximity suits and self-breathing apparatus.

Provision and compulsory use of necessary PPEs like helmet, safety goggles, face

mask, hand gloves and safety shoes etc. for all workers. Disaster management plan

(dump).

7.3 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN (DMP)

INTRODUCTION OF THE PLAN:

UPL limited Dahej will be developed On-site emergency plan as per MSIHC Rule 1989,

which comprised the Action plan for tackle the Emergency situation in the plant premises as

well as outside premises.

The EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN formulated herein, based on Risk Assessment

(Qualitative & Quantitative Risk Assessment) contains the measures as described in EIA

Report that are required to be taken and Co-ordination procedures for various activities,

various agencies both internal and external, to help prevent escalation of dangerous

situations. Some definitions used in on-site emergency plan are given below:

AN ACCIDENT:



Accidents are considered and action plan to counter the Emergency are described in

Detailed Onsite Emergency plan attached in Annexure 19

OBJECTIVES OF THE EMERGENCY PLAN:

To define and assess the emergencies, including risk and environment impact

assessment.

To contain the incident and bring it under control by mobilizing the internal resources

and with the help of Mutual Aid schemes.

To safeguard the lives.

To minimize the damage to property and/or neighboring environment. To inform

employees, the general public and the authority about the hazards / risks assessed,

safeguard provided and the role to be played by them in the event of emergency

Initiating and organizing evacuation affected persons

Medical preparedness for the probable casualties

Integration of resources under OFF – SITE EMERGENCY PLAN OF DISTRICT

CONTINGENCY PLAN, BHARUCH

To secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas and to restore normally.

To work out a plan with all provisions to handle emergencies and to provide for

emergency preparedness and the periodical rehearsal of the plan.

ON-SITE & OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

The on-site emergency plan deals with measures to prevent and control emergency within

the factory and not affecting outside public or environment. Proposed & Identified Hazards

will be incorporated and updated into existing On-Site Emergency Plan.

The off-site emergency plan will deal with measures to prevent and control emergencies

affecting public and the environment out-side the premises. It is also called a district

contingency plan of the district. It is administered by the collect orate through Directorate

Industrial Safety & Health Department.

1. Name and address of the person Furnishing the information : Factory Manager

Address: UPL Limited, Plot D-3/6, Dahej - III, GIDC Estate (Within PCPIR Region),

Kadodara Village, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch, Gujarat

Key personnel of the Organization and Responsibilities assigned to them in case of

an emergency

Key personnel of the Organization:

- SMC/IC (Site Main Controller)

- Deputy Incident Controller (Deputy to Shift-in-charge)

- Other key personnel (Maintenance, Safety Officer, Admin)

- Essential Workers

Responsibilities assigned to concerned department and person given in Existing Emergency

Action plan attached in ONSEP as Annexure 19



Figure 7.2: Action Plan for Handling Emergency

2. Outside organizations if involved in assisting during on-site emergency: The

Company will have mutual aid agreement with nearby industries: Proposed and

which are developing

UPL Limited has Mutual Agreement with nearby industries and Disaster management Center

for specific emergency help.

(a) Type of accidents Leakage of toxic chemicals for long duration. Medium scale explosion confined to the factory premises. Medium scale fire inside the factory premises.

(b) Responsibility assigned. To depart fire tender with fire officer and fireman. Work under Incident Controller during emergency.



Help in Rescue operations. Arrange water if exhausted.

3. Details of liaison arrangement between the organizations

It will be done for

Fire tender with water & foam, and Fire Extinguisher. Fire Officer & Fire man. Emergency Vehicle if required.

4. Information on the preliminary hazard analysis:

1) Type of Accidents

Hazard Assessment in view of qualitative and Quantitative Risk Assessment has been

carried out. The Risk identified and estimated the Explosion and Toxic radii to the facility and

surrounding.

The methods employed for hazard identification in this study are:


Hazardous Chemicals;


ranking technique. Example: Fire- Explosion and Toxicity Index (FE&TI)

The chemicals properties of toluene, Acetone, & Ethyl Acetate etc. are studied for hazard

assessment.

Qualitative Risk Assessment:

Qualitative Risk Assessment has been carried out for the following areas:

Hazard involving during Pre-Construction/ Construction Phase;

Fall from work at height during slab structure.

Dust Exposure during excavation

Storage and Handling of Solid Chemicals.

Storage and Handling of Corrosive/ Toxic Chemicals

Storage and Handling of Flammable Chemicals

HIRA study carried out for above mentioned activities quantified the risks as per Risk Matrix

and initial Risk reduced at Residual Risk.

Quantitative Risk Assessment

Quantitative risk assessment carried out for chemicals like Acetone, Toluene, Ethyl Acetate,

,Methanol & Chlorine proposed project and Accidents scenarios are considered as:

1. Vapor Cloud Explosion

2. Pool Fire

3. Flash Fire

4. Toxic

5. Leakage from Pipeline due to damage by external sources, sabotage.

6. Ruptured of Pipeline and Storage Tanks

7. Catastrophic Rupture

2) System elements or events that can lead to a major accident

As per classification level the emergency from proposed project is following:



Classification of Emergency

The Level of Emergency can be classified in three Categories, which is given in Table 7.22.

Table 7.22: Emergency Types

Classification Description Causes Applicability

Level – 1

The leakage or emergency, which is confinable within the

plant/area.

Small pipe/valve rupture or similar leakages that

do not affect outside premises.

Release of toxic chemicals for short

duration.

Small fire in the plant.

Methanol

Acetone

Ethyl Acetate

Level – 2

The emergency, which is confinable within the

factory premises.

Leakage of toxic chemicals for long

duration.

Medium scale explosion confined to the factory

premises.

Medium scale fire inside the factory premises.

Chlorine

Level – 3

The emergency, which is not confinable within the factory premises and general public in

the vicinity are likely to be affected.

Heavy / Profuse leakage of toxic /

flammable gases for a long duration.

Explosion of high magnitude affecting the

adjacent area.

Major fire inside the factory premises

NA

Extreme case Leakage in Storage tank of Toluene, Ethyl Acetate, Chlorine tonner may lead

to major accident.

Maximum credible effect scenario identified the distances (horizontal affected area in meter)

provided in Sub-Sec 7.2.6 however the detailed control measures and action plan will be

provided in Emergency Action Plan in ONSEP attached as Annexure 19

Hazards

Hazards are identified which are:

Fire due to flammable liquid.

Vapor cloud explosion.

Spillage of Flammable/Toxic chemical due to leakage

Spillage from Tank Truck overflow while loading and unloading operation.

Failure caused by corrosion defects.

Failure of Civil structure.

Failure of Mechanical seal.

Exposure to fugitive dust, noise, and other emissions.

Fire in Electric Panels.

3) Safety relevant components



Safety Gadgets will be provided to all contract and Employees.

Fire Water network line and Hydrant monitor will be installed as per fire load of the

plant.

Active fire protections with CO2, DCP Fire Extinguishers, Foam Trolley and passive

protections for early detection by smoke and heat detectors, interlocked with Water

Sprinkler system.

Mock Drill: Every Quarterly will be carried out.

Training: Safety lectures on various Topics will be conducted for each employee &

contract person and record will be maintained.

Safety Experts will be deployed for Safety training and Mock Drill.

5. Details about the site

The project site is located at Plot D-3/6, Dahej - III, GIDC Estate (Within PCPIR Region),

Kadodara Village, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch, Gujarat.

Geographical Data: It is described in Sec.2.3, Ch.2

a) Location of dangerous substances.

Locations of Hazardous Substances are Storage tank yard for solvents, Acids & Alkali, Fuel

Oil, Raw Material Storage for Solid & Liquid Chemicals and Finished Product storage area.

These area/ will be classified as per Hazardous Area Classification (HAC).

b) Seat of key personnel

It is described in Emergency Action plan attached in Annexure 19

c) Emergency control room

A well-established Emergency Control room developed at UPL Limited Dahej Plant. Detailed

introduction has been incorporated in emergency action plan attached in Annexure 19

Description of hazardous chemicals at plant site:

a) Chemicals (Quantities and toxicological data):

Hazardous chemicals study carried out as per:


Hazardous Chemicals;


ranking technique. Example: Fire- Explosion and Toxicity Index (FE&TI) Chemicals

are with Physical and Hazardous Properties are discussed in above sections

b) Transformation if any, which could occur.

No any transformation is envisaged.

c) Purity of hazardous chemicals.

Hazardous chemical will have purity > 99 %.

6. Likely dangers to the plant.

Gas leakages, Fire & Explosion due to leakage and rupture of pipeline and storage tanks.

7. Enumerate effects of Accident



a) Stress and strain caused during normal operation

Leakages & Spillages of hazardous chemicals.

Overpressure of the reactor.

Overflow of Hazardous chemicals.

b) Fire and explosion inside the plant and effect if any, of fire and explosion

outside.

Risk assessment has been carried out to find out the maximum credible loss scenario. The

contours of Heat radiation and toxic due to leakage and catastrophic rupture of storage tanks

are plotted using DNV Phast 6.7 Consequence Modeling. It is carried out to emphasize

quantitative Risk for Hazardous Chemical Storage.

The dispersion contours and Distances are given in Sub-Sec 7.2.6.

8. Details regarding:

(i) Warning, alarm, safety, and security Systems:

Detailed Systems are described in Emergency Action plan attached in Annexure 19

(ii) Alarm and hazard control plans in line with disaster control and hazard control

Planning, ensuring necessary technical and Organizational precaution:

The Disaster control plan is prepared and in line with Onsite Emergency and Off-site

Emergency. The necessary precautions are warning alarms, Safety-Interlocks, SOP‘s for

specific operation, cause & effect analysis for each instrument and equipment will also

prepared to ensure the technical and organizational precaution.

The communication system within Disaster man agent center and Plant intercommunication

plan will be updated after commissioning of Plant.

(iii) Reliable measuring instrument, control units and servicing of such equipment.

Proper functioning of instrument and Equipment the reliability function for Detectors, gauges

and weigh balance plan will be updated. Periodic schedule for Maintenance & Calibration will

be prepared. Calibration will be done with standard solution and methods.

(iv) Precautions in designing of the foundation and load bearing parts of the building.

Designing of foundation and load bearing parts of the building will comply requirements of

Seismic Resistance design / Zone III.

(v) Continuous surveillance of operations

Control room will have DCS System operated by trained operator.

Round the clock monitoring of operations by trained manpower.

Immediate corrective measures by the authorized personnel.

(vi) Maintenance and repair work according to the generally recognized rules of

goods Engineering practices;

The Good engineering practices will be adhered for reliability. The preventive maintenance

schedule will be prepared for each critical equipment and periodic calibration of instrument

will be prepared and implemented.



9. Details of communication facilities available during Emergency and those required

for an off-site Emergency;

Communication facilities will be established as per emergency communication plan

enumerated in the diagram On-site & Off-Site Emergency.

Figure 7.3: Emergency Organization Chart



Figure 7.4: On-site Emergency plan will be aligned with District disaster management plan (Off-Site)

10. Details of fire-fighting and other facilities available and those required for an off-

site emergency.

Safety & Fire department has trained fire man and safety gadgets like CO2, DCP Fire

Extinguishers, Foam Trolley and passive protections for early detection by smoke and heat

detectors, interlocked with Water Sprinkler system.

Details of type, number along with locations as per Risk assessment is provided in Table

7.23

Table 7.23: Details of Detectors within premises

S. No. Detectors Location No of detectors

1 Toxic gas Chlorine storage 01

Bromine 01

2 Fire detector Storage Tank yard 04

3 Heat detector Reactor/ Process area 02

4 Flame detectors Storage Tank yard 04

Emergency contact number during emergency:

Details of emergency contact numbers are provided in Table 7.24



Table 7.24: Details of Emergency Contact Numbers

First person to be contacted in the case of emergency:

Name of the shift

First person to be contacted in the case of emergency

Name & Designation Place of

availability

Contact No

Mobile

General (G)

Mr. Subhat Jindal

(Factory Manager)

Dahej 9727719308

Mr. Subodh Namjoshi Ankleshwar 9099903979

On Holiday Mr. Subhat Jindal

(Factory Manager)

Dahej 9727719308

Source: Existing Onsite Emergency Plan

For the Off-site emergency mutual agreement aid will be arranged.

- The Fire tender with water & foam, and Fire Extinguisher

- Emergency Vehicle if required, Trained Fire man.

Details of additional fire safety systems

1. Foam Trolley across site for each plant.

2. Gas detector for Gases/Chemicals having flash point <39 deg.C

3. Fire alarms and smoke detectors in Buildings.

4. Fire Blankets for containment.

5. Early Suppression Fast Response Fire Sprinkler Systems (ESFR) for suitable products.

6. Dedicated sand buckets for each plant.

11. Details of first aid and hospital services Available and its adequacy

UPL Limited has developed Occupational Health Centre including provision of First Aid kit,

Periodic Medical Checkup of all contract and Employees. A qualified Doctor with Male Nurse

will remain available at facility. Antidotes will also be available for Hazardous Chemicals. All

workers and employees are provided safety gadgets like Helmet, Hand gloves, Apron, Full

fire protection suit, Safety Shoes, Gas Mask, Face-shield and Safety goggles Company has

well equipped emergency vehicle. Existing Action plan for OHS standard implementation

incorporated. Safety trainings (on Safe Material Handling, First Aid, & all Safety Aspects) as

per Gujarat Factory Rules will be strengthened more.

7.3.1 Occupational Hazards Specific Pre-Placement and Periodic

Monitoring

UPL Ltd , Dahej will developed their policy and norms. All the workmen will be put to medical

examination and testing periodically. Based on the medical examination report/feedback,

workmen will be counseled and put in different area /job rotation kind of activities.

Following will be the periodic tests conducted by UPL:

Lab investigations, like fasting blood sugar, post prandial blood sugar, urine routine

Hematology profiles including, complete blood count, ESR, blood grouping and RH

type,



Lipid profiles including, Cholesterol, Triglycerides, HDL, LDL, VLDL, Liver Function

Test including, SGOT, SGPT, Total Bilirubin, Direct Bilirubin, Total Protein, Albumin,

A/G Ratio, AIKP GGT

Renal Function Tests including, BUN, Creatinine, Electrolytes, Uric Acid, Inorganic

Phosphorus, Calcium

Non-Invasive Investigations including, Chest X-ray, ECG, ECHO, Pulmonary

Function Test, USG Abdomen-Screening, Vision Test, Audiometry.

7.3.2 Monitoring Parameters and Frequency

The monitoring parameters and frequency of monitoring for the proposed project will be

carried out as follows:

Table 7.25: Monitoring parameters and Frequency of monitoring

S. No. Item Parameters Frequency

1. Occupational

Health

Pre-Employment check-up:

Vision, Audiometry, Spirometer, Chest Skiagram, Urine, Complete blood

count, etc.

Once at the time

of appointment

Periodical check-up:

Vision, Audiometry, Spirometer, Urine, RBS, Liver function tests (LFT),

Complete blood count, Anemia, etc.

Age <30 yrs: once in 5 years; 31-40 yrs, once in 4 years; 41-50 yrs: once in 2 years; above

>50 yrs, once in a year

Post-employment check-up:

Vision, Audiometry, Spirometer, Chest Skiagram, Urine, Complete blood

count, etc.

Once at the time

of relieving

2. Workplace Monitoring

Ammonia, HCl, H2S, VOC Monthly

3. Safety Safety Audit Yearly

7.3.3 Action Plan for OHS Standard Implementation

This program will:

Identify hazards in the workplace

Eliminate or minimize the potential for injuries and disease

Limit financial losses resulting from injuries and disease

Be monitored to ensure that it meets its goals and UPL requirements

Roles and responsibilities

Roles and responsibilities of all working personnel will be defined. The purpose is to help

everyone understand their own roles and the roles of others so they can work toward

common health and safety goals.

Employer’s responsibilities

Employers have both general and specific responsibilities related to hazard control and

worker health and safety. In carrying out these duties, management—from the chief

executive officer through to the first-level supervisor—can demonstrate their commitment to

health and safety in the workplace.



General responsibilities will be as under;

Ensure the health and safety of the associates and contract personnel present at the

workplace.

Establish health and safety policy (included in EHS policy).

Provided general direction to all about their responsibilities and roles in providing a

safe and healthy workplace.

Provided specific direction and delegate authority to those responsible for health and

safety.

Consult and cooperate with individuals carrying out occupational health and safety

duties.

Provide workers with the information, instruction, training and supervision necessary

to protect their health and safety.

Provide supervisors with the support and training necessary to carry out their health

and safety responsibilities.

Provide and maintain protective equipment, devices, and clothing and ensure that

they are used.

Hazard control responsibilities given below;

Identify potential hazards through regular inspections and either laminate or control

the hazards without delay.

Remedy any workplace conditions that are hazardous to worker health or safety.

Develop written safe work procedures.

Encourage workers to express concerns and suggest improvements on health and

safety issues, for example, through safety talks, meetings or consultation with worker

representatives.

Supervisor’s responsibilities

Supervisors will give first priority to health and safety and the same priority as productivity or

quality control. They must know and comply with occupational health and safety

requirements. A supervisor is defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Regulation as

―a person who instructs, directs and controls workers in the performance of their duties.‖ Any

worker (management or staff) who meets this definition of supervisor has the responsibilities

of a supervisor for the workers under their control.

General responsibilities are as under;

Ensure the health and safety of all workers under their direct supervision.

Know the UPL requirements that apply to the work being supervised and ensure that

they will be followed.

Ensure that workers under their supervision are made aware of all known or

reasonably foreseeable health and safety hazards where they work.

Consult and cooperate with safety committee members or EHS-Officer, and

cooperate with others carrying out occupational health and safety duties.



Ensure that the appropriate personal protective equipment and clothing are available,

properly worn when required, and properly inspected and maintained.

Investigate unsafe conditions reported to them and ensure that corrective action is

taken without delay.

Workers’ responsibilities

Workers will have general responsibilities for their own health and safety and that of other

workers. In addition, they have the responsibility to refuse unsafe work; discriminatory action

cannot be taken against them for refusing to do unsafe work.

General responsibilities are as under:

Cooperate with the Safety committee and EHS officers, and any other person

carrying out occupational health and safety duties.

Learn and follow safe work procedures.

Be alert to hazards, and report hazards or problems to the supervisor or employer.

Use the protective clothing, devices, and equipment provided.

Perform work in a safe manner. Do not engage in horseplay or work while impaired

by alcohol, drugs, or other causes.

OHS Program

OHS Program will be implemented and a safety committee will be formed comprising

personnel from management, supervisors and contractors. Safety budget is also allocated

for Employee and Contract workers as given in Table 7.26

Table 7.26: Budget for Occupational Health & Safety

Welfare Safety Expenses Description Amount (in Lakh)

Safety week/ Env Day Celebration/ERT Competition

Celebrations 3.50

Medicine for BCA tests for all employees

Rs. 15/person. 0.27

OHC Medicine Average

2000 /Month 0.24

Bio Disposal Charges 14500 per month 1.74

Recognition of CSM A and B Quarterly Recognition 1.00

Annual Medical Checkup Rs.1560 /Person 2.65

FMO, Doctor 1.25 Lakh per month 15.00

Safety shoes Company Staff: 150, Labor : 50, Reserve Stock : 25 Total : 225

2.70

Boiler suit washing and repair Rs.8/-per piece 1.44

Third party safety audit

Statutory requirement/Year 1.50

Third party ambient air monitoring

0.24

IMS audit

1.00



Welfare Safety Expenses Description Amount (in Lakh)

SSRP Rs700 per person 5.60

Printing- Safety work permits, log books

3.00

Total 39.88

OHS program would be designed to address the specific needs of the individual workplace.

OHS program will have the following seven elements:

An OHS policy statement, aim of the program and the responsibilities for health and

safety

Regular inspection of premises, machinery, tools, equipment, and work practices

Appropriate written instructions for workers

Periodic management meetings to discuss health and safety

Investigation of accidents and other incidents in order to take action to prevent similar

incidents

Records and statistics

Instruction and supervision of workers

OHS policy

The OHS policy typically states

The employer‘s commitment to the OHS program

The employer‘s commitment to protect the health and safety of workers

The aims and priorities of the OHS program

The responsibilities of the employer, supervisors, and workers

The written policy will be signed by the Director and Management representative. All workers

will be made aware of the policy and its importance. It will be given to all new workers and

posted in the workplace.



8 PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The proposed manufacturing unit will increase physical infrastructure in terms of new plant

and machineries, pollution control systems, basic amenities etc.

8.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

Existing Project:

UPL Ltd. is continuously involved in various Socio-economic welfare programmes since

1969 with the inception of its manufacturing operations at Vapi, Gujarat which indicates an

active Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) over the last five decades. The group has

central ESC team for planning and execution of ESC activities. Six Key focus areas of UPL‘s

ESC:

1. Agriculture Development

2. Health & Sanitation

3. Environment & Nature Conservation

4. Education & Empowerment

5. Employability & Entrepreneurship

6. National & Local Area needs

Proposed Project:

The proposed expansion project of existing UPL, Dahej plant will provide direct employment

to the people of the area and thousands will get business opportunity to feed the demand of

project and the people working for the project.

Small market will be developed to feed daily demand of the people working for the proposed

project. People will get medical, education and business opportunities.

UPL will conduct need based survey in the area under supervision of local panchayat and

district administration.

The needy person will be supported as per requirement. This will improve infrastructure and

economic status of the people living in the area.

Other project proponent will take advantage of developed infrastructure of the area to set up

industry which will further improve infrastructure and economy of the area.

UPL has allotted budget under CER for 5 years for following Initiatives:

Skill Development

Agriculture Development

Emerging Local area need

Toilet Blocks in School

School Development Programme



Conservation (Social Forestry & School Plantation Eco Club)



9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.1 PROJECT COST AND APPRAISAL

Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis (CBA) is an analytical way to make an educated

decision regarding the commencement of an industrial activity or similar

trade/commercial/infrastructure activity. This involves a comparison of the costs of an action

with considerations of the benefits associated with that action. CBA assists the regulators to

evaluate the benefits and challenges imposed by the upcoming activity in commercial terms

with respective to the impact on the environmental scenario such as human wellbeing,

quality of life and environmental wellbeing.

An important component of a CBA is a base situation which is a situation when no changes

take place. All decisions are then compared to the base situation. Once the base and a

relevant time period are established, benefits and costs can be calculated in terms of human

and environmental well-being. In this case, a benefit is defined as anything that increases

human well-being, and a cost is anything that decreases it. CBA aims to maximize economic

efficiency at a point where marginal benefits and marginal costs are equal.

9.2 APPLICABILITY OF CBA AND SUMMARY

During the scoping/ ToR stage, no recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis

was suggested by the appraisal committee. Hence specific environmental Cost Benefit

Analysis is not carried out in preparing in this EIA report.

Environmental monitoring and management cost are adequately described in Chapter 6

(Environmental Management program) and Chapter 10 (Environmental Management Plan).



10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Description of the administrative aspects of ensuring that mitigative measures are

implemented and their effectiveness monitored, after approval of the EIA.

The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) constitutes an important part of the EIA report.

The main purpose of EMP is to minimize the identified potential environmental impacts to be

generated from the proposed project and to mitigate the consequences. UPL Limited on

basis of the impacts identified, sets targets to reduce the negative impacts, plans and

decides action plan to achieve the target effectively and efficiently. EMP ensures an effective

implementation methodology and alternatives for mitigation measures

planned/recommended to reduce or eliminate the adverse impacts to maximum possible

extent during the operation of the proposed project.

10.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

As mentioned in earlier section, EMP is a system to address potential adverse impacts, to

instruct project proponent to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all

project activities.

10.1.1 Objectives of EMP

Following are long-term objectives of the Environmental Management Plan for all the

environmental attributes:

To comply with all the regulations stipulated by Central /State Pollution Control

Boards related to applicable laws.

To create good working conditions.

To encourage support and conduct developmental works for the purpose of

achieving environment standards and to improve methods of environment

management.

Streamline environmental activities to add value to efficiency and effectiveness.

To encourage and achieve highest performance and response from individual

employees and contractors.

To plan out the complete strategy to take care of stakeholder engagement.

To contribute significantly for sustainable development

10.1.2 Environment Management Plan

Based on the mitigation measures provided for the anticipated environmental impacts and

environmental management plan is prepared. Description of administrative aspects like role

and responsibilities in the following table are elaborated for ensuring that mitigative

measures are implemented and their effectiveness is monitored as planned. Environment

management plan is prepared for valued environmental components like air, water, land,

human being and ecology.



Details of identified aspect due to proposed activities in the project and its management plan

are given in Table 10.1.

Table 10.1: Environmental Management Plan

S.No

Identified Aspect Impact Zones

Mitigation Measure Effectiveness Responsib

ilities

Air Environment

1 Dust generation from excavation activities

Within project site

Regular water sprinkling will be done and Dust mask will be

provided

Monitoring records of Ambient Air quantity

Ensuring PPE are used by workers through Permit of

Work System

EHS Manager

2


vehicular transportation during construction phase

Within project site and along

transportation route

Maintaining the speed limit of vehicle &

Tarpaulin covering of all transporting

construction materials. Use of only PUC certified vehicles

Verifying valid PUC of vehicle entering the premises and tarpaulin cover

checklist mentioning the same in work

orders.

Security Guard

3 Emission of HCL,

Cl2, Ammonia.

Within 0.5 km near Process

Area

Water Scrubber and Caustic Scrubber will be provided to control

the emission within norms

Ensuring proper functioning of Wet scrubber through

Internal & MoEF&CC Approved Laboratory emission monitoring

on regular basis

EHS Manager

4 Fugitive Emissions of

Solvents

Within 0.5 km near Process

Area

Vapor/Solvent recovery system shall

be provided

Ensuring proper functioning of Vapor/Solvent

Recovery System though detectors

EHS Manager

5


traces, HCN

Within 0.5 Km from

DG set and process

area

Water/Caustic/Acid Scrubber, fume gas Incinerator, Bag filter

will be provided to control the emission

within norms & Usage of Clean fuel

Efficient working of pollution abatement system through third

party emission monitoring on regular

basis

EHS Manager

6



Within project site and along

transportation route

• Maintaining the speed limit of vehicle

transporting raw materials through tarpaulin covering. • Use of only PUC certified vehicles

Verifying valid PUC of vehicle entering the premises and

mentioning the same in work orders.

Security Guard

Noise

1 Disturbance to

Habitat due to Noise generation

Within 0.5km from project site

Use of properly certified, tested and

calibrated equipment

Third party noise monitoring on regular

basis

EHS Manager

2 Noise generation

from D.G Set

Within 500 m from DG

set and process

area

Acoustic enclosures would be provided. DG

set will be used only during emergencies

Noise monitoring on regular basis by

Internal & MoEF&CC Approved Laboratory

EHS Manager



S.No



ilities


1 Sewage generation during construction

phase

Toilets, Washroom

s in the plant

Sewage will be treated in STP / Soak Pits

--- Site

Manager

2 Wastewater

Generation from process

Production area

WW from process partially will be reused back in process and

partially will be treated in RO,MEE & ETP

Online Continuous Monitoring at Treated

Water Discharge Line & Internal as well as MoEF&CC

Approved Laboratory testing of Treated Waste Water on regular basis for

parameters given by CPCB/SPCB

EHS Manager

3 Consumption of fresh

water

Production and utility

area

Recycling of water & RWH practice to

reduce the need of fresh. Check water

consumption through flow meters

EHS Manager

4



Production area

Effluent will be treated in proposed ETP and sent to RO. No waste

water will be discharge outside the premises

EHS Manager

5



Washing Area

Effluent will be treated in RO,MEE & ETP

EHS Manager

6 Sewage generation during operational

phase

Toilets, Washroom

s in the plant

Sewage will be treated in STP and treated

water will be used for gardening

EHS Manager

7

Contamination of surface water, soil

and biodiversity during stormwater

runoff

Within project site

Separate stormwater drains will be provided

to avoid mixing of storm water with

process area

Ensuring provision of separate storm water

drains

EHS Manager

Land Environment

1 Removal of top soil

during site clearance Within site premises

Top soil will be stacked separately and will be used for

greenbelt development and filling low lying

area

Ensure stacking of soil and using the

same for plantation within site premises

EHS Manager

2



Production area

The area will be paved to avoid the mixing of

spillage or leakage into soil

Ensuring paved production area

EHS Manager

3

Contamination of surface water, soil

and biodiversity during stormwater

runoff

Within project site

Separate stormwater drains will be provided

to avoid

Ensuring provision of separate storm water

drains

EHS Manager

Hazardous and Solid Waste



S.No



ilities

1 Generation of debris


Within site premises

Debris will be reused in filling low lying area

Inspection for full use of debris for leveling within site Ensuring good housekeeping

EHS Manager

2 Generation of C&D

Waste Within site premises

C&D waste will be disposed as per C&D Waste Management

Rules 2016

Ensuring C&D waste is disposed as per

C&D waste management Rules

2016

EHS Manager

3



Production area

Manufacturing process will be carried out in

closed system

Ensuring provision of closed system for


EHS Manager

4 Generation of

hazardous waste from process

Production area

HW will be disposed off as per HW

management Rules, 2016

To ensure minimum spillage and

leakages and regular cleaning of the area

EHS Manager

5

Generation of used oil and lubricants from equipment


operational phase

Utility area

Used oils and lubricants will be handed over to

registered re-refiners

To ensure that used oils and lubricant are

sold to authorized dealers

EHS Manager

6


from equipment maintenance

activities during operational phase


Scraps will be handed over to authorized

dealers

To ensure waste generated stored properly, records

maintained and to be sold within stipulated

time

EHS Manager

7 Generation of

Discarded drums/bags


Waste Drums/Barrels/bags

and containers will be handed over to

authorized decontamination

facility


maintained and to be disposed within stipulated time

EHS Manager

8 Generation of ETP sludge and MEE

Salts ETP Area

ETP & MEE Sludge will be disposed to

TSDF Site


maintained and to be disposed within stipulated time

EHS Manager

10.1.3 Compliance Monitoring

Monitoring of the compliance of the conditions as stipulated in CC&A is complied.

1. CC&A: Environment Head will ensure that conditions as mentioned in CC&A are duly

complied regularly and will ensure its effectiveness by periodic monitoring.

2. Post EC condition compliance will be ensured, and six-monthly compliance reports will

be submitted to regional office MoEFCC of the region.



10.1.4 Cost for Environment Management System


cost of Environmental Management System. Break-Up of EMS capital and Recurring is

provided in Table 10.2

Table 10.2 : Proposed Capital Cost & Recurring Cost for EMS

Group Particulars

Proposed Capital Cost

Proposed Recurring Cost of

EMS / Annum

Cost (In Lakh) Cost (In Lakh) /

Annum

Environment

Air Pollution Control Measure (APCM) (Bag filter, Multi cyclone separator,

water scrubber, scrubber systems for process emissions),

1200 16

Effluent treatment plant (ETP) 1000 KLD

12320 1000 MEE Plant

Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) 80 KLD and their accessories,

Construction of stormwater network

Acoustic enclosures for utility housing, D.G set

2 2

Installation of online monitoring systems, detector systems, CEMS, Odour Control Measures, inhouse

monitoring and analytical facilities, third party monitoring arrangements

23 10

Plantation, irrigation, fertilizers and pesticides

143 150

Augmentation of storage areas for different types of wastes in compliance

with the HW rules together with necessary infrastructure and equipment for collection and transport, incineration

plants

6762 10

Total 20450 1188

10.2 ENVIRONMENT IMPROVEMENT

10.2.1 Green Belt Development

Existing Greenbelt:


i.e. 34.81% in its existing project.



This plan is based on an assessment for listing all species that suit the soil and water

properties of the area based on the following:

CPCB guidelines for green belt development

Native species observed in the terrestrial survey of baseline study for the project

The unit will develop greenbelt along the periphery of the site & internal road sides. Details

of the areas allotted for greenbelt within the premises is provided in

Table 10.3: Areas identified for Green Belt for Development within the plant site

Area Area sq. m

At the periphery of MP- 4 plant 38564.80

At the periphery of MP – 2 and adjacent to parking area 57558.56

Between MP – 4 Plant and well 18395.00

Along the periphery near coal & ash storage, ETP, PP-1,2,3 & incineration units-1,2,3

50406.55

Near parking area and security office (Gate-4) 9632.51

Near parking area (Gate-3) 52265.01

Between parking area and canteen (Gate-2) 35366.58

Near canteen and security office 816.15

Total 263005.16

(34.81% of site area)

Type of Plantation:

Along internal roads : Plantation need to be done in 3 lines i.e. first line of only flowering

herbs/shrub, second line should be of shrub/hedge in close spacing and along the road a

row of small trees.

Along the periphery : Tall trees with good canopy at a height of 5 m onwards and total height

at least 20 m shall be planted at a spacing of 2.5 m x 2.5 m and giving a density of 1500

trees per hectare.

At open land area : Small to large trees planted at a spacing of 2.5 m x 2.5 m and giving a

density of 1500 trees per hectare

The following points will be considered for selection of plants species to be grown:

Greenbelt absorbs both gaseous as well as particulate pollutants to a great extent.

Thus, removes/reduce pollutant from the atmosphere. For absorbance of gases, the

duration of the foliage should be longer.

Characteristics of tree/plants including shapes of crowns considered necessary for

effective removal of dust particles.

Greenbelt/Plant species having good root system will be selected, so that soil erosion rates

can be controlled significantly

Details of tress species to be planted considered in existing project is provided in

Table 10.4



Table 10.4: Details of Trees and Shrubs Species

S. No. Area Suitable Species For Green Belt

Scientific Name Common Name

1 At Coal Yard

and Ash silos (Existing project)

for Coal dust (Existing project)

Fly Ash (Existing project)

SO2, NOx

Citrus lemon Limbu

Acacia catechu Khair

Ixora coccinea Ixora

Euphorbia neriifolia Thor

Clerodenron phlomoides Arni

Tree:

Ficus benghalensis Banyan tree

Mangifera indica Mango tree

Aegle marmelos Bili

Ficus religiosa Peepal Tree

Tectona grandis Sag

Butea monosperma Khakharo

Terminalia arjuna Arjun

Ficus elastica Indian Rubber Tree

Acacia auriculiformis Australian Baval

Terminalia catappa Badam

Acacia nilotica Baval

Albizia procera White siris

Azadirechta indica Neem tree

Eucalyptus hybrid Mysore gum

Gliricidia sepium Mexican lilac

Pithecellobium dulce Goras Amli

Dalbergia sisoo Sisam

Casuarina glauca Sharu

Cocos nucifera Coconut tree

2 Process emissions and fugitive emissions from tank farms

Suspended particulate matter(SPM)

Shrub:

Calotropis procera Ankado

Calotropis gigantea Moto Ankado

Plumeria rubra Champa

Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Jasood

Thevetia peruviana Pili Karen

Nerium indicum Karen

Lantana camara Lantana

Lantana salvifolia Bhuru lantana

Tree:


Aegle marmelos Bili

Azadirecta indica Neem tree


Cassia fistula Garmala

Eucalyptus camaldulensis River red gum (Nilgiri)





Eucalyptus moluccana Grey box (Nilgiri)

Eucalyptus globules Nilgiri




Phoenix dactylifera Khajuri



Casuarina equisetifolia Jangli saru

Moringa oleifera Saragvo

Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

Shrub:



Tree


Aegle marmelos Bili

Alstonia scholaris Saptaparni



Cassia siamea Kasid

Diospyros melanoxylon Tendu

Emblica officinalis Amla




Salvadora oleoides Piludi

Salvadora persica Piludi




Polyalthia longifolia Asopalav

Psidium guajava Jamphal

Syzygium cumini Jambu

Tamarindus indica Imli

Pithecelobium dulce Goras Amli




Holoptelia integrifolia Khanjho

Zizyphus mauritiana Bordi

Delonix regia Gulmohar

Nitogen oxide (NOx)

Shrub:







Tree:


Aegle marmelos Bili

Alstonia scholaris Saptaparni



Delonix regia Gulmohar

Diospyros melanoxylon Tendu

Emblica officinalis Amla



Holoptelia integrifolia Kanju



Polyalthia longifolia Asopalav

Psidium guajava Jamphal

Syzygium cumini Jambu

Tamarindus indica Imli

Zizyphus mauritiana Bordi

Pithecelobium dulce Goras Amli




Salvadora oleoides Piludi

Salvadora persica Piludi




Photograph 10.1: Existing Greenbelt development within the Premises

Plantation of saplings and plants at existing site



A model showing vie of Plant after cosntruction

Budget Allocation for Existing Greenbelt already considered within Project Site

Total 39500 trees to be planted for green belt @ tree density of 1500 trees per hectare.

Details of budget breakup allotted for greenbelt development is provided in Table 10.5

Table 10.5: Budget Allotted for GBD in existing project

S. No.

Particulars

Basis of estimation

Capital Cost

Basis of estimation

Additional Recurring Cost Per Annum

No. of trees / sq. m

Unit Rate per tree or per sq. m

(Rs. In lac) Unit Rate per tree or per sq. m

[Rs. In lac]

1 Saplings 39500 100 40 5% of new saplings to

be re-planted 1.98

2 Plantation services

39500 25 10 20 0.4

3

Maintenance services (watering, trimming, weeding)

39500 - - 15 75

4 Fertilizers

and pesticides

39500 4 2 5 2

5 Soil filling 263005 5 13 - -



S. No.

Particulars

Basis of estimation

Capital Cost

Basis of estimation

Additional Recurring Cost Per Annum

No. of trees / sq. m

Unit Rate per tree or per sq. m

(Rs. In lac) Unit Rate per tree or per sq. m

[Rs. In lac]

6 Irrigation

layout 263005 30 78.9

Repair and replacements

@ 1% of total layout

0.79

TOTAL :- 143 88

Plantation Technique and Care

Plantation Technique

Following basic procedures need to be followed for greening the area.

Since the project area having poor / slightly saline soil quality, plantation of tree species

required approx. 1m3 pit for soil enrichment

Pit should be filled with imported soil with 3:1:1 the ratio of sand, silt and form yard

manure.

Procure well grown saplings of recommended species from the nearby Forest

Department nursery

Make 1m diameter ring bund around the planted saplings for water retention

Watering of sapling is species specific, therefore watering need to be done daily in

monsoon and once in 2 days in other seasons for a period of two years.

Multi-layered plantation comprising of medium height trees (6-8m height) and shrubs (3-5m

height) will be proposed for the green belt.

Monitoring Protocol

The plantations need to be managed by regular watering, soil enrichment work,

applying manure, weeding and provide proper protection.

Replacement of sapling (replanting) required whenever mortality occurs in the

plantation during the growth stage.

Plantation requires after care for a period of minimum five years till the saplings attain

matured tree stage.

Plantation outside the premises:

Proponent will also plant new trees on GIDC roads in consultation with GIDC. Species

planted shall be dust absorbers, SO2 and NOx absorber species.

10.2.2 Rain Water Harvesting Scheme

To quantify the amount of water that can be harvested and utilised after collection, three

values are used. These are Mean Annual Rainfall, Catchment area and Rainfall run-off

coefficient.



Table 10.6: Areas considered for roof-top rainwater harvesting

S. No.

Location of Roof Area Area in sq. m

1 Administrative block 4636

2 QC lab 2000

3 Others (change room, wash room, internal passages, quarantine) 58608

Total 65244

Total roof top area available for rain water harvesting is 65244 m2. Considering 747.23 mm

annual average rain fall, the potential of roof top rain water harvesting would be

(65244*1*747.23) i.e. 4,87,52,274.12 L. Assuming that only 50% of this potential could be

stored, the quantity of water available in a year would be (0.5*4,87,52,274.12) i.e.

2,43,76,137.06 L/ year. The quantity of water available for a day would be (2,43,76,137.06 /

365) i.e. 66783.94 L/Day i.e. (66.783 kL/day). It is evident that the rainwater harvesting

potential is considerable and may be used for gardening and washing purposes.

Two HDPE tank are provided in Layout Plan to store 66.78 KLD of water during rainy

season. A storm water network plan of the project site is attached as Annexure 14

10.3 CONCEPT OF WASTE MINIMIZATION, RECYCLE, REUSE /

RECOVER, ENERGY CONSERVATION AND NATURAL

RESOURCE CONSERVATION

Details of Waste Minimization and Energy Conservation steps to be taken for existing &

proposed project is provided in Table 10.7

Table 10.7: Energy Conservation and Waste Minimization Measures

S. No. Particulars Measures

1 Steam

Generation

Burner to be Dual fired (Gas & Liquid Fuels)

Condensing Economizer for Waste Heat recovery from flue gases

Flow meter installation for feed water, steam & fuel

2 Steam

Distribution

Drip leg with steam trap for every 30Mtrs length and at every rise point

Steam Traps, Strainers, Air vent assembly and Moisture Separator

Only IB trap to be provided with desired quantity & pressure ratings

Insulation as per standard with skin temperature not more than 10 oC

from ambient

Condensate to be collected in closed loop and needs to returned to Boiler Section

3 Steam

Utilization

Individual flow meter for 1Ton per hour steam consumers

Install Moisture separator before Flow Meter & Ejector Inlet

Monitoring and recording of steam flow in DCS

Close loop temperature control system for all steam users / heating applications

4 Condensate &

Flash Steam Recovery

Install smokeless Flash recovery system from all condensate

Contaminated condensate after heat recovery to be sent to CT



S. No. Particulars Measures

5 Chiller Compressor

Evaporative Condenser instead of Conventional S&T condenser (If not packaged system)

Single Circuit system(Eliminating Primary pumps) - Pump ---> Process ---> Evaporator ---> Storage Tank

Motor to be VFD compatible

Provision of VFD if average load is 60% of installed capacity / Batch process

Provision of Flow meter & Temperature Transmitter's for TR Monitoring

Provision of suitable S.E.C (like KW/TR, SM3/TR, Kg/TR, etc.) monitoring & tracking system along with recording at Local / DCS

Insulation as per standard with skin temperature not less than 5deg. C from ambient

6 Air / N2

Compressor

Flow meter for Air / N2Generation

Drain trap for wet air reservoir

7 Cooling Tower

Approach to be 2.8 0C

Return pipe line be inverted U loop at plant side

RCC basin slope at 50:1 on opposite direction of pump suction

From the basin lowest point 6 inch drain valve to be provided to remove sludge

Provide Side Stream Filter with 3 to 5% of Circulation rate with differential pressure switch across filter bed

Makeup water flow meter with totalizer

Basin water level control system

RTD to measure supply temperature and plant return temperature

Pressure gauge at CT inlet line

FRP blades for CT Fan (Aero Dynamic)

Wet Bulb Temperature to be considered as 29 deg.C

8 Pumps & Blowers

Select duty point at Best Efficiency Point

Consider Coating for impeller& casing

Consider Mechanical Seal

9 Electrical

All motors to be VFD compatible

Energy Meter with communication facility to be provided for 50HP and above motors

Consider higher Energy Efficient motors

LED Lighting for vessels, building, plant& street lighting

10 General Chilled water as utility for all HE's which is having process temperature in between 15 to 40

oC



10.4 SOCIAL WELFARE & UPLIFTMENT PLAN/ CER

The company also proposes to carry out social welfare activities for the welfare of local

community. The company has proposed a detailed Corporate Environment Responsibility

(CER) Plan. Under this plan, the proponent has allocated a budget of Rs. 3.72 Cr. to be

spent within a span of 5 years in nearby villages. Activities under the following areas have

been identified and shall be carried out:

Education and Youth Development

Infrastructure Development

Miscellaneous activities

Social – Awareness

Health – Awareness

Existing Social Upliftment Plans of UPL

At UPL, Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) programmes have been in practice since

decades. The goal of ESC is to be responsible for social activities and encourage a positive

impact through these activities on the environment, consumers, employees, communities,

stakeholders and all other related spheres. M/s. UPL Ltd is committed towards Social

Responsibilities, and it‘s a pleasure to involve in such efforts.

UPL Ltd. is continuously involved in various Socio-economic welfare programmes since

1969 with the inception of its manufacturing operations at Vapi, Gujarat which indicates an

active Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) over the last five decades. The group has

central ESC team for planning and execution of ESC activities.

Five Year ESC Planning

As per latest OM F. No.22-65/2017-IA, dated 1st May, 2018, the fund allocation for the CER

is Rs. 3.72 Cr. (0.25% of Additional Capital Investment of Rs. 1491.85 Cr. for undertaking

the Socio Economic development activities. Further, a deep need analysis study will be

conducted to clinically understand the need of society, to estimate their causes and to make

action plan for addressing those needs.

Six Key focus areas of UPL’s ESC:

1. Agriculture Development

2. Health & Sanitation

3. Environment & Nature Conservation



6. National & Local Area needs

1. Agriculture Development (UPL Khedut Pragati)

UPL Khedut Pragati Program is an Agriculture Development initiative implemented by the

ESC department of UPL limited. This Programme is mainly focused on agriculture



development because agriculture is the backbone of rural India. More than 70% of the total

population is dependent directly or indirectly on agriculture for its subsistence. Considering

the situation surrounding area, multiple agriculture projects will be carried out under the

umbrella of ―UPL Khedut Pragati‖

UPL Khedut Pragati will be based on making the agriculture more sustainable and profitable

venture for the farmers through increasing the yield of agriculture produce, reducing the cost

of cultivation and better management of natural resources. The Program/Intervention

UPL Khedut Pragati Program 4000 Farmer Families have been benefited under ESC as per

details given below:

Table 10.8: UPL Khedut Pragati Program

Program/Intervention Duration Program Reach (Till Date)

UPL AKRSP SRI Project 4 Years 1500 Farmers/21 Villages

Dang Paddy Development Program 3 Years 354 farmers/10 Villages

Agriculture initiatives at Ankleshwar 2 Years 500 farmers

UPL Centre for Agriculture Excellence 15 Years 13,082 farmers

UPL Bori Bagicha Project 2 Years 928 farmers/10Villages

Dang Moringa development Program 2 Years 104 farmers/9 villages

Agriculture Project with Co-operative -Valsad

1 Years 1000 FARMERS/16 Villages

Agriculture Development Program 1 Years 208 farmers

Vandri Cluster Development Project 1 Years 400 farmers

2. Health and Sanitation

UPL will work on its School Sanitation Programme by making toilet blocks in surrounding

schools and health programme by medical facilities and nursing education. UPL‘s Health

and Sanitation programme details under ESC are given below:

Table 10.9: Health & Sanitation


Rotary Hospital, Vapi 40 years OPD Patient/Year: 45,000 To 50,000 IPD Patient/ year:10,000 TO 12,000

Sandra Shroff ROFEL College of Nursing, Vapi

13 years 55 students/year

UPL School Sanitation Program 2 years 3000 students and 3000 commuters/day

3. Environment & Nature Conservation (Vasudha Programme)

The strategy envisaged for Nature Conservation is called as UPL Vasudha Programme.

Vasudha in Sanskrit means the Mother Earth, the giver of wealth. The UPL Vasudha

Programme is aiming for integrated nature conservation project involving all stakeholders.

UPL Social Forestry - To enhance the biodiversity by increasing the

forest cover which will give sustainable livelihood opportunity to local

community‖.

Eco Club Project - This is an initiative to make the young generation

aware about the importance of protecting nature and maintaining



ecological balance. These clubs are formed in schools and students participate in

environment related activities through these clubs.

UPL Niyojan Yojna -

This center started in the year of January 2017 partner with The Center for Entrepreneurship

Development (GoG) thru GIDC Trade: Sheet Metal Worker (Fitter & Welder)

Table 10.10:Details of Placement after Training on Sheet Metal Works

S. No

Trade

Number of Students (Till March 2019)

Mobilized Enrolled Passed Placed NCVT NCVT PASS

1 Sheet Metal Worker (Basic

Fitter) 60 18 18 12 18 18


Fitter) 60 20 20 12 20 20


Fitter) 80 20 20 13 20 20


Welder) 50 15 12 10 14 14


Welder) 50 20 20 12 20 20


Welder) 50 23 23 16 23 23

Year Total 350 116 113 75 115 115

Table 10.11: CSR activities carried out in and around Bharuch District

S. No.

CSR project/activity identified

Sector in which the project is covered

Projects/Programme Amount spent Direct or through

implementing agency*

Local areas/others

State/district

1

Shroff S. R. Rotary Institute of Chemical Technology (SRICT)

an institution specializing in

chemical technology to provide the specific needs of the Chemical

Industry in Gujarat

Promoting Education

At & P – Vataria 393135

Tal – Valia

District – Bharuch, Gujarat

Ankleshwar Rotary Education

Society

2

UPL Niyojaniya Kendra is a Skill

Development center to provide industry-specific skills like

Chemical Operator, Fitter, Electrician,

Plumber etc

Livelihood Enhancement

Makarpura District - Bharuch, Gujarat

S R Shroff Aajivika Trust

(SRSAT)

3 UPL KhedutPragati

Project for promotion of intermediate

Livelihood Enhancement

Villages around

Jhagadia

District - Bharuch, Gujarat


(SRSAT)



S. No.

CSR project/activity identified

Sector in which the project is covered

Projects/Programme Amount spent Direct or through

implementing agency*

Local areas/others

State/district

technology, Kitchen Garden, Drumstic

promotion etc.

4

Model Village Project - Development

Support to community around factory

location. Support like School bag and book

provisioning, Infrastructure support, Medical Support etc.

Rural Development

AT & PO - Jhagadia


Direct by Company

5

UPL Vasudha Project for nature

conservation involving various stakeholders

by creating awareness.

Environment Sustainability

AT & PO - Jhagadia



(SRSAT)

6

UPL Suraksha Abhyaan

1) for Industrial Training Institute (ITI) to create awareness

among ITI students on Occupational Health &

Safety especially in chemical industry.

2) For Girls safety to create awareness in

school children to safeguard the girl

child against any kind of exploitation and sexual harassment

Special Education

AT & PO - Jhagadia


Direct by Company

Table 10.12: Details of Environment & Nature Conservation (Vasudha Programme) under ESC


Eco Club Project 3 years 5000+students

Sarus Conservation Project, Vadodara 2 years 3500 students and 1000 villagers

UPL Social Forestry Project 1 years 48,736 tree sapling and 1,20,000 mangrove sapling planted


UPL will go for School Development Programme and will have provision for infrastructure

support to government school to enhance the access and to provide enabling condition for

quality education. Details of Education & Empowerment programme under ESC are given

below:



Table 10.13: Education & Empowerment


Smt. Sandraben Shroff GyanDham School, Vapi 16 Years 1600 students / year

Gnyan Dham Eklavya Model Residential School, Vapi

5 Years 350+students / year

Smt. Pushpavati Devidas Shroff Sanskardeep Vidyala Ankleshwar

16 Years 1140 students/ year

Shroff ‗s Rotary Institute of Chemical Technology (SRICT), Vataria, Ankleshwar

4 Years 330+ students / Year

GIDC Rajju Shroff ROFEL Institute of Management Studies(GRIMS), Vapi

18 Years 120 students/ year

Mobile EducationVan Project, Ankleshwar 16 Years 34 Villages


The small scale industry plays a pivotal role in rural economy in terms of employment. Our

project area has large segment of population which is illiterate and unemployed. Lack of

opportunity makes them incapable to take up jobs so we have started supporting through

Skill based Entrepreneurial training.

Under the Thematic focus of Employability & Entrepreneurship, UPL have formed women

Self Help Group (Jai Yogeshwar Mahila Mandal) to build the capacity of tribal women at

Kachhigam, Block Umargam, District Valsad. UPL have organized Entrepreneurial Skill

Development programme on Artificial Jewellary in association with Utkarsh Mahila

Association. The key topics covered in the programme were Career and Scope, types of raw

materials, types making instruments, type of products (Mangal Sutra etc.) costing,

entrepreneurial and marketing topics.

Table 10.14: Details of Employability & Entrepreneurship Programme under ESC:


Skill Development Initiative UPL Niyojaniy Kendra

3 Years 817 youth trained and placed

UPL Udyamita 3 Years 1141 women members

Skill Based Entrepreneurial Development Program

3 Years 783 participants

UPL Goatery Project 1 Years 40 families

6. National and Local Area Need

Being a responsible corporate citizen, UPL always respond to address the local area need

by undertaking development initiative to help our community grow. We do all need based

activity for community around our factory sites. UPL focus areas will include:

Response to Natural Disaster

Suraksha Abhiyan (Road safety, Girl Safety and Industrial Safety)

Support of Non-Financial Aid

Any other Development Activity



Table 10.15: Details of national and other area need programme under ESC


Industrial Safety Training 3 years 1976 students

Girl Safety Training 3 years 9938 Girls

Road/ Highway Safety Training 2 years 8173 students

Home Safety Training 1 year 292 women

UPL Goatery Project 1 year 40 families

UPL Unnati 1 year 6 community-based organizations

Global Parli Project 1 year 15 villages

National Day Celebration

(15th August & 26

th January)

Annual Nayak Faliya,Ghodi, Nurpura & Rampura

Photographs of Existing CER/CSR activities are provided in Photograph 10.2

Photograph 10.2: Photographs of Existing CER/CSR Activities carried out by UPL Limited

BEFORE

After

Construction of New School Building at Village Kadodara

Social Forestry Plantation at Village Kadodara, Vav, Padaria and Paniadara



Mangrove Plantation at Dahej Coastal Belt

Bi-Cycle Distribution to Students At Janiadara Village

The proposed expansion project of existing UPL plant will provide direct employment to the

people of the area and thousands will get business opportunity to feed the demand of project

and the people working for the project. Small market will be developed to feed daily demand

of the people working for the proposed project. People will get medical, education and

business opportunities. UPL will conduct need based survey in the area under supervision of

local panchayat and district administration. The needy person will be supported as per

requirement. This will improve infrastructure and economic status of the people living in the

area. Other project proponent will take advantage of developed infrastructure of the area to

set up industry which will further improve infrastructure and economy of the area.

Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)

As per latest OM F. No.22-65/2017-IA, dated 1st May, 2018, the fund allocation for the CER

is Rs. 3.72 Cr. (0.25% of Additional Capital Investment of Rs. 1491.85 Cr. for undertaking

the Socio Economic development activities. Budget with break up for five years is provided

in Table 10.16.



Table 10.16: Budget Break-up for CER Activities of 5 years

Year

CER Initiatives For Surrounding 10 Villages

UPL Niyojaniy

(Skill Development)

UPL Khedut Pragati

(Agriculture Development)

UPL GramPragati (Emerging Local area

need)

UPL School Sanitation (Toilet Blocks in School)

School Development Programme

UPL Vasudha Programme (Nature Conservation)

GRAND TOTAL UPL Social

Forestry

(Tree Plantation)

UPL Mangrove Plantation

Village Name: Vadadla,Kadodara, Padariya, Ambethi, Vav, Paniadara, Janiadar, Goldara, Galenda, Dahej

Year 1 0.12 0.2 0.02 0.12 0.08 0.08 0.14 0.76

Year 2 0.1 0.2 0.02 0.12 0.08 0.08 0.14 0.74

Year 3 0.1 0.2 0.02 0.12 0.08 0.08 0.14 0.74

Year 4 0.1 0.2 0.02 0.12 0.08 0.08 0.14 0.74

Year 5 0.1 0.2 0.02 0.12 0.08 0.08 0.14 0.74

Grand Total 0.52 1 0.1 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.7 3.72



10.5 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH OF WORKERS

10.5.1 Noise

Noise will be regularly monitored at plant boundary and near high noise generating

equipment against workplace monitoring requirement as per Factory Act.

All Workmen working in high noise areas are/ will be provided with ear plug, ear muff etc.

where noise levels excess of 80 dbA.

10.5.2 Heat

The project does not envisage conditions that could lead to excess heating. Consequently,

special requirements for protection against heat stress are not anticipated. However, the

following shall be carried out:

Ventilation shall be provided to take care of heat evacuation. An air-exchange ratio of at

least 6 will be maintained at all times

Drinking water availability shall be ensured at several locations within the plant to ensure

workers have easy access to the same

In case of occasional handling of heated equipment or materials, suitable PPEs such as

heat resistant gloves will be used.

10.5.3 Dust, other Chemicals and Metals being suspended in the

Environment

Workmen are/ will be provided with appropriate PPEs, like nose musk / nose respirator,

gloves, helmets, protective uniform and clothing, eye protections etc.

10.5.4 Occupational Hazards specific Pre-Placement and Periodical Health

Checkup

As per policy and norms all of the workmen are/ will be put to medical examination

periodically as per Factory Act and based on the medical report actions is/ shall be taken.

10.5.5 Occupational Health Centre

OHC is declared near main gate and factory medical officer shall visit schedule is once in a

week. The OHC shall have necessary equipment and arrangements for first-aid treatments.

The OHC shall be manned with Medical assistant and trained first-aiders round the clock.

List of trained first aider which is trained approved organization shall be kept in all ECC as

well as in OHC and safety notice board to get help in organizing for medical help major

problem.

Antidotes for major chemicals handled by the unit are identified and listed as follows. These

shall be made available at OHC.



10.5.6 Plan and Fund allocation for Occupational Health and Safety measures

Appropriate fund allocation shall be done for implementing Occupational Health and Safety

measures as delineated in Safety Manual and standard procedures and directions.

Towards management of occupational health and safety in the unit, provisions to be made

for maintaining an efficient system are described hereunder:

Safe and ergonomic design and layout of plant, machinery, tools and control equipments keeping in view the safety and pollution prevention in mind.

Effective pollution control measures for land, water and air.

Process equipment designed and fabricated as per standards for safe and efficient working

Proper handling of all spillages by introducing spill control procedures for various chemicals.

Hazardous Zone Classification done for entire site

Sufficient parking area with unidirectional vehicular movement with separate entry and exit.

Two or more staircases on each floor in all high rise buildings (more than four floors).

Sufficient lighting, ventilation, drinking water facility, sanitary blocks, firefighting and first aid arrangements.

Work permit system for specific task

PPE as per operations shall be provided and it shall be ensured that workers make proper use of PPE

Regular workplace monitoring as per GFR to be carried out and records maintained in prescribed form 37.

Explore methods for reducing the fugitive emissions.

Hazardous chemicals stored in their respective specified area.

Material safety data sheet for all the concerned materials to be available at the site.

Adequate firefighting equipment provided at relevant areas.

Fire alarms and LEL detectors to be installed in process plants and storage areas.

Emergency telephone numbers displayed at required places.

Regular Safety audits shall be conducted by internal team as well as third party in compliance with GFR

Planned schedule for inspections of safety devices shall be followed and records shall be maintained.

On-site emergency plan to be prepared and upgraded periodically.

Separate ways / gates for entry and exit in project premises.

Since there are more than one main raw material for many of the products, it is suggested to implement stringent three level permit system for raw material issue from warehouse and tank farms before indenting in process plants to minimize disoperation‘s and batch failures due to miscommunication or operator flaws and errors. A good record keeping practice should be maintained. Store activities need to be given due importance and handled by qualified personnel.

Ensure that the transporters of hazardous chemicals are provided with PPE and carry TREM cards during transportation.

Approach distance to any staircase shall not be more than 30 mt on each floor.



10.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

The company is/ will have a system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of

environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or stakeholders at

large. The reporting mechanism is detailed in this section.

Organogram of environment management cell is as shown in Figure 10.1

Figure 10.1: Organogram of Environment Management Cell

10.6.1 Integrated management system policy (Covering Responsible care,

Quality, Environment, Occupational Health, Safety and Energy)

UPL limited, engaged in the business of Pesticides, Chemicals and industrial Products are

committed to customer satisfaction, guiding principles of Responsible Care and continual

improvement in our integrated Management System and performance.

To achieve this, we commit ourselves to:

Comply with all applicable legislation and other requirements to which we

subscribe;

Conserve natural resource water, raw materials and promote the development of

green surroundings;

Incorporate suitable technologies & method for improvement in quality, energy

efficiency & protection of environment including prevention of pollution and

prevention of injury & ill health.



Eliminate, minimize or control the environmental aspects as well as occupational

health and safety (OHS) hazards and risks;

Provide high degree of safety promotion and encourage safe behavior among all;

Proactively monitor the incidents, unsafe conditions, unsafe acts, hygiene as well

as promptly report and act on such conditions;

Ensuring availability of information and all necessary resources to achieve

objectives & targets Comply work procedures with self-discipline and hold everyone

accountable for their responsibility;

Promote & support procurement of energy efficient system and usage of renewable

energy, Wherever feasible;

Strengthen awareness, skills and competence of employees and contractors'

workmen and foster dialogue with vendors, customers and community.



11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

11.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Introduction


GIDC Estate (Within PCPIR Region), Kadodara Village, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch,

Gujarat.

Background


GIDC Estate (Within PCPIR Region), Kadodara Village, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch. The

project received Environmental Clearance from Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate

Change vide letter no: F.No. IA-J-11011/306/2016-IA-II(I) dated 1st March 2019.

Consent to Establish is granted by Gujarat Pollution Control Board vide CTE No.

PCB/BRCH-B/CTE-399/ID-53667 dated 11.01.2019 and the project is presently under

construction phase.


Aminoacetonitrile Sulfate (AANS) with Consent order No. AWH-100737 dated 15.04.2019.




Project Site Location

The proposed expansion will be undertaken within the existing site at Plot D-3/6, Dahej - III,

GIDC Estate (Within PCPIR Region), Kadodara Village, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch

,Gujarat.

Project Cost and Project Schedule


cost of Environmental Management System.

The CSR/CER cost will be Rs. 3.72 Cr. (0.25% additional capital investment of total project

cost). Project will be commissioned within 12 - 18 months after receipt of EC.

Project Requirements Land

Existing plot area is 755495.16 m2 and additional area required for proposed expansion is

263005.16 m2. Total area after expansion will be 755495.16 m2. The area required for

proposed expansion is available within existing plot area. No additional land will be required

for proposed project.



Power




source in emergency only.

Raw Material

Raw material required for the proposed expansion will be sourced from local market and will

be transported through trucks.

Boiler

7 x 40 T Boilers & 7 x 10 T Boiler will be provided with Natural Gas/FO as fuel based on

availability of these fuels.

Fuel

Natural Gas for Thermic Fluid heater. Natural Gas or Furnace Oil will be used as fuel for

boiler. HSD will be used for D.G sets. Natural gas will be supplied by GAIL and HSD will be

procured from local market.

.Water

The total water demand for existing approved & proposed expansion will be 25377 KLD.

(Fresh water: 12996 KLD + Recycle water 12381 KLD). Fresh water will be sourced from

GIDC.

Manpower

1500 people will be hired for proposed project. There will be indirect employment of drivers

and cleaners in transportation field.

11.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

Baseline environmental data

Baseline study was conducted during period of 1st Oct 2019 to 31st Dec 2019.

Ambient Air Quality



PM10 was observed in the range of 63.2 – 88.1 µg/m3. Maximum concentration of

PM10 was found at Project site and minimum at Narnavi village.


the standard limit.





Monitoring and analysis was also carried out for CO, NH3, Cl2, HCl, H2S, Total HC

and VOC. Results for the CO, NH3, Cl2, H2S, HCl, Total HC and VOC were found well

within the norms.



interpreted that ambient air quality of studied locations is satisfactory. This interpretation

relates to the results found for locations and study period.

Noise Quality






average noise level was recorded 80.5 dB (A) during day time and 76.1 dB (A)

during night time as per factory act 1948 noise level exposure limit for 8 hrs.is 90 dB

(A).


area, it is interpreted that noise levels are within the standard norms prescribed by MoEFCC.

Looking towards the increase in noise generating sources it is suggested that there is need

to apply noise reducing devices at noise generating sources and generate public awareness.

Soil Quality

The soils are categorized as clay to clay loam based on different soil separates

(sand, silt and clay).


42.5 – 46.8 %.

The pH of the soil samples narrowly ranged from 7.38 to 7.62 during the study

period.


parameters indicate that soils are neutral to alkaline in reaction, saline (EC > 0.8

dS/m) and non-sodic, as pH is <8.5 and ESP is < 15.






The results relating to total Fe, Cu, Cr, B and Zn do not show alarming

concentrations in different soil samples.






successful greenbelt development liberal quantity of organic manure and recommended

doses of N and double the recommended dose of P fertilizers should be applied.

Ground water

pH was observed in the range of 7.14 – 7.54, which meets with drinking water desirable

norms.





observed in the range of 0.6 to 0.65 which is within the desired range.

Total Hardness was in the range of 324 - 712 mg/L with minimum at Padariya village and

maximum at Rahiyad village.



Chloride was found in the range of 172 to 552 mg/L and Sulphate varies from 38 to 268

mg/L.




absent.









Surface water










COD and BOD analysis was also carried out during the study period and results was

found in the range of 12-20 mg/L and 4-6 mg/L respectively.





within the limit.



Based on test result data comparison study with CPCB standard, it is interpreted that

surface water quality meet with the criteria C, D and E, it means these water sources can be

used for propagation of wild life, fisheries and Irrigation, industrial, cooling, controlled waste

disposal. This interpretation relate to the water sample collected during the survey from

particular locations only.

Marine Water




CO2,CO3-2 and HCO3

-2.






















included in Schedule IV. Among the reptiles Oriental garden lizard was common. Among




degraded condition. This area does not support to Schedule I mammalian species of wild

life. There is a good population of schedule-II species like Herpestes edwardsi (Indian grey









Socio economic

During the primary survey it was observed that almost pukka road facility is available in all


the basis of survey for literacy rate data it is interpreted that there is need to promote

educate more and more people. Almost all the villages have more than 50 % people as non-

workers. It indicates that the problem of unemployment can be solved by providing proper

training and education. There is also need to establish more industries so that maximum

number of employment can be generated. Basic amenities like Education facilities Health

care facilities, water supply, electric power supply, mode of transportation etc. are available

in all villages.

11.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

MEASURES

Air Environment

Project activities having impact on air quality includes manufacturing process and vehicular

movements. Major pollutants will be PM10 Cl2, HCl, NH3, H2S, PM, SO2, NOx, HC Organic

traces, HCN. Summary of Maximum Ground Level concentration at Project Site is provided

in Table 11.1

Table 11.1: Summary of Maximum Ground Level Concentration

S.No. Pollutant Maximum Baseline

Concentration (µg/m3)

Incremental GLC (µg/m3)

Total Predictive

GLC (µg/m3) Distance in Km/Direction

1 PM10 88.1 3.39 91.5 0.25 km/N (Project Site)

2 SO2 16.4 4.14 20.5 0.25 km/N (Project Site)

3 NOX 21.4 5.43 26.83 0.25 km/N (Project Site)

4 NH3 3.3 2.81 6.11 0.25 km/N (Project Site)

5 Cl2 BDL 0.086 0.086 0.25 km/N (Project Site)

6 H2S BDL 0.713 0.713 0.25 km/N (Project Site)

7 HC 152 1.153 153.2 0.25 km/N (Project Site)

8 HCl BDL 2.898 2.898 0.25 km/N (Project Site)

9 HCN BDL 0.195 0.195 0.25 km/N (Project Site)

Mitigation measures include provision of Water Scrubber, & Adequate Stack Height to Flu

gas stacks and Fume Gas Incinerator, NH3/Alkali/water scrubber and Bag Filters.



Noise Environment

Major sources of noise pollution will be activities related to operation of boiler and general

utilities within the plant.

Mitigation measures include providing acoustic enclosures at plant site and providing

Personal Protective Equipment like Ear Plugs & ear muffs to workers and safety sign boards.

Water Environment

Effluent will be generated in from Process, , Utilities, Washing, and domestic uses.

The Waste Water generation after proposed expansions will be 10044.2 KLD, out of which

recycled water will be 7152.28 KLD and effluent going to GIDC drain will be 2891.92 KLD.

The waste water will be treated in ETP, MEE and RO.

Land Environment

No major impact has been identified on land environment due to the proposed expansion

project. There will be paved areas & internal roads. The proposed site is located in Notified

Industrial Estate of GIDC Dahej (Within PCPIR region).

Solid Waste Management

Hazardous and Solid Waste generated during the operational phase will be disposed as per

prevailing legislation. TSDF and Common Incinerator Facility membership is procured. MoU

is signed with cement manufacturers for co-processing waste.

11.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

Summary of Environmental Monitoring Program

Table 11.2: Summary of Post Project Environmental Monitoring Program


Frequency



Parameters

1.

Air Pollution



Week except monsoon


CPCB Guidelines


Online (Based on





CPCB



NH3

2.



i. Surface Water Half yearly Grab Parameters




Frequency



Parameters

specified under IS:10500

ii. Treated Waste Water Analysis Continuous Composite Parameters as per

Consent


3


1. Major noise generating sources at plant site Quarterly Grab

Noise level in dB(A)

2. Along Road for transportation noise Quarterly - Noise level in

dB(A) 4.


1 4 Locations Half Yearly - Noise level in dB(A)

5.



sample As per

GPCB/Consent order


Illumination etc.

7.

Corporate Environme

ntal Responsib

ility In core and buffer zone in

nearby villages Half yearly Once Activities done by UPL Ltd

8.




Register


ent Number of plantation (Units), Number of

Survived Trees/ Acre

Yearly Once Tress, survival rate, landscape

area. 10.

Environmental Audit As per Directions of


11.

Consents and

Authorization



expiry of validity


12.

Compliance of EC



year As per EC conditions

11.5 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

Risk Hazard

Risk Assessment studies; Hazard identification and Risk Assessment (HIRA) and

Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) was carried out for the various activities and

Hazardous Chemical Storage at the facility. Activities are storage & Handling of Toxic,



Flammable, Corrosive and Solid Chemicals. The safety mitigation for proposed project

provided to reduce the initial Risks to Residual Risks. Consequence Modelling for

Hazardous chemicals like Ammonia, Phosgene, Sodium Cyanide, Toluene, Chlorine

Methanol, Acetone, etc. carried out using 2-D Risk Modelling to estimate the risk level of

radiation / explosion and toxicity radii to the facility and surroundings.

Considered and Adequate numbers of flammable and toxic gas detectors near to Flammable

Storage and surrounding area so that early detection and annunciation of flammable and

toxic concentration shall be initiated. For controlling the maximum accident scenario safety

mitigation and exiting Active & Passive protections are provided.

Emergency preparedness plan in case of natural or in plant emergencies:

Existing On-site and Off-site Emergency plan prepared as per MSIHC Rules and state

Factory Act will be updated based on Consequences analysis from 2D modelling. Likely On

site emergency is from storage of Flammable Chemicals. Mitigation measures considered

are

8. Installation of Adequate numbers of flammable and toxic gas detectors near to

Hazardous Chemicals Storage Location and surrounding area

9. Having DCS control system

10. Providing Fire hydrant Network line around the facility.

11. Increasing Active fire protections with CO2, DCP Fire Extinguishers, Foam Trolley and

passive protections for early detection by smoke and heat detectors, interlocked with

Water Sprinkler system.

12. Providing more nos of Emergency sirens at vulnerable locations.

13. Mutual agreement with adjoining industries and DMC, Dahej.

14. Carrying out construction of plant buildings will follow the criteria as per seismic zone- 3

15. During Natural disaster, District Disaster management plan shall be followed.

Occupational Health Measures

UPL Dahej will have developed Occupational Health Centre including provision of First Aid

kit, Periodic Medical Checkup of all contract and Employees. A qualified Doctor with Male

Nurse remain available at facility. Antidotes are also available for Hazardous Chemicals. All

workers and employees will be provided safety gadgets like Helmet, Hand gloves, Apron,

Full fire protection suit, Safety Shoes, Gas Mask, Face-shield and Safety goggles Company

has well equipped emergency vehicle. Existing Action plan for OHS standard implementation

incorporated. Safety trainings (on Safe Material Handling, First Aid, & all Safety Aspects) as

per Gujarat Factory Rules will be strengthened more.

11.6 PROJECT BENEFITS

Employment Generation:









proposed project.

Employment Avenues:

The company will generate direct and indirect employment. Preference will be given

to the local people for employment based on their educational qualifications and

experience.

Apprentice Training is will be provided regularly.

11.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

Effluent Management

The waste water generated from Process, Boiler, Cooling Tower, Washing & Domestic

Activities will be segregated based on characteristics and treatment will be given as per

characteristics. The High TDS, Low COD streams will be sent to MEE followed by RO for

utmost possible recycling. The low cod/low TDS waste water will be sent to ETP for primary,

secondary & tertiary treatment. After treatment & removal of pollutants, the treated water will

be tested for compliance to stipulated norms by GPCB & then on confirmation of compliance

the treated waste water will be discharged to GIDC drain for deep sea disposal. .

Domestic sewage generated will be treated in STP and reused for utility / gardening.

Air Emission Management

Water/Caustic/Acid Scrubber, Fume Gas Incinerator, Bag filter will be provided to process

gas stack. Solvent will be recovered to the tune of more than 95% with proper solvent

management plan.

Waters scrubber will be provided to boiler stack. Adequate stack height will be provided to

DG set and DG set will be used only during emergencies.

Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

ETP Sludge, Organic Residue, Aqueous waste, Discarded containers / bags / liners, Used

oil, Inorganic Salts from Evaporation / Process, Spent filter Material, Spent solvent,

Contaminated cotton waste, Insulation Waste, Non-recyclable Plastic waste, Used PPE,

Spent Catalyst, HCl sol. (28-32%), Fe (OH)2 Sludge & Iron Residue will be generated from

proposed project and this waste will be disposed as per Hazardous and Other Wastes

(Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.



i.e. 34.81% in its existing project. Total 39500 no. of trees to be planted for green belt @

tree density of 1500 trees per hectare.



EMC

Environment & safety measures will be reviewed in EMC meeting on regular basis

CER/CSR Budget

A total amount of Rs. 3,72 Crore (0.25% of total project cost) is earmarked for the issues

identified during social need assessment and restricted to project area for 5 years. Major

activities include Education and Agriculture Development, Skill Development, Tree

plantation, Gram Pragati Yojna, Toilets Blocks in school.

Post Project Monitoring Plan

Post project monitoring plan includes monitoring of PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx, CO, NH3, Cl2,

HCl, H2S, Total HC and VOC, conducting third party environmental monitoring on quarterly

basis and submission of half yearly Environmental Clearance Condition compliance Report.

11.8 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

UPL limited has a vast experience in the manufacturing of various technical grade

agrochemicals and Synthetic Organic Chemicals for many years at different plants and

locations.

The present expansion is planned at the existing facility where no new land is acquired for

the expansion.

Further most of infrastructure like internal roads, buildings, Raw material storages,

firefighting systems, laboratory facilities, OHC, communication system, trained manpower

area already planned in existing project. Employment will be given to local people as per

Gujarat Government guidelines.

It will generate more foreign revenue by exporting

Import burden of materials from other countries will reduce

Considering the modern effective pollution abatement technology, the adverse impact on

environment & health will be minimized to a greater extent. Residual impacts will further be

controlled with effective Environment, Occupational Health and Safety management

systems. All statutory norms with respect to Air, Water & Hazardous Waste will be adhered

to. Social development activities will be effectively monitored. With all this considerations, it

can be seen that Environmental Clearance to the project will be beneficial to local

community, region and country at large.



12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

12.1 GENERAL

UPL limited has appointed Eco Chem Sales & Services (ECSS) for carrying out this

Environmental Impact Assessment Study as per the EIA notification, 2006 as amended till

date. ECSS has approved EIA coordinators and Field Area Experts for undertaking

Environmental and related studies in twenty one (21) approved sectors by NABET, Quality

Council of India, New Delhi.

12.2 BRIEF RESUME AND NATURE OF CONSULTANCY

ECO CHEM SALES & SERVICES (ECSS) is one of the leading companies in the field of

Environmental Consultancy Service providers in India. We are NABET Accredited consultant

for conducting Environmental Impact Assessment Studies (EIA) and obtaining

Environmental Clearances. We also take up services which include and are not limited to

Environment Monitoring and Testing, Environment Audit, Risk Assessment Studies, Turnkey

solutions, Operation and Maintenance contracts and obtaining various statutory clearances

from Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC) and State Pollution

Control Boards. ECSS also has branch offices in Vapi, Dahej and Vadodara, Gujarat.

The accreditation certificate number NABET/EIA/1720/SA 085 (Rev.01) is valid up to 31st

July, 2020. Copy of NABET certificate is attached as Annexure 16

12.3 TEAM MEMBER FOR EIA REPORT

Table 12.1: EIA Team Member

Name of

Internal Team

Member

Activity / Area Involvement

Actual Work Performed

Under Approved

Expert

Jagdish Rathi Quality Check

Project planning; Understanding of project;

Site visit; Discussion with client; Guidance in

writing and modification in Contents; Impact

Assessment; Review of EIA/EMP report.

EC

Nazneen

Shaikh

EIA Report

writing (TM)

Team Member- Coordination for data

collection, data analysis, coordination with

FAEs, various chapter preparations,

compiling the primary & secondary data into

EIA report.

EIA

Anish Jani Land use (LU)

Team Member- Assisting in coordination for

data collection and data analysis, Assisting in

map preparation & report writing

FAE-LU

Nazneen

Shaikh

Water

Pollution,

Team Member- Identification of surface water

sampling stations; water requirement / FAE-WP



Name of

Internal Team

Member

Activity / Area Involvement

Actual Work Performed

Under Approved

Expert

Prevention and

Control (WP)

demand calculation; identification of impacts

and relevant mitigation measures; assisting

in preparation of management plan and

report writing

Nazneen

Shaikh

Solid &

Hazardous

Waste

Management

(SHW)

Team Member- Assisting in solid waste

generation calculation, preparing solid waste

disposal plan, assistance in FAE

Report writing, assisting in identifying

hazardous waste generation sources and

preparing environmental management plan.

FAE-SHW

Mr. Vaibhav

Rana

Meteorology,

Air Quality

Modeling

&prediction

(AQ)

Team Member- Data collection, assistance in

report preparation to FAE FAE-AQ

Mr. Deep

Kumar

Risk

Assessment &

Hazard

Management

(RH)

Team Member- Assistance in Identification of

impacts & mitigation measures, safety during

construction and operational phase and

report writing

FAE-RH

12.4 LABORATORY INVOLVED FOR BASELINE MONITORING AND

OTHER ANALYSIS

ECSS has NABL accredited Laboratory with Certificate No. TC – 6603, dated 15/11/2019

valid up to 14/11/2021 for testing of Water, Wastewater, Sewage, Air, Noise and Soil. Copy

of the same is attached in Annexure 16.

Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental...

Documents

Transcript of Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental...